Jump to content

rwkt

Members
  • Posts

    511
  • Joined

  • Last visited

Everything posted by rwkt

  1. "SYMBOLS, NUMBERS, PROPHECIES DECODED & ASTEROID CHECKMATE" IMPORTANT.............A continuation from the last video. ###
  2. Private Criminal Prosecution of Parliament | Top Legal Team Engaged Posted on 16th October 2020 by The Bernician Private Criminal Prosecution of Parliament | Top Legal Team Engaged Yesterday afternoon we received confirmation that the partners of the firm of barristers we are talking to about the Private Criminal Prosecution of Parliament are all in agreement – it is an argument that can be won, despite the hurdles that we will have to get over to achieve that. This means that we are now moving forward into the preparation of the court papers, including an affidavit containing all of the allegations of fraud, treason and genocide against every MP who voted to enact and retain the unlawful Coronavirus Act 2020. It will be the first time allegations of treason have been made since the aftermath of WWII, whilst genocide is a crime under international law and the such allegations would almost certainly be dealt with in the Hague. Lockdown Genocide Continues Nevertheless, with Liverpool and Northern Ireland already under regional lockdown diktats , as well as Newcastle and London having been threatened with the same, along with the rest of Britain [save for the more affluent areas], we are aiming to lay the charges in a criminal court as soon as they have been properly drafted. We will also be seeking an order placing the entire cabinet and their advisers under house arrest, as well as the dissolution of Parliament, to prevent the rogue government from attempting to murder more people [as well as its opponents, under the new homicide enabling act] with purported statutory impunity. However, this action on its own is nowhere near enough to stop tyranny it its tracks. An Equal & Opposite Reaction Since an equal of opposite reaction to totalitarian tyranny is guaranteed under natural law, totalitarian non-compliance and non-violent direct action is now mandatory for the real resistance movement. Protest achieves nothing except to identify the most vocal opposition to government oppression. A merrygoround of the same speakers, saying the same things, without any realistic strategy being laid out is a recipe of disaster. To make matters worse, the leaders of the fake resistance have almost all been hand picked by MI5, for the purposes of leading everybody into Common Purpose controlled ‘real democracy’, committed to achieving UN sustainable development goals, including dramatic population reduction. Non-Violent Totalitarian Direct Action So What Strategies Would Have Force & Effect? A whole nation refusing to pay taxes to the government that has betrayed them? Now that would be a different matter. Every man, woman and child refusing to go to work, school and university, in a series of national strikes? That would bring the wheels of tyranny to a halt. Every government collaborator being held liable for crimes ancillary to fraud, treason and genocide? That would give every unlawful oath keeper something to think about. All government mail, bills and bank letters being returned to sender unopened? That would create a big problem enforcing COVID fines, as well as fraudulent mortgage possession claims. All violent Serco mercenaries, employed as fake riot police, tasting the Common Law right to self-defence? That would make the bastards hesitate before taking the next treacherous job they are offered. Restoring the Common Law to this currently lawless land, using Magna Carta 2020 to remove criminal government from office and hold those responsible accountable? That is the only realistic peaceful resolution to the tyranny of COVID-1984. Here’s a conversation I had with Mark Devlin this week on this very subject and much more. Please listen and share fare and wide. ### https://youtu.be/w9pm3Z6nFnk
  3. CHECKMATE! URGENT WARNING ### Please watch this important video and understand, please watch to the end.
  4. Proof that the pandemic was planned with a purpose ### https://www.stopworldcontrol.com/planned/
  5. Open letter from medical doctors and health professionals to all Belgian authorities and all Belgian media. ### https://docs4opendebate.be/en/open-letter/
  6. UK Care Home Murders: Lawyer Clare Wills-Harrison Reads Whistleblower Testimony ### https://bluecat.live/v/64?channelName=BluecatLive_5f69cefb2b200 ### https://bluecat.live/video/64/uk-care-home-murders-lawyer-clare-wills-harrison-reads-whistleblower-testimony?channelName=BluecatLive_5f69cefb2b200
  7. A source says, that this could then show foreknowledge after vaccine for surveillance.
  8. ATOMIC BOMBSHELL: ROTHSCHILDS PATENTED COVID-19 BIOMETRIC TESTS IN 2015. AND 2017. by Silviu "Silview" Costinescu ### ATOMIC BOMBSHELL: Rothschilds patented Covid-19 biometric tests in 2015. And 2017.
  9. CRIMES AGAINST HUMANITY,,,,,,,,,,,PLEASE SHARE ###
  10. 9 Solfeggio Frequencies ### ### The following frequencies are used: ✓ 174 hz - Foundation of Conscious Evolution ✓ 285 hz - Acceleration of Conscious Evolution ✓ 396 hz - Liberation of Fear and Guilt ✓ 417 hz - Facilitating Change ✓ 528 hz - Transformation and Miracles ✓ 639 hz - Connecting Relationships ✓ 741 hz - Consciousness Expansion ✓ 852 hz - Awakening Intuition ✓ 963 hz - Transcendence ### 9 Solfeggio Frequencies 174 Hz – The lowest of the tones appears to be a natural anaesthetic. It tends to remove pain physically , energetically as well as karmic energy. 174 Hz frequency gives your organs a sense of security, safety and love, motivating them to do their best. 285 Hz – This tone is useful when treating wounds, cuts, burns or any other form of damaged tissue. 285 Hz Solfeggio Frequency is said to be directly connected to our body´s, mind and soul´s blueprint for optimal health and physical wellbeing, due to its amazing ability to remember what should be and to return cells to its original form. It influences energy fields sending them message to restructure damaged organ. 285 Hz is about remembering and healing you, your internal organs and your energy. 396 Hz – Cleanses the feeling of guilt, which often represents one of the basic obstacle to realization, enables achievement of goals in the most direct way. It releases you from the feeling of guilt and fear by bringing down the defense mechanisms. This solfeggio frequency can also be also used as means of grounding, awakening, sobering and returning to reality. 417Hz – Next tone from the solfeggio scale is connected with resonation processes or processes of amplification. Re can “delete” person’s “alienation from God” and enable returning to the “right path”. This solfeggio frequency cleanses traumatic experiences and clears destructive influences of past events. It can be used for cleaning limiting impression, which disables the person to achieve her life goals. When speaking of cellular processes, tone Re encourages the cell and its DNA to function in an optimal way. 417 Hz frequency energizes your body cells and helps to use their creative potentials. 528 Hz – Used to return human DNA to its original, perfect state. If it is used in a way described in Webster’s dictionary – by communicating the wanted effect and with energy support from the “light” – miracles will happen! Process of DNA reparation is followed by beneficial effects – increased amount of life energy, clarity of mind, awareness, awakened or activated creativity, ecstatic states like deep inner peace, dance and celebration. It also opens the person for deep spiritual experiences and spiritual enlightenment. 639 Hz – This frequency enables creation of harmonious community and harmonious interpersonal relationships. It can be used for dealing with relationships problems – those in family, between partners, friends or social problems. It can be used to encourage the cell to communicate with its environment. This ancient solfeggio frequency enhances communication, understanding, tolerance and love. 639 Hz frequency can also be used for communication with parallel worlds or spiritual spheres. 741 Hz – Cleans the cell from the toxins. Frequent use of 741 Hz leads to a healthier, simpler life, and also to change in diet towards foods which are not poisoned by various kinds of toxins. It also cleans the cell from different kinds of electromagnetic radiations. Another important application of this sound frequency is cleansing infections – viral, bacterial, and fungal. This tone leads you to pure, stable and spiritual life. 852 Hz – Solfeggio 852 Hz is directly connected to the third eye chakra and can be used as means for awakening inner strength & self realization. It is good for dissolving stagnate mental energy from to over-thinking. (mental activity) It is said to clear up energy blockages that before has hindered clear and strong communication with our higher self, spirit guides and spirit helpers. The 852 Hz solfeggio to play either clean as is or as a background sound to other audio. 963 Hz – This tone awakens any system to its original, perfect state. It is connected with the Light and all-embracing Spirit, and enables direct experience, the return to Oneness. This frequency re-connects you with the Spirit, or the non-vibrational energies of the spiritual world. It will enable you to experience Oneness – our true nature. ###
  11. THE ULTIMATE OF QUOTES , the control mechanism. ### THE ULTIMATE OF QUOTES BY THE FAMOUS AND NOT SO FAMOUS, CONCERNING THE NEW WORLD ORDER, AND THE CONTROL MECHANISM. 286 PAGES OF INVALUABLE UNDERSTANDING. WITH THANKS FROM THE WEBSITE BELOW. http://www.realworldorder.net REAL WORLD ORDER WHO RULES THE WORLD ? “NOT ALL CONSPIRACIES ARE THEORIES” There is a plan for the world – a New World Order – devised by a British/American/European financial elite of immense wealth and power, with centuries-old historical roots. This oligarchy controls the politicians, the courts, the educational institutions, the food, the natural resources, the foreign policies, the economies and the money of most nations. And, they control the major media, which is why we know nothing about them. Modern democracy, as we know it, is less than 250 years old. For most of history, except for this brief period, the world has been ruled by powerful elites who wielded absolute power over their societies, controlled the wealth and resources of their known world, and dominated their people by force. The New World Order cabal plans to restore this model of totalitarian rule on a global scale. The endgame will be a one-world government presiding over the earth for the benefit of global oligarchs and their superclass functionaries, leaving the mass of humanity as serfs, to serve the elite, while suffering impoverishment and immiseration. The plan includes scientifically engineered global population reduction (viruses/vaccines/genetically-modified food), cutting the world’s population to less than one billion, leaving the earth’s resources for the exclusive use of this global oligarchy. This conspiracy to impose a global totalitarian society has been shrouded in almost total secrecy. To begin to understand the elite’s endgame, we must learn about the plan’s origins and development, and about the individuals, organizations, and institutions that fund, control, and benefit from it. This website may be a helpful guide on a journey to discover what the global elite have in store for future generations. “We are ruled, though it may be difficult to imagine, by a small dynastic power structure, largely consisting of powerful banking families, such as the Rothschilds, Rockefellers, and others. They emerged in controlling the financial system, extended their influence over the political system, the educational system, and, through the major foundations, have become the dominant social powers of our world, creating think tanks and other institutions which shape and change the course of society and modern human history.” Andrew Gavin Marshall “I wouldn’t call it fascism exactly, but a political system nominally controlled by an irresponsible, dumbed down electorate who are manipulated by dishonest, cynical, controlled mass media that dispense the propaganda of a corrupt political establishment can hardly be described as democracy either” columnist Edward Zehr “The master planners devised the strategy of a merger – a Great Merger – among nations. But before such a merger can be consummated, and the United States becomes just another province in a New World Order, there must at least be the semblance of parity among the senior partners in the deal. How does one make the nations of the world more nearly equal? The Insiders determined that a two-prong approach was needed; use American money and know-how to build up your competitors, while at the same time use every devious strategy you can devise to weaken and impoverish this country. The goal is not to bankrupt the United States. Rather, it is to reduce our productive might, and therefore our standard of living, to the meager subsistence level of the socialized nations of the world. The plan is not to bring the standard of living in less developed countries up to our level, but to bring ours down to meet theirs coming up… It is your standard of living which must be sacrificed on the altar of the New World Order.” Gary Allen in his book “The Rockefeller File” “The powers of financial capitalism had a far-reaching aim, nothing less than to create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole. This system was to be controlled in a feudalist fashion by the central banks of the world acting in concert, by secret agreements arrived at in frequent private meetings and conferences.” Carroll Quigley in his book “Tragedy and Hope” “The ruling class keeps the lower and the middle classes fighting with each other. Anything different, that’s what they’re gonna talk about – race, religion, ethnic and national background, jobs, income, education, social status, sexuality – anything they can do to keep us fighting with each other, so that they can keep going to the bank.” George Carlin “You can either be informed and be your own rulers, or you can be ignorant and have someone else, who is not ignorant, rule over you.” Julian Assange “If the New World Order types had some kindness, some humanity, some morality perhaps One World Government is what we need. But mainly these are nasty people with a lust for money and a ruthless disregard for human suffering. Sadly this is all made possible by a mainstream media that is owned and controlled by these very forces. Because the people who own media choose wherever it is that the light is to be shone. So the same stories and the same sound bites across six media conglomerates constitutes what the public is to learn about their world and their country.” Chris Pratt from his movie “Deception” “While modern dynasties share many characteristics of past ruling families, they have their major distinctions, largely derived from the fact that most of them do not hold formal political or absolute authority. Past dynasties typically held absolute authority over their local regions, states or kingdoms. That type of authority does not exist at the major state, regional or global levels today, with few exceptions, such as the ruling monarchs of the Gulf Arab dictatorships. Yet, while the mechanism of authority is less centralized or formalized in the modern world, the scope and reach of authority ­ or influence ­ has expanded exponentially. In short, while in past eras, a single family may have exerted absolute authority over a comparably small region or empire, today, the indirect influence of a dynastic family may reach across the globe, though it remains far from absolute.” Andrew Gavin Marshall “Over 400 years ago, the Florentine statesman Niccolo Machiavelli engaged in a profound study of methods used by various rulers to attain power… The findings of Machiavelli and other students of power decree that to obtain power it is essential to ignore the moral laws of man and of God; that promises must be made only with the intention to deceive and to mislead others to sacrifice their own interests; that the most brutal atrocity must be committed as a matter of mere convenience; that friends or allies must be betrayed as matter of course as soon as they have served their purpose. But, it is also decreed that these atrocities must be kept hidden from the common people except only where they are of use to strike terror to the hearts of opponents; that there must be kept up a spurious aspect of benevolence and benefit for the greater number of the people, and even an aspect of humility to gain as much help as possible.” E. C. Knuth in his book “The Empire of the “City”: The Secret History of British Financial Power” “Freidrich Hegel’s Hegelian dialectic put forth a process whereby opposites ‘thesis’ and ‘antithesis’ are reconciled into ‘synthesis’. The Rothschild’s Business Roundtable that sponsored him saw in the dialectic a boon to their monopolies by presenting phony communism (antithesis) as bogeyman to capitalism (thesis)… By upholding Soviet state capitalism to all the world as an example of “failed Communism”, the bankers could discredit this dangerous idea while producing their desired ‘synthesis’ – a New World Order ruled by the Illuminati banking families and Black Nobility monarchs, with laissez faire monopoly capitalism as their economic paradigm.” Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf” “Ever since the days of Henry Ford, the Economic Elite have needed a thriving US middle class to increase growth and profits, but now, in the global economy, they view the US middle class as obsolete. They increasingly look globally for profits and they would rather pay cheap labor in countries like China and India.” David DeGraw “The intent and purpose of the Committee of 300 is One World Government and a one-unit monetary system, under permanent non-elected hereditary oligarchists. In this One World system, population will be limited by restrictions on the number of children per family, diseases, wars, and famines, until one billion people who are useful to the ruling class, in areas which will be strictly and clearly defined, remain as the total world population. There will be no middle class, only rulers and the servants. All laws will be uniform under a legal system of world courts practicing the same unified code of laws, backed up by a One World Government police force and a One World unified military. Those who are obedient and subservient to the One World Government will be rewarded with the means to live; those who are rebellious will simply be starved to death or be declared outlaws and targeted for elimination.” John Coleman in his book ” The Committee of 300: The Conspirator’s Hierarchy” “The Rockefeller Foundation, working with John D. Rockefeller Ill’s Population Council, the World Bank, the UN Development Program and the Ford Foundation, and others, had been working with the WHO (World Health Organization) for 20 years to develop an anti-fertility vaccine using tetanus, as well as with other vaccines.” F. William Engdahl in his book “Seeds of Destuction” “There is a transnational ruling class, a “Superclass”, that agrees on establishing a world government. The middle class is targeted for elimination, because most of the world has no middle class, and to fully integrate and internationalize a middle class, would require industrialization and development in Africa, and certain places in Asia and Latin America. The goal of the Superclass is not to lose their wealth and power to a transnational middle class, but rather to extinguish the notion of a middle class, and transnationalize a lower, uneducated, labor oriented class, through which they will secure ultimate wealth and power. The global economic crisis serves these ends, as whatever remaining wealth the middle class holds is in the process of being eliminated, and as the crisis progresses, the middle classes of the world will suffer, while a great percentage of lower classes of the world, poverty-stricken even prior to the crisis, will suffer the greatest, most probably leading to a massive reduction in population levels, particularly in the “underdeveloped” or “Third World” states.” Andrew Gavin Marshall, ‘The Global Economic Crisis: The Great Depression of the XXI Century’ “The Party seeks power entirely for its own sake. We are not interested in the good of others; we are interested solely in power. Not wealth or luxury or long life or happiness: only power, pure power. We are different from all the oligarchies of the past, in that we know what we are doing. All the others, even those who resembled ourselves, were cowards and hypocrites. The German Nazis and the Russian Communists came very close to us in their methods, but they never had the courage to recognize their own motives. They pretended, perhaps they even believed, that they had seized power unwillingly and for a limited time, and that just round the corner there lay a paradise where human beings would be free and equal. We are not like that. We know that no one ever seizes power with the intention of relinquishing it. Power is not a means; it is an end. One does not establish a dictatorship in order to safeguard a revolution; one makes the revolution in order to establish the dictatorship. The object of persecution is persecution. The object of torture is torture. The object of power is power.” George Orwell in his book “1984” IN THE BEGINNING: EUROPEAN BLACK NOBILITY “The Black Nobility are the oligarchic families of Venice and Genoa, who in the 12th century held privileged trading rights (monopolies). The first of three crusades, from 1063 to 1123, established the power of the Venetian Black Nobility and solidified the power of the wealthy ruling class. In 1204 the oligarchic families parceled out feudal enclaves to their members, and from this date, they built up power until government became a closed corporation of the leading Black Nobility families. The European Black Nobility is responsible for the insidious entanglements of numerous secret societies and organizations, which are backed with high finance and powerful political connections. Such organizations include: Trilateral Commission, Bilderberg Group, Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), United Nations, International Monetary Fund (IMF), World Bank, Bank of International Settlements (BIS), Club of Rome, Chatham House, and many others. Present day European Black Nobility families are connected with the House of Guelph, one of the original Black Nobility families of Venice from which the House of Windsor and thus the present Queen of the United Kingdom Elizabeth II descends.” Dr. John Coleman in his book “The Committee of 300: A Brief History of World Power” “During the Middle Ages, European power centers coalesced into two camps: the Ghibellines and the Guelphs. The Pope then allied himself with the Guelphs against the Ghibellines resulting in their victory. All of modern history stems directly from the struggle between these two powers. The Guelphs were also called the Black Guelphs and Black Nobility. Every subsequent coup d’état, revolution and war has centered in the battle of the Guelphs to hold and enhance their power, which is now the World Order. The power of the Guelphs grew through their control of banking and international trade.” Dr. Webster Griffin Tarpley & James Higham in their book “The Venetian Black Nobility and the Concept of Oligarchy” “The Rothschilds accumulated its vast wealth issuing war bonds to Black Nobility for centuries, including the British Windsors, the French Bourbons, the German von Thurn und Taxis, the Italian Savoys and the Austrian and Spanish Hapsburgs.” Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf” “The Rothschilds had the crown heads of Europe in debt to them and this included the Black Nobility dynasty, the Hapsburgs, who ruled the Holy Roman Empire for 600 years.” author David Icke “At the center of oligarchy is the idea that certain families are born to rule as an arbitrary elite, while the vast majority of any given population is condemned to oppression, serfdom, or slavery. Oligarchs identify wealth purely in money terms, and practice usury, monetarism, and looting. The oligarchy has believed for millennia that the Earth is overpopulated. The essence of oligarchism is summed up in the idea of the empire, in which an elite identifying itself as a master race rules over a degraded mass of slaves or other oppressed victims. If oligarchical methods are allowed to dominate human affairs, they always create a breakdown crisis of civilization, with economic depression, war, famine, plague, and pestilence. A pillar of the oligarchical system is the family fortune. The continuity of the family fortune which earns money through usury and looting is often more important than the biological continuity across generations of the family that owns the fortune.” “The Venetian Black Nobility and the Concept of Oligarchy” an article by Dr. Webster Griffin Tarpley & James Higham “What today is called the Bilderberg Group, 500 years ago was called the Venetian Black Nobility. The idea behind the European dynastic oligarchy hasn’t changed, it’s the wholesale destruction of anything related and affiliated with the idea of a nation state.” Daniel Estulin in his book “The Bilderberg Group – An Offshoot of the Venetian Black Nobility” “The Catholic Black Nobility were the Italian aristocrats who had remained loyal to the Holy See [Vatican] after the rise of Garibaldi in the nineteenth century.” Paul L. William in his book “Operation Gladio”, 2015 “The Black Nobility is mostly Europe’s oldest and most powerful families. The head of the Black Nobility is the family that can claim direct descendancy from the last Roman emperor… Most of these families are wealthy beyond belief and may be more powerful today than when they sat upon thrones… Privately, the Black Nobility refuses to ever recognize any government other than their own inherited and devine right to rule. They work diligently behind the scenes to cause conditions whereby they might regain their crowns.” Milton William Cooper in his book “Behold A Pale Horse” ROTHSCHILD BANKING DYNASTY Rothschild “Money Power” Rules the World MAYER AMSCHEL ROTHSCHILDS’ FIVE SONS at the beginning of the 19th century, were sent by their father to establish banking houses: Nathan-London / Amschel-Frankfurt / Jakob-Paris / Solomon-Vienna / Karl-Naples “The power and wealth of the House of Rothschild grew to such proportions that by 1900 it was estimated that they controlled half the wealth of the world.” Des Griffin in his book “Descent Into Slavery?” “The name “Rothschild” cannot be found in the publication’s list of the 500 wealthiest people on Earth because the family’s wealth has been distributed amongst hundreds of heirs throughout the years. Although it is difficult to estimate exactly how much this powerful family is worth due to their renowned secrecy and the scale of their operations, the net worth has been estimated at anywhere between $US1 trillion and $US100 trillion. The Rothschilds are thought to control the Bank of England, the European Central Bank, the Federal Reserve, the World Bank, the International Monetary Fund and the Bank of International Settlements. They own most of the world’s gold and the London Gold Exchange and, according to an estimation made by Credit Suisse, the $US231 trillion is controlled by Evelyn Rothschild, the current head of the family.” http://www.australiannationalreview.com, 2014 “The Rothschild’s control a far-flung financial empire, which includes majority stakes in most world central banks. The Edmond de Rothschild clan owns the Banque Privee SA in Lugano, Switzerland and the Rothschild Bank AG of Zurich. The family of Jacob Lord Rothschild owns the powerful Rothschild Italia in Milan. They are members of the exclusive Club of the Isles, which provides capital for George Soros’ Quantum Fund NV, which made a killing in 1998-1999 destroying the currencies of Thailand, Indonesia and Russia.” Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf” “The combined wealth of the Rothschilds in 1998 was appriximately $100 trillion.” Gaylon Ross Sr. author of “Who’s Who of the Global Elite” “James Rothschild’s wealth had reached the 600 million mark. Only one man in France possessed more. That was the King, whose wealth was 800 million. The aggregate wealth of all the bankers in France was 150 million less than that of James Rothschild. This naturally gave him untold powers, even to the extent of unseating governments whenever he chose to do so.” David Druck in his book “Baron Edmond de Rothschild” [James de Rothschild (1792-1868) was the youngest son of Rothschild dynasty founder Mayer Amshel Rothschild (1744-1812)] [Edmond de Rothschild (1845-1934) was the youngest son of James de Rothschild] “The Rothschilds have a majority stake in nearly all the central banks in the world.” Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf” “Although the Rothschild family now generally keep a very low public profile, they still have significant business operations across a wide spectrum of sectors. While you may not find any one particular Rothschild on the Forbes’ most rich list, the family is estimated to control $1 trillion dollars in assets across the globe, thus having a strong voice across the geopolitical spectrum that many perceive as a hidden hand manipulating events silently from behind a veil of secrecy and silence.” Jay Syrmopoulos, 2017 “Seven men in Wall Street now control a great share of the fundamental industry and resources of the United States… These powerful men were themselves answerable to a foreign power which had been steadfastly seeking to extend its control over the young republic of the United States since its very inception. This power was the financial power of England, centered in the London Branch of the House of Rothschild. The fact was that in 1910, the United States was for all practical purposes being ruled from England, and so it is today [1911].” “The Seven Men” an article by John Moody – McClure’s Magazine, August 1911 “Rothschild-controlled Barings Bank bankrolled the Chinese opium and African slave trades. It financed the Louisiana Purchase. The House of Rothschild financed the Prussian War, the Crimean War and the British attempt to seize the Suez Canal from the French. Nathan Rothschild made a huge financial bet on Napoleon at the Battle of Waterloo, while also funding the Duke of Wellington’s peninsular campaign against Napoleon. Both the Mexican War and the Civil War were gold mines for the family.” Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers in the Persian Gulf” “The Rothschilds rank among the wealthiest lineages in the world. It is estimated that the Rothschild family controls more than $2 trillion worth of assets. Today, their holdings span a number of diverse industries, including financial services, real estate, mining and energy.” http://www.investopedia.com, 2016 “Bernard Baruch a New York agent of the Rothschilds at the turn of the 20th century set up the tobacco trust, the copper trust and other trusts for the Rothschilds. He became the grey eminence of the United States atomic bomb program when his lackey J. Robert Oppenheimner became director of the Los Alamos bomb development, and his Washington lackey James F. Byrnes advised Truman to drop the atomic bomb on Hiroshima and Nagasaki.” Eustace C. Mullins “The Secret History Of The Atomic Bomb” “The Rothschilds control the Bank of England, the Federal Reserve, the European Central Bank, the IMF, the World Bank and the Bank of International Settlements. Also they own most of the gold in the world as well as the London Gold Exchange, which sets the price of gold every day. It is said the family owns over half the wealth of the planet-estimated by Credit Suisse to be $231 trillion.” Pete Papaherakles, americanfrepress.net “The Rothschild family accumulated its vast wealth issuing war bonds to Black Nobility for centuries, including the British Windsors, the French Bourbons, the German von Thurn und Taxis, the Italian Savoys and the Austrian and Spanish Hapsburgs.” Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf” “The Rothschilds had several agents in America who their money got started and who still serve them well – the Morgans and the Rockefellers… It was the Rothschild capital that made the Rockefeller’s so powerful (oil and banking). They also financed the activities of Edward Harriman (railroads) and Andrew Carnegie (steel).” “The Rothschild Bloodline” an article from http://www.theforbiddenknowledge.com “Near the end of the 19th century, the Rothschild bank, was the biggest concentration of financial capital in the world.” Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research “Rothschilds own Reuters and Associated Press. They have controlling interest in ABC, CBS & NBC. Rothschild’s Swiss banks hold the wealth of the Vatican and the European black nobility.” David Icke “The Rothschild family combined with the Dutch House of Orange to found Bank of Amsterdam in the early 1600’s as the world’s first central bank. In 1694 [British King] William III teamed up with the Rothschild’s to launch the Bank of England.” Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf” “It is believed that the Rothschilds hold 53% of the stock of the U.S. Federal Reserve.” David Allen Rivera in his book “Final Warning: A History of the New World Order”, 2010 “Over the centuries, the Rothschilds have amassed trillions of dollars worth of gold bullion in their subterranean vaults and have cornered the world’s gold supply. They own controlling interest in the world’s largest oil company, Royal Dutch Shell. They operate phony charities and offshore banking services where the wealth of the black nobility and the Vatican is hidden in secret accounts at Rothschild Swiss banks, trusts and holding companies” http://www.helpfreetheearth.com/articles_2.html “If you look back at every war in Europe… you will see that they always ended up with the establishment of a balance of power. With every reshuffling there was a balance of power in a new grouping around the House of Rothschild in England, France or Austria. They grouped nations so that if any King got out of line, a war would break out and the war would be decided by which way the financing went. Researching the debt positions of warring nations will usually indicate who was being punished.” Professor Stuart Crane “The Rothschild cabal have infiltrated your government, your media, your banking institutions. They are no longer content with committing atrocities in the Middle East, they are now doing it on their own soil (Europe), desperate to complete the plan for a one world government, world army, complete with a world central bank.” Russian President Vadimir Putin told a Kremlin tour group, 2017 “It was a relatively simple matter for the American public to accept the “fact” that the Rockefellers were the preeminent power in this country. This myth was actually clothed in the apparel of power, the Rockefeller Oil Trust becoming the “military-industrial complex” which assumed political control of the nation; the Rockefeller Medical Monopoly attained control of the health care of the nation, and the Rockefeller Foundation, a web of affiliated tax exempt creations, effectively controlled the religious and educational life of the nation. The myth succeeded in its goal of camouflaging the hidden rulers, the Rothschilds. … The principal accomplishments of the Rockefeller drive for power, the rebate scheme for monopoly, the chartering of the foundations to gain power over American citizens, the creation of the central bank, the Federal Reserve System, the backing of the World communist revolution and the creation of the Medical Monopoly, all came from the Rothschilds.” Eustace Mullins, 2008 “There has been a well-founded notion since America’s inception that the European Rothschild-led Illuminati bankers have sought to bring America to its knees and return it to the fold of the Crown of England.” Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers in the Persian Gulf” “I care not what puppet is placed on the throne of England to rule the Empire. The man who controls Britain’s money supply controls the British Empire and I control the British money supply.” Nathan Mayer Rothschild “By the middle of the 19th century, the Rothschilds were the richest family in the world, perhaps in all of history. Their five international banking houses comprised one of the first multinational corporations.” Patricia Goldstone in her book “Aaronsohn’s Maps” “The House of Rothschild made its money in the great crashes of history and the great wars of history, the very periods when others lost their money.” E. C. Knuth in his book “The Empire of the “City”: The Secret History of British Financial Power “Seven men in Wall Street now control a great share of the fundamental industry and resources of the United States… These powerful men were themselves answerable to a foreign power which had been steadfastly seeking to extend its control over the young republic of the United States since its very inception. This power was the financial power of England, centered in the London Branch of the House of Rothschild. The fact was that in 1910, the United States was for all practical purposes being ruled from England, and so it is today [1911].” “The Seven Men” an article by John Moody – McClure’s Magazine, August 1911 “James Rothschild’s wealth had reached the 600 million mark. Only one man in France possessed more. That was the King, whose wealth was 800 million. The aggregate wealth of all the bankers in France was 150 million less than that of James Rothschild. This naturally gave him untold powers, even to the extent of unseating governments whenever he chose to do so.” David Druck in his book “Baron Edmond de Rothschild” [James de Rothschild (1792-1868) was the youngest son of Rothschild dynasty founder Mayer Amshel Rothschild (1744-1812)] [Edmond de Rothschild (1845-1934) was the youngest son of James de Rothschild] “The division of the United States into federations of equal force [The North & The South] was decided long before the Civil War. These bankers were afraid that the United States would upset their financial domination over the world. The voice of the Rothschilds prevailed.” German Chancellor Otto von Bismarck “In 1810, the Rothschilds began to push for a country for the Jews, so they created a new brand of Judaism called Reform Judaism which would establish a new Jewish country, which is now Israel. Only the Rothschilds could do that because to create a worldwide movement costs a lot of money.” Eustace Mullins, 2008 “The Rothschild, Rockefeller and Warburg banking combines control Big Oil… Royal Dutch/Shell is controlled by the Rothschild, Oppenheimer, Nobel and Samuel families along with the British House of Windsor and the Dutch House of Orange.” Dean Henderson from his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf” CECIL RHODES AND THE ANGLO-AMERICAN EMPIRE BUILDERS Cecil Rhodes “John Ruskin spoke to the Oxford undergraduates [1871] as members of the privileged, ruling class. He told them that they were the possessors of a magnificent tradition of education, beauty, rule of law, freedom, decency, and self-discipline but that tradition could not be saved, and did not deserve to be saved, unless it could be extended to the lower classes in England itself and to the non-English masses throughout the world. If this precious tradition were not extended to these two great majorities, the minority of upper-class Englishmen would ultimately be submerged by these majorities and the tradition lost. To prevent this, the tradition must be extended to the masses and to the empire. … John Ruskin’s inaugural lecture at Oxford University was copied out in longhand by one undergraduate, Cecil Rhodes, who kept it with him for thirty years.” Carroll Quigley in his book “Tragedy and Hope”, 1966 “Among John Ruskin’s most devoted disciples at Oxford were a group of intimate friends including Arnold Toynbee, Alfred Milner… These were so moved by Ruskin that they devoted the rest of their lives to carrying out his ideas. A similar group of Cambridge men … were also aroused by Ruskin’s message and devoted their lives to extension of the British Empire. …. This association was formally established on February 5, 1891, when Cecil Rhodes and William Thomas Stead organized a secret society of which Rhodes had been dreaming for sixteen years. In this secret society Rhodes was to be leader, Stead, Brett (Lord Esher), and Alfred Milner were to form an executive committee; Arthur (Lord) Balfour, (Sir) Harry Johnston, Lord Rothschild, Albert (Lord) Grey, and others were listed as potential members of a ‘Circle of Initiates’; while there was to be an outer circle known as the ‘Association of Helpers’ (later organized by Milner as the Round Table organization). … The Rhodes Scholarships, established by the terms of Cecil Rhodes’s seventh will, are known to everyone. What is not so widely known is that Rhodes in five previous wills left his fortune to form a secret society which was to devote itself to the preservation and expansion of the British Empire. And what does not seem to be known to anyone is that this secret society was created by Rhodes and his principal trustee, Lord Milner, and continues to exist to this day [as the Round Table Groups: in the United States – Council of Foreign Relations,Trilateral Commission, Bilderberg Group and in the British Commonwealth nations – Milner’s Kindergarden, Royal Institute of Internatonal Affairs (RIIA)/ Chatham House].” Carroll Quigley in his book “Tragedy and Hope”, 1966 “Lord Alfred Milner led the covert movement (Rhodes’ secret society) after Cecil Rhodes died in 1902. He was the second most powerful man in the British government after 1916 (during the last two years of the Great War [WWI]).” Carroll Quigley in his book “Tragedy and Hope”, 1966 “Lord Alfred Milner, wealthy Englishman and front man for the Rothschilds, served as paymaster for the international bankers during the Bolshevik Revolution. Milner later headed secret society known as The Round Table which was dedicated to establishing a world government whereby a clique of super-rich financiers would control the world under the guise of Socialism. The American subsidiary of this conspiracy is called the Council on Foreign Relations and was started by, and is still controlled by international bankers. … The “secret society” was organized on the conspiratorial pattern of circles … the central part of the “secret society” was established by March, 1891, using Rhodes’ money. The organization was run for Rothschild by Lord Alfred Milner… The Round Table worked behind the scenes at the highest levels of British government, influencing foreign policy and England’s involvement and conduct of WWI.” Gary Allen in his book “None Dare Call It Conspiracy” “There were groups founded in many countries representing the same interests of the secret Milner Group [a secret society formed by Cecil Rhodes], and they came to be known as the Round Table Groups, preeminent among them were the Royal Institute of international Affairs (Chatham House), the Council on Foreign Relations in the United States, and parallel groups in Canada, Australia, New Zealand, South Africa and India.” Carroll Quigley “Cecil Rhodes and [Alfred] Milner sought to unite the world, and above all the English-speaking world in a federal structure around Britain. Both felt that this goal could best be achieved by a secret band of men united to one another by devotion to the common cause and by personal loyalty to one another. Both felt that this band should pursue its goal by secret political and economic influence behind the scenes and by the control of journalistic, educational, and propaganda agencies.” Carroll Quigley in his book “The Anglo-American Establishment” “The so-called Bolshevik Revolution was financed entirely with money from Lord Alfred Milner and Kuhn Loeb acting as a conduit for the Rockefellers through their puppet, President Woodrow Wilson.” John Coleman in his book “The Committee of 300: The Conspirator’s Hierarchy” [Cecil] Rhodes and [Alfred] Milner and an elite circle of Empire strategists founded a secret society in 1910 whose purpose was to revitalize a flagging British imperial spirit. The society, many of whose members were graduates of All Souls College at Oxford University, would secretly steer the strategic policies of the British Empire up until the end of the Second World War. They called their group the Round Table. a reference to King Arthur’s medieval table surrounded by his select knights.” F. William Engdahl in his book “Gods of Money” “Alfred Milner (the British High Commissioner of South Africa) inherited Cecil Rhodes’ wealth. He assumed leadership of [Rhodes’] secret society, controlled the Rhodes Scholarship fund, and brought thousands of young men to Oxford University to learn the importance of world government.” Frank Aydelotte, in his book The Vision of Cecil Rhodes,1946 “Lord Alfred Milner led the covert movement (Cecil Rhodes’ secret society) after Cecil Rhodes died in 1902. He was the second most powerful man in the British government after 1916.” Carroll Quigley in his book “Tragedy and Hope”, 1966 “No country that values its safety should allow what the Milner Group accomplished in Britain ­ that is, that a small number of men should be able to wield such power in administration and politics, should be given almost complete control over the publication of the documents relating to their actions, should be able to exercise such influence over the avenues of information that create public opinion, and should be able to monopolise so completely the writing and teaching of the history of their own period.” Carroll Quigley in his book “Tragedy and Hope”, 1966 “Why should we not join a secret society with but one object: the furtherance of the British Empire, for the bringing of the whole uncivilized world under British rule, for the recovery of the United States, for the making of the Anglo-Saxon race but one Empire.” Cecil Rhodes’ “Confession of Faith” attached to his will “The goals which Cecil Rhodes and Alfred Milner sought and the methods by which they hoped to achieve them were so similar by 1902 that the two are almost indistinguishable. Both sought to unite the world, and above all the English-speaking world, in a federal structure around Britain. Both felt that this goal could best be achieved by a secret band of men united to one another by devotion to the common cause and by personal loyalty to one another. Both felt that this band should pursue its goal by secret political and economic influence behind the scenes and by the control of journalistic, educational, and propaganda agencies.” Carroll Quigley in his book “Tragedy and Hope” “In 1888 Cecil Rhodes made his third will leaving everything to Lord Nathan Mayer Rothschild, with an accompanying letter setting up a ‘secret society’. The central part of the ‘secret society’ was established by March, 1891, using Rhodes’ money. The organization – The Round Table – worked behind the scenes at the highest levels of British government, influencing foreign policy.” Frank Aydelotte in his book “American Rhodes Scholarships” “The Rhodes Scholarships, established by the terms of Cecil Rhodes’ seventh will, are known to everyone. What is not so widely known is that Rhodes in five previous wills left his fortune to form a secret society, which was to devote itself to the preservation and expansion of the British Empire… Funding of this organization later came from groups associated with J.P. Morgan, and the Rockefeller and Whitney families.” Carroll Quigley in his book “Tragedy and Hope” “Cecil Rhodes exploited the diamond and goldfields of South Africa, rose to be prime minister of the Cape Colony, contributed money to political parties, controlled parliamentary seats in both England and in South Africa, and sought to win a strip of British territory across Africa from the Cape of Good Hope to Egypt, and to join these two extremes together with a telegraph line and ultimately with a Cape-to-Cairo Railway. Rhodes inspired devoted support for his goals from others in South Africa and in England. With financial support from Lord Rothschild and Alfred Beit, he was able to monopolize the diamond mines of South Africa as De Beers Consolidated Mines and to build up a great gold mining enterprise as Consolidated Gold Fields. … In the middle 1890’s Cecil Rhodes had a personal income of at least a million pounds sterling a year (then about five million dollars) which was spent so freely for his mysterious purposes that he was usually overdrawn on his account. These purposes centered on his desire to federate the English-speaking people and to bring all the habitable portions of the world under their control. For this purpose Rhodes left part of his great fortune to found the Rhodes Scholarships at Oxford in order to spread the English ruling class tradition throughout the English-speaking world as John Ruskin had wanted.” Carroll Quigley in his book “Tragedy and Hope” “Cecil Rhodes secret society has been called by various names. During the frst decade or so it was called ‘the secret society of Cecil Rhodes,’ or ‘the dream of Cecil Rhodes.’ In the second and third decades of its existence it was known as ‘Milner’s Kindergarten’ (1901-1910) and as ‘the Round Table Group’ (1910-1920). Since 1920 it has been called by various names, depending on which phase of its activities was being examined. It has been called ‘The Times crowd,’ ‘the Rhodes crowd,’ the ‘Chatham House crowd,’ ‘The All Souls group,’ and ‘the Cliveden set.’ Carroll Quigley in his book “Tragedy and Hope”, 1966 “[In 1901, Cecil Rhodes chose Alfred Milner as his successor within a secret society of which the purpose was] the extension of British rule throughout the world, the perfecting of a system of emigration from the United Kingdom and of colonization by British subjects of all lands wherein the means of livelihood are attainable by energy, labor, and enterprise… [with] the ultimate recovery of the United States of America as an integral part of a British Empire, the consolidation of the whole Empire, the inauguration of a system of Colonial Representation in the Imperial Parliament which may tend to weld together the disjointed members of the Empire, and finally the foundation of so great a power as to hereafter render wars impossible and promote the best interests of humanity.” Carroll Quigley, in his book “Tragedy and Hope” “Cecil Rhodes’ secret society incited the Boer War and spawned the Milner Group (1902), the Milner Group spawned the Round Table Group (1909), the Round Table Group incited World War I and spawned the Royal Institute of International Affairs (1919) and the Council on Foreign Relations (1921), and the CFR and the RIIA spawned the Bilderberg Group in 1954, and the Trilateral Commission in 1973.” Stanley Monteith “An association was formally established on February 5, 1891, when Cecil Rhodes and Thomas Stead organized a secret society of which Rhodes had been dreaming for sixteen years. In this secret society Rhodes was to be leader, Stead, Brett, and Alfred Milner were to form an executive committee; Arthur (Lord) Balfour, (Sir) Harry Johnston, Lord Rothschild, Albert (Lord) Grey, and others were listed as potential members of a ‘Circle of Initiates’; while there was to be an outer circle known as the ‘Association of Helpers’ (later organized by Milner as the Round Table organization).” Carroll Quigley, in his book “Tragedy and Hope” INTERNATIONAL BANKERS AND THE “MONEY POWER” Paul Warburg “During the past two centuries when the peoples of the world were gradually winning their political freedom from the dynastic monarchies, the major banking families of Europe and America were actually reversing the trend by setting up new dynasties of political control through the formation of international financial combines. These banking dynasties had learned that all governments must have sources of revenue from which to borrow in times of emergency. They had also learned that by providing such funds from their own private resources, they could make both kings and democratic leaders tremendously subservient to their will.” Carroll Quigley in his book “Tragedy and Hope” “There is a special breed of international financiers whose success typically is built upon certain character traits. Those include cold objectivity, immunity to patriotism, and indifference to the human condition. That profile is the basis for proposing a theoretical strategy, called the Rothschild Formula, which motivates such men to propel governments into war for the profits they yield… As long as the mechanism of central banking exists, it will be to such men an irresistible temptation to convert debt into perpetual war and war into perpetual debt.” G. Edward Griffin in his book “The Creature from Jekyll Island” “By the end of the 1890’s [J.P.] Morgan and [John D.] Rockefeller had become the giants of an increasingly powerful Money Trust controlling American industry and government policy… Some 60 families – names like Rockefeller, Morgan, Dodge, Mellon, Pratt, Harkness, Whitney, Duke, Harriman, Carnegie, Vanderbilt, DuPont, Guggenheim, Astor, Lehman, Warburg, Taft, Huntington, Baruch and Rosenwald formed a close network of plutocratic wealth that manipulated, bribed, and bullied its way to control the destiny of the United States. At the dawn of the 20th Century, some sixty ultra-rich families, through dynastic intermarriage and corporate, interconnected shareholdings, had gained control of American industry and banking institutions.” F. William Engdahl in his book “Gods of Money: Wall Street and the Death of the American Century” “The House of Morgan financed half the US [World War II] war effort. Morgan had also financed the British Boer War in South Africa and the Franco-Prussian War.” Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers in the Persian Gulf” “In the latter half of the 1800s European financiers were in favor of an American Civil War that would return the United States to its colonial status. The Civil War, lasted from 1861 until 1865 … during which, Congress also set up a national bank, putting the government into partnership with the banking interests, guaranteeing their profits.” Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research “For centuries there has been big money to be made by international bankers in financing governments and kings… Like a business, no government can borrow big money unless that government is willing to surrender to the creditors some of its sovereignty. Certainly, international bankers who have loaned hundreds of billions of dollars to governments around the world command considerable influence in the policies of such governments, but the ultimate advantage that the creditor has over a king or a President is that if the ruler gets out of line, the banker can finance his enemy or his rival. Therefore, if you want to stay in the lucrative financing business of kings and governments, it is wise to have an enemy or a rival waiting in the wings to unseat every king, or every President, to whom you lend money. If the king doesn’t have an enemy, you have to be able to create one.” Louis Farrakhan, 1995 “World bankers, by pulling a few simple levers that control the flow of money, can make or break entire economies. By controlling press releases of economic strategies that shape national trends, the power elite are able to not only tighten their stranglehold on this nation’s economic structure, but can extend that control world wide. Those possessing such power would logically want to remain in the background, invisible to the average citizen.” Aldous Huxley “International bankers make money by extending credit to governments. The greater the debt of the political state, the larger the interest returned to lenders. The national banks of Europe are also owned and controlled by private interests. We recognize in a hazy sort of way that the Rothschilds and the Warburgs of Europe and the houses of JP Morgan, Kuhn Loeb & Co., Schff, Lehman and Rockefeller possess and control vast wealth. How they acquire this vast financial power and employ it is a mystery to most of us.” Senator Barry M. Goldwater in his memoirs “With No Apologies” “The substantive financial powers of the world were in the hands of investment bankers (also called “international” or “merchant” bankers) who remained largely behind the scenes in their own unincorporated private banks. These formed a system of international cooperation and national dominance which was more private, more powerful, and more secret than that of their agents in the central banks. This dominance of investment bankers was based on their control over the flows of credit and investment funds in their own countries and throughout the world. They could dominate the financial and industrial systems of their own countries by their influence over the flow of current funds through bank loans, the discount rate, and the re-discounting of commercial debts; they could dominate governments by their control over current government loans and the play of the international exchanges. Almost all of this power was exercised by the personal influence and prestige of men who had demonstrated their ability in the past to bring off successful financial coups to keep their word, to remain cool in a crisis, and to share their winning opportunities with their associates. In this system the Rothschilds had been preeminent during much of the nineteenth century, but, at the end of that century, they were being replaced by J. P. Morgan whose central office was in New York, although it was always operated as if it were in London.” Carroll Quigley, in his book “Tragedy and Hope” “The Depression [1929] was not accidental. It was a carefully contrived occurrence. The international bankers sought to bring about a condition of despair here [United States] so that they might emerge as rulers of us all.” Louis T. McFadden, Chairman of the U.S. House of Representatives’ Banking and Currency Committee, 1932 “Our global banking system is a global cartel, a “super-entity” in which the world’s major banks all own each other and own the controlling shares in the world’s largest multinational corporations. … This is the real “free market,” a highly profitable global banking cartel, functioning as a worldwide financial Mafia.” Andrew Gavin Marshall “John D. Rockefeller J. P. Morgan, and other kingpins of the Money Trust were powerful monopolists. A monopolist seeks to eliminate competition. In fact, Rockefeller once said: “Competition is a sin.” These men were not free enterprise advocates.” James Perloff in his book “The Shadows of Power: The Council on Foreign Relations and the American Decline” “In 1899, J. Pierpont Morgan and Anthony Drexel went to England to attend the International Bankers Convention. When they returned, J.P. Morgan had been appointed head representative of the Rothschild interests in the United States. As the result of the London Conference, J.P. Morgan and Company of New York, Drexel and Company of Philadelphia, Grenfell and Company of London, Morgan Harjes Cie of Paris, M.M. Warburg Company of Germany and America, and the House of Rothschild, were all affiliated.” William Guy Carr in his book “Pawns In The Game” “The European Bankers favor the end of slavery… the European Plan is that capital money lenders shall control labor by controlling wages. The great debt that capitalists will see is made out of the war [Civil War] and must be used to control the valve of money. To accomplish this government bonds must be used as a banking basis. We are now awaiting Secretary of Treasury Salmon Chase to make that recommendation. It will not allow Greenbacks to circulate as money as we cannot control that. We control bonds and through them banking issues.” European bankers “Hazard Circular”, 1962 – from Dean Henderson’s book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf” “The bankers control the world’s major corporations, media, intelligence agencies, think tanks, foundations and universities.” Henry Makow “The structure of financial controls created by the tycoons of ‘Big Banking’ and ‘Big Business’ was of extraordinary complexity, one business fief being built on another, both being allied with semi-independent associates, the whole rearing upward into two pinnacles of economic and political power, of which one, centered in New York, was headed by J. P. Morgan and Company and the other, in Ohio, was headed by the Rockefeller family. When the two cooperated, as they generally did, they could influence the economic life of the country to a large degree and could almost control its political life, at least at the Federal level. They caused the “panic of 1907″ and the collapse of two railroads, one in 1914 and the other in 1929.” Carroll Quigley in his book “Tragedy and Hope” “The reason why the British abolished the right of the American Colonies to create and issue their own money is simple: the bankers did not want the Colonists to be able to trade among themselves without paying tribute to them… The objective was clear: by forcing Americans to pay interest, the European money changers wanted to enslave the Colonies in a mountain of debt. … We are paying the International Bankers hundreds of millions of dollars each year in interest on our National Debt. This money (or credit) was created by the bankers out of nothing – and loaned to us at a high rate of interest.” Des Griffin in his book “Fourth Reich of the Rich “Hundreds of years ago, bankers began to specialize, with the richer and more influential ones associated increasingly with foreign trade and foreign-exchange transactions. Since these were richer and more cosmopolitan and increasingly concerned with questions of political significance, such as stability and debasement of currencies, war and peace, dynastic marriages, and worldwide trading monopolies, they became the financiers and financial advisers of governments. Moreover, since their relationships with governments were always in monetary terms and not real terms, and since they were always obsessed with the stability of monetary exchanges between one country’s money and another, they used their power and influence to do two things: (1) to get all money and debts expressed in terms of a strictly limited commodity-ultimately gold; and (2) to get all monetary matters out of the control of governments and political authority, on the ground that they would be handled better by private banking interests.” Carroll Quigley, in his book “Tragedy and Hope” “In the Bolshevik Revolution we have some of the world’s richest and most powerful men financing a movement which claims its very existence is based on the concept of stripping of their wealth, men like the Rothschids, Rockefellers, Schiffs, Warburgs, Morgans, Harrimans, and Milners. But obviously these men have no fear of international Communism. It is only logical to assume that if they financed it and do not fear it, it must be because they control it.” Gary Allen in his book “None Dare Call It Conspiracy” “We shall have World Government, whether or not we like it. The only question is whether World Government will be achieved by conquest or consent.” international banker James Warburg testifying before the United States Senate on Feb. 7, 1950 “There is a shadowy group of Plutocrats running multinational corporations, controlling the media narrative, manipulating the money supply, influencing governments, generating chaos, and provoking wars in order to further their agendas. These people are very real and extremely dangerous. They operate in the shadows, safely out of the light of public scrutiny. They manage by proxy, using cut-outs to do their bidding, never allowing themselves to get their hands dirty? Politicians are used and discarded, giving the illusion that they are the ones in control. The controllers’ identities are hidden through a corporate shell game of holding companies and secret banking tax havens, in places like the Cayman Islands and Luxemburg. A thirst for publicity and a lust for the spotlight are liabilities if you want to excel in this endeavor. Better to rule from the shadows where your identity and intentions are unknown. … The people running the show are mostly driven, professional, sociopaths with no discernible traces of compassion. … Some of our best-known leaders and public figures are actually psychopaths, and what makes a psychopath most effective is their overall lack of empathy. They simply do not have the ability to imagine or feel someone else’s pain, and this frees them up to cross boundaries that the rest of us would never dream of crossing. They can operate without limits, giving them an advantage over everyone else. They are professional liars and damn proud of it. … You do not make it to the top of the food chain by being nice, honest and fair; you get there by force, deception, and influence. You get there through violence, if necessary. You get there through blackmail and extortion. It takes planning and funding, patience and practice, and a mastery of how to use fear to control other people. Those running the world are playing a much different game than the rest of us, and the way they see it, there are no rules. Or at least the rules do not apply to them. … Their plan is to change society in every country in a way that provides them a reason to impose a world government. The creation of a world central bank and an electronic world currency, in conjunction with the elimination of cash, would allow them complete control to dictate financial policy around the globe. Their policies would be enforced by their world army, and a micro-chipped population would live in fear of having their electronic currency deleted if they ever crossed the world government.” Charlie Robinson, in his book “The Octopus of Global Control”, 2017 “The real menace of our Republic is the invisible government, which like a giant octopus sprawls its slimy legs over our cities, states, and nation. To depart from mere generalizations, let me say that at the head of this octopus are the Rockefeller-Standard Oil interests and a small group of powerful banking houses generally referred to as the international bankers. The little coterie of powerful international bankers virtually run the United States government for their own selfish purposes. They practically control both parties, write political platforms, make catspaws of party leaders, use the leading men of private organizations, and resort to every device to place in nomination for high public office only such candidates as will be amenable to the dictates of corrupt big business. These international bankers and Rockefeller-Standard Oil interests control the majority of the newspapers and magazines in this country. They use the columns of these papers to club into submission or drive out of office public officials who refuse to do the bidding of the powerful corrupt cliques which compose the invisible government. It operates under cover of a self-created screen [and] seizes our executive officers, legislative bodies, schools, courts, newspapers and every agency created for the public protection.” John Francis Hylan, Mayor of New York City, 1922 “Behind the ostensible government sits enthroned an invisible government owing no allegiance and acknowledging no responsibility to the people. To destroy this invisible government, to befoul the unholy alliance between corrupt business and corrupt politics is the first task of the statesmanship of the day.” Theodore Roosevelt, 26th President of the United States, Theodore Roosevelt, An Autobiography , 1913 “We are opposed around the world by a monolithic and ruthless conspiracy that relies primarily on covert means for expanding its sphere of influence – on infiltration instead of invasion, on subversion instead of elections, on intimidation instead of free choice, on guerrillas by night instead of armies by day. It is a system which has conscripted vast human and material resources into the building of a tightly knit, highly efficient machine that combines military, diplomatic, intelligence, economic, scientific and political operations. Its preparations are concealed, not published. Its mistakes are buried, not headlined. Its dissenters are silenced, not praised. No expenditure is questioned, no rumor is printed, no secret is revealed.” John F. Kennedy, President of the United States, April 27, 1961 “A secretive group of “internationalists” are said to have funded, and in some cases, caused most of the major wars of the last 200 years. Their favorite method of shaping public opinion is, primarily, through carrying out false flag attacks to manipulate populations into supporting them. This has allowed them to tighten their grip on the world economy, deliberately causing inflation and depressions at will. The people behind the New World Order are thought to be international bankers, in particular, the owners of the private banks in the Federal Reserve System, Bank of England and other central banks, and members of the Council on Foreign Relations, Trilateral Commission and Bilderberg Group.” Charlie Robinson, in his book “The Octopus of Global Control”, 2017 GLOBAL DYNASTIC ELITE Queen Elizabeth II [House of Windsor] / Jacob Rothschild / David Rockefeller / The Vatican “At the center of oligarchy is the idea that certain families are born to rule as an arbitrary elite, while the vast majority of any given population is condemned to oppression, serfdom, or slavery. Oligarchs identify wealth purely in money terms, and practice usury, monetarism, and looting. … The essence of oligarchism is summed up in the idea of the empire, in which an elite identifying itself as a master race rules over a degraded mass of slaves or other oppressed victims. If oligarchical methods are allowed to dominate human affairs, they always create a breakdown crisis of civilization, with economic depression, war, famine, plague, and pestilence. A pillar of the oligarchical system is the family fortune. The continuity of the family fortune which earns money through usury and looting is often more important than the biological continuity across generations of the family that owns the fortune.” “The Venetian Black Nobility and the Concept of Oligarchy” an article by Dr. Webster Griffin Tarpley & James Higham “There is a vast network of private financial interests, controlled by the leading aristocratic and royal families of Europe. … A secret cross-linked vast holding of private financial interests is tied to the old aristocratic oligarchy of Western Europe.” William Engdahl , Executive Intelligence Review, April 1997 “European dynastic families constitute a financial oligarchy; they are the power behind the Windsor throne [Britain]. They view themselves as the heirs to the Venetian oligarchy [Black Nobility] .” historian Jeffrey Steinberg, henrymakow.com “The Black Nobility are the oligarchic families of Venice and Genoa, who in the 12th century held privileged trading rights (monopolies). The first of three crusades, from 1063 to 1123, established the power of the Venetian Black Nobility and solidified the power of the wealthy ruling class. In 1204 the oligarchic families parceled out feudal enclaves to their members, and from this date, they built up power until government became a closed corporation of the leading Black Nobility families. The European Black Nobility is responsible for the insidious entanglements of numerous secret societies and organizations, which are backed with high finance and powerful political connections. Such organizations include: Trilateral Commission, Bilderberg Group, Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), United Nations, International Monetary Fund (IMF), World Bank, Bank of International Settlements (BIS), Club of Rome, Chatham House, and many others. Present day European Black Nobility families are connected with the House of Guelph, one of the original Black Nobility families of Venice from which the House of Windsor and thus the present Queen of the United Kingdom Elizabeth II descends.” Dr. John Coleman in his book “The Committee of 300: A Brief History of World Power” “During the Middle Ages, European power centers coalesced into two camps: the Ghibellines and the Guelphs. The Pope then allied himself with the Guelphs against the Ghibellines resulting in their victory. All of modern history stems directly from the struggle between these two powers. The Guelphs were also called the Black Guelphs and Black Nobility. Every subsequent coup d’état, revolution and war has centered in the battle of the Guelphs to hold and enhance their power, which is now the World Order. The power of the Guelphs grew through their control of banking and international trade.” Dr. Webster Griffin Tarpley & James Higham in their book “The Venetian Black Nobility and the Concept of Oligarchy” ROTHSCHILDS “The name “Rothschild” cannot be found in the publication’s list of the 500 wealthiest people on Earth because the family’s wealth has been distributed amongst hundreds of heirs throughout the years. Although it is difficult to estimate exactly how much this powerful family is worth due to their renowned secrecy and the scale of their operations, the net worth has been estimated at anywhere between $US1 trillion and $US100 trillion. The Rothschilds are thought to control the Bank of England, the European Central Bank, the Federal Reserve, the World Bank, the International Monetary Fund and the Bank of International Settlements. They own most of the world’s gold and the London Gold Exchange and, according to an estimation made by Credit Suisse, the $US231 trillion is controlled by Evelyn Rothschild, the current head of the family.” http://www.australiannationalreview.com, 2014 “The combined wealth of the Rothschilds in 1998 was appriximately $100 trillion.” Gaylon Ross Sr. author of “Who’s Who of the Global Elite” “James Rothschild’s wealth had reached the 600 million mark. Only one man in France possessed more. That was the King, whose wealth was 800 million. The aggregate wealth of all the bankers in France was 150 million less than that of James Rothschild. This naturally gave him untold powers, even to the extent of unseating governments whenever he chose to do so.” David Druck in his book “Baron Edmond de Rothschild” [James de Rothschild (1792-1868) was the youngest son of Rothschild dynasty founder Mayer Amshel Rothschild (1744-1812)] [Edmond de Rothschild (1845-1934) was the youngest son of James de Rothschild] “The Rothschilds have a majority stake in nearly all the central banks in the world.” Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf” “Although the Rothschild family now generally keep a very low public profile, they still have significant business operations across a wide spectrum of sectors. While you may not find any one particular Rothschild on the Forbes’ most rich list, the family is estimated to control $1 trillion dollars in assets across the globe, thus having a strong voice across the geopolitical spectrum that many perceive as a hidden hand manipulating events silently from behind a veil of secrecy and silence.” Jay Syrmopoulos, 2017 “Seven men in Wall Street now control a great share of the fundamental industry and resources of the United States… These powerful men were themselves answerable to a foreign power which had been steadfastly seeking to extend its control over the young republic of the United States since its very inception. This power was the financial power of England, centered in the London Branch of the House of Rothschild. The fact was that in 1910, the United States was for all practical purposes being ruled from England, and so it is today [1911].” “The Seven Men” an article by John Moody – McClure’s Magazine, August 1911 “Rothschild-controlled Barings Bank bankrolled the Chinese opium and African slave trades. It financed the Louisiana Purchase. The House of Rothschild financed the Prussian War, the Crimean War and the British attempt to seize the Suez Canal from the French. Nathan Rothschild made a huge financial bet on Napoleon at the Battle of Waterloo, while also funding the Duke of Wellington’s peninsular campaign against Napoleon. Both the Mexican War and the Civil War were gold mines for the family.” Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers in the Persian Gulf” “The Rothschilds rank among the wealthiest lineages in the world. It is estimated that the Rothschild family controls more than $2 trillion worth of assets. Today, their holdings span a number of diverse industries, including financial services, real estate, mining and energy.” http://www.investopedia.com, 2016 “Bernard Baruch a New York agent of the Rothschilds at the turn of the 20th century set up the tobacco trust, the copper trust and other trusts for the Rothschilds. He became the grey eminence of the United States atomic bomb program when his lackey J. Robert Oppenheimner became director of the Los Alamos bomb development, and his Washington lackey James F. Byrnes advised Truman to drop the atomic bomb on Hiroshima and Nagasaki.” Eustace C. Mullins “The Secret History Of The Atomic Bomb” “There has been a well-founded notion since America’s inception that the European Rothschild-led Illuminati bankers have sought to bring America to its knees and return it to the fold of the Crown of England.” Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers in the Persian Gulf” “The Rothschilds control the Bank of England, the Federal Reserve, the European Central Bank, the IMF, the World Bank and the Bank of International Settlements. Also they own most of the gold in the world as well as the London Gold Exchange, which sets the price of gold every day. It is said the family owns over half the wealth of the planet-estimated by Credit Suisse to be $231 trillion.” Pete Papaherakles, americanfrepress.net “The Rothschild family … accumulated its vast wealth issuing war bonds to Black Nobility for centuries, including the British Windsors, the French Bourbons, the German von Thurn und Taxis, the Italian Savoys and the Austrian and Spanish Hapsburgs.” Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf” “The Rothschilds had several agents in America who their money got started and who still serve them well – the Morgans and the Rockefellers… It was the Rothschild capital that made the Rockefeller’s so powerful (oil and banking). They also financed the activities of Edward Harriman (railroads) and Andrew Carnegie (steel).” “The Rothschild Bloodline” an article from http://www.theforbiddenknowledge.com “Near the end of the 19th century, the Rothschild bank, was the biggest concentration of financial capital in the world.” Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research “Although the Rothschild family now generally keep a very low public profile, they still have significant business operations across a wide spectrum of sectors. While you may not find any one particular Rothschild on the Forbes’ most rich list, the family is estimated to control $1 trillion dollars in assets across the globe, thus having a strong voice across the geopolitical spectrum that many perceive as a hidden hand manipulating events silently from behind a veil of secrecy and silence.” Jay Syrmopoulos, 2017 “Rothschilds own Reuters and Associated Press …They have controlling interest in ABC, CBS & NBC …Rothschild’s Swiss banks hold the wealth of the Vatican and the European black nobility.” David Icke “The British royal family rules the world, but they do not rule it alone. There are at least three other actors: central banks, the legacy of Cecil Rhodes, and the immense financial power of the biggest international banking family, the Rothschilds. ” “Who Runs The World And Controls The Value Of Assets?” an article by Joan Veon “The Rothschild family combined with the Dutch House of Orange to found Bank of Amsterdam in the early 1600’s as the world’s first central bank. In 1694 [British King] William III teamed up with the Rothschild’s to launch the Bank of England.” Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf” “The House of Rothschild financed the Prussian War, the Crimean War and the British attempt to seize the Suez Canal from the French. Nathan Rothschild made a huge financial bet on Napoleon at the Battle of Waterloo, while also funding the Duke of Wellington’s peninsular campaign against Napoleon. Both the Mexican War and the Civil War were goldmines for the family.” “The House of Rothschild” an article by Dean Henderson “It is believed that the Rothschilds hold 53% of the stock of the U.S. Federal Reserve.” David Allen Rivera in his book “Final Warning: A History of the New World Order”, 2010 “The Rothschild, Rockefeller and Warburg banking combines control Big Oil… Royal Dutch/Shell is controlled by the Rothschild, Oppenheimer, Nobel and Samuel families along with the British House of Windsor and the Dutch House of Orange.” Dean Henderson from his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf” “The power and wealth of the House of Rothschild grew to such proportions that by 1900 it was estimated that they controlled half the wealth of the world.” Des Griffin in his book “Descent Into Slavery?” “The Rothschild’s control a far-flung financial empire, which includes majority stakes in most world central banks. The Edmond de Rothschild clan owns the Banque Privee SA in Lugano, Switzerland and the Rothschild Bank AG of Zurich. The family of Jacob Lord Rothschild owns the powerful Rothschild Italia in Milan. They are members of the exclusive Club of the Isles, which provides capital for George Soros’ Quantum Fund NV, which made a killing in 1998-1999 destroying the currencies of Thailand, Indonesia and Russia.” Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf” “Over the centuries, the Rothschilds have amassed trillions of dollars worth of gold bullion in their subterranean vaults and have cornered the world’s gold supply. They own controlling interest in the world’s largest oil company, Royal Dutch Shell. They operate phony charities and offshore banking services where the wealth of the black nobility and the Vatican is hidden in secret accounts at Rothschild Swiss banks, trusts and holding companies” http://www.helpfreetheearth.com/articles_2.html “If you look back at every war in Europe… you will see that they always ended up with the establishment of a balance of power. With every reshuffling there was a balance of power in a new grouping around the House of Rothschild in England, France or Austria. They grouped nations so that if any King got out of line, a war would break out and the war would be decided by which way the financing went. Researching the debt positions of warring nations will usually indicate who was being punished.” Professor Stuart Crane from Dean Henderson’s book “Big Oil & Their Bankers in the Persian Gulf” “The Rothschild cabal have infiltrated your government, your media, your banking institutions. They are no longer content with committing atrocities in the Middle East, they are now doing it on their own soil (Europe), desperate to complete the plan for a one world government, world army, complete with a world central bank.” Russian President Vadimir Putin told a Kremlin tour group, 2017 HOUSE OF WINDSOR The British “Crown”, the “CIty of London” and the British “Money Power” “The House of Guelph, one of the Black Nobility families of Venice, is the oldest dynasty in Europe being some 800 years old. It survives to this day as the British House of WIndsor. Other important present-day European “Black Nobility” families include: House of Bernadotte (Sweden), House of Bourbon (France), House of Braganza (Portugal), House of Grimaldi (Monaco), House of Habsburg (Austria,) House of Hanover (Germany), House of Hohenzollern (Germany), House of Karadjordjevic (Yugoslavia), House of Liechtenstein (Liechtenstein), House of Nassau (Luxembourg), House of Oldenburg (Denmark), House of Orange (Netherlands), House of Savoy (Italy,) House of Wettin (Belgium), House of Wittelsbach (Germany), House of Württemberg (Germany), House of Zogu (Albania).” Dr. Webster Griffin Tarpley & James Higham in an article “The Venetian Black Nobility and the Concept of Oligarchy” “The forerunners of the Freemasons – the Knights Templar – founded the concept of banking and created a “bond market” as a means to control European nobles through war debts… The Crusader Knights Templar looted a huge store of gold and numerous sacred artifacts from beneath the Solomon Temple. (King Solomon was the son of King David)… The claimed lineage to the House of David is what the Illuminati use to justify their global control.” Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf” “The bulwark of the British financial oligarchy lies in its ageless and self-perpetuating nature, its long-range planning and prescience, its facility to outwait and break the patience of its opponents. The transient and temporal statesmen of Europe and particularly of Britain itself, who have attempted to curb this monstrosity have all been defeated by their limited tenure of confidence. Obligated to show action and results in a too short span of years, they have been outwitted and outwaited, deluged with irritants and difficulties; eventually obliged to temporize and retreat. There are few who have opposed them in Britain and America, without coming to a disgraceful end, but many, who served them well, have also profited well.” E.C. Knuth in his book “The Empire of The City”, 1946 “Queen Elizabeth II, head of state of the United Kingdom and of 31 other states and territories, is the legal owner of about 6,600 million acres of land, one sixth of the earth’s non-ocean surface. She is the only person on earth who owns whole countries. The value of her land holding is approximately $28,000,000,000,000. This makes her the richest individual on earth.” from the book “Who Owns The World” by Kevin Cahill “The British royal family rules the world, but they do not rule it alone. There are at least three other actors: central banks, the legacy of Cecil Rhodes, and the immense financial power of the biggest international banking family, the Rothschilds.” “Who Runs The World And Controls The Value Of Assets?” an article by Joan Veon “Club of the Isles is a European cartel – centered within the City of London and headed by the House of Windsor – which controls every aspect of the global economy — banks, insurance and pharmaceutical companies, raw materials, transportation, factories, major retail groups, the stock and commodities markets, politicians and governments, media, intelligence agencies, drugs and organized crime.” “The Windsors’ Global Food Cartel: Instrument for Starvation” an article by Executive Intelligence Review, 1995 ROCKEFELLERS “John D. Rockefeller was a Machiavellian who boasted that he hated competition. Whenever he could, Rockefeller used the government to promote his own interests and to hinder his competitors. Monopoly capitalism is impossible unless you have a government with the power to strangle would-be competitors. The easiest way to control or eliminate competitors is not to best them in the marketplace, but to use the power of government to exclude them from the marketplace. If you wish to control commerce, banking, transportation, and natural resources on a national level, you must control! the federal government. If you and your clique wish to establish worldwide monopolies, you must control World Government.” Gary Allen in his book “The Rockefeller File” “It was a relatively simple matter for the American public to accept the “fact” that the Rockefellers were the preeminent power in this country. This myth was actually clothed in the apparel of power, the Rockefeller Oil Trust becoming the “military-industrial complex” which assumed political control of the nation; the Rockefeller Medical Monopoly attained control of the health care of the nation, and the Rockefeller Foundation, a web of affiliated tax exempt creations, effectively controlled the religious and educational life of the nation. The myth succeeded in its goal of camouflaging the hidden rulers, the Rothschilds.” Eustace Mullins, 2008 “The Rockefellers control Metropolitan Life, Equitable Life, Prudential and New York Life. Rockefeller banks control 25% of all assets of the 50 largest US commercial banks and 30% of all assets the 50 largest insurance companies… Companies under Rockefeller control include Exxon Mobil, Chevron Texaco, BP Amoco, Marathon Oil, Freeport McMoran, Quaker Oats, ASARCO, United, Delta, Northwest, ITT, International Harvester, Xerox, Boeing, Westinghouse, Hewlett-Packard, Honeywell, International Paper, Pfizer, Motorola, Monsanto, Union Carbide and General Foods… The Rockefellers own one-half of the U. S. pharmaceutical industry.” Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf” “Some believe we (the Rockefeller family) are part of a secret cabal working against the best interests of the United States, characterizing my family and me as ‘internationalists’ and of conspiring with others around the world to build a more integrated global political and economic structure ‘one world’, if you will. If that’s the charge, I stand guilty, and I am proud of it.” David Rockefeller, in an address to a meeting of The Trilateral Commission, in June, 1991 “The combined wealth of the Rockefeller family in 1998 was approximately (US) $11 trillion.” Gaylon Ross Sr. author of the book “Who’s Who of the Global Elite” “The drive of the Rockefellers and their allies is to create a one-world government combining super-Capitalism and Communism under the same tent, all under their control. … The Rockefellers and their allies have, for at least fifty years, been carefully following a plan to use their economic power to gain political control of first America, and then the rest of the world. I am convinced there is such a plot, international in scope, generations old in planning, and incredibly evil in intent.” Congressman Larry P. McDonald, November 1975 “John D. Rockefeller had become America ‘s first billionaire, yet when he died, he only left a taxable estate of $26,410,837, which after Federal and State taxes were levied, left about $16 million. The remainder of his fortune had been left to surviving relatives ($240 million), his sons ($465 million), and his foundations.” “The Enemy Within” an article from http://www.scribd.com/ “For the first time in its history, Western Civilization is in danger of being destroyed internally by a corrupt, criminal ruling cabal which is centered around the Rockefeller interests, which include elements from the Morgan, Brown, Rothschild, Du Pont, Harriman, Kuhn-Loeb, and other groupings as well. This junta took control of the political, financial, and cultural life of America in the first two decades of the twentieth century.” Carroll Quigley “Confronted with stagnating domestic markets, declining absolute profits and the need to invest huge sums in order to bring their domestic US industries up to world standards, the Rockefeller circles opted instead to walk away from renewing their domestic US economic base, leaving it to become what their think-tanks called a ‘post-industrial society’.” F. William Engdahl in his book “Gods of Money: Wall Street and the Death of the American Century” “The Rockefeller clan reportedly has worked with the Rothschilds and their agents since the 1880s.” Gary Allen in his book “None Dare Call It Conspiracy” “The Rockefeller Foundation, working with John D. Rockefeller Ill’s Population Council, the World Bank, the UN Development Program and the Ford Foundation, and others had been working with the WHO [World Health Organization] for 20 years to develop an anti-fertility vaccine using tetanus as well as with other vaccines.” F. William Engdahl VATICAN “The Vatican has large investments with the Rothschilds of Britain, France and America, with the Hambros Bank, with the Credit Suisse in London and Zurich. In the United States it has large investments with the Morgan Bank, the Chase-Manhattan Bank, the First National Bank of New York, the Bankers Trust Company, and others. The Vatican has billions of shares in the most powerful international corporations such as Gulf Oil, Shell, General Motors, Bethlehem Steel, General Electric, International Business Machines, T.W.A., etc. At a conservative estimate, these amount to more than 500 million dollars in the U.S.A. alone. … In a statement published in connection with a bond prospectus, the Boston archdiocese listed its assets at Six Hundred and Thirty-five Million ($635,891,004), which is 9.9 times its liabilities. This leaves a net worth of Five Hundred and Seventy-one million dollars ($571,704,953). It is not difficult to discover the truly astonishing wealth of the church, once we add the riches of the twenty-eight archdioceses and 122 dioceses of the U.S.A., some of which are even wealthier than that of Boston. … Some idea of the real estate and other forms of wealth controlled by the Catholic church may be gathered by the remark of a member of the New York Catholic Conference, namely ‘that his church probably ranks second only to the United States Government in total annual purchase.’ Another statement, made by a nationally syndicated Catholic priest, perhaps is even more telling. ‘The Catholic church,’ he said, ‘must be the biggest corporation in the United States. We have a branch office in every neighborhood. Our assets and real estate holdings must exceed those of Standard Oil, A.T.&T., and U.S. Steel combined. And our roster of dues-paying members must be second only to the tax rolls of the United States Government. … The Catholic church, once all her assets have been put together, is the most formidable stockbroker in the world. The Vatican, independently of each successive pope, has been increasingly orientated towards the U.S. The Wall Street Journal said that the Vatican’s financial deals in the U.S. alone were so big that very often it sold or bought gold in lots of a million or more dollars at one time. … The Vatican’s treasure of solid gold has been estimated by the United Nations World Magazine to amount to several billion dollars. A large bulk of this is stored in gold ingots with the U.S. Federal Reserve Bank, while banks in England and Switzerland hold the rest. But this is just a small portion of the wealth of the Vatican, which in the U.S. alone, is greater than that of the five wealthiest giant corporations of the country. When to that is added all the real estate, property, stocks and shares abroad, then the staggering accumulation of the wealth of the Catholic church becomes so formidable as to defy any rational assessment. … The Catholic church is the biggest financial power, wealth accumulator and property owner in existence. She is a greater possessor of material riches than any other single institution, corporation, bank, giant trust, government or state of the whole globe. The pope, as the visible ruler of this immense amassment of wealth, is consequently the richest individual of the twentieth century. No one can realistically assess how much he is worth in terms of billions of dollars. …The Vatican has billions of shares in the most powerful international corporations… The Vatican has large investments with the Rothschilds of Britain, France and America, with the Hambros Bank, with the Credit Suisse in London and Zurich. In the United States it has large investments with the Morgan Bank, the Chase-Manhattan Bank, the First National Bank of New York, the Bankers Trust Company, and others.” from the book “The Vatican Billions” by Avro Manhattan, 1983 “During a war you will never see the Vatican, City of London or Switzerland get attacked. On the grand chessboard these are considered neutral ground because it is where all the money flows. Without money to fund war, there is no war.” from an article “Bank of England, City of London and The Queen” http://wideshut.co.uk “Created in 1942, the Istituto per le Opere di Religione (IOR), is commonly known as the Vatican Bank… The bank remains a sovereign financial agency within a sovereign state. It is an entity unto itself, without corporate or ecclesiastical ties to any other agency of the Holy See. As such, it cannot be forced to release the source of any deposit. The bank resides under the direct jurisdiction of the pope. He owns it; he controls it. Swiss guards are stationed to guard the entrance to the bank, and the hermetically sealed bronze doors open only to select members of the Roman Curia-the governing body of the entire Roman Catholic Church. … Because of its clandestine workings, millions can be deposited into the IOR on a continuous basis and channeled into numbered Swiss bank accounts without the possibility of detection. It was the perfect place for the CIA and the Sicilian Mafia to launder their ill-gotten gains of the narcotics trade and for the Roman Church to fund its political mission. And [according to Moneyval the anti-money-laundering committee of the Council of Europe] it remains one of the world’s leading laundries for dirty cash.” Paul L. William in his book “Operation Gladio”, 2015 “The Institute for Works of Religion (IOR), commonly referred to as the Vatican Bank, is a privately held financial institution located inside Vatican City. Founded in 1942, the IOR’s role is to safeguard and administer property intended for works of religion or charity. The bank accepts deposits only from top Church officials and entities, according to Italian legal scholar Settimio Caridi. It is run by a president but overseen by five cardinals who report directly to the Vatican and the Vatican’s secretary of state. Because so little is known about the bank’s daily operations and transactions, it has often been called “the most secret bank in the world” Ari Jorish, Forbes , June 26, 2012 “Early in the 19th century the Pope came to the Rothschilds to borrow money… The Rothschilds over time were entrusted with the bulk of the Vatican’s wealth. … The Rothschilds took over all the financial operations of the worldwide Catholic Church in 1823. Today the large banking and financial business of the Catholic Church is an extensive system interlocked with the Rothschilds and the rest of the International Banking system.” Fritz Springmeier, 2003 “Throughout the 1950s, money for the activities of the Catholic Gladio – Catholic Church units of the CIA stay-behind operation in Europe – was provided by the CIA, which annually allocated $30 to $50 million to covert operations in Italy. These funds were not only washed by the Vatican but also funneled by the pope to groups and organizations that met with his approval.” Paul L. William in his book “Operation Gladio”, 2015 “Operation Condor is the code name given for intelligence collection on leftists, communists and Marxists in the Southern Cone Area. It was established between cooperating intelligence services in South America in order to eliminate Marxist terrorist activities in member countries with Chile reportedly being the center of operations. Other participating members include: Argentina, Paraguay, Uruguay and Bolivia. Members showing the most enthusiasm to date have been Argentina, Uruguay and Chile. … Operation Condor, a program intended to eradicate Communist groups and movements throughout South America, got underway in the early 1970s, when Opus Dei elicited support from Chilean bishops for the overthrow of the democratically elected government of president Salvador Allende. … Every phase of the operation, including the purging of the left-wing clerics, received the tacit approval of the pope (Francis).” US Department of Defense Document, October 1, 1976 “At the present time (1905) the Rothschilds are guardians of the papal treasure.” The Jewish Encylopedia, 1905 “In 1982 Reagan met with Pope John Paul II… At the meeting the two agreed to launch a clandestine program to tear Eastern Europe away from the Soviets. Poland, the Pope’s country of origin, would be the key. Catholic priests, the AFL-CIO, the National Endowment for Democracy, the Vatican Bank and CIA would all be deployed.” Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf” “The Vatican held major interests in the Rothschild Bank in France, the Chase Manhattan Bank with its fifty-seven branches in forty-four countries, the Credit Suisse in Zurich and also in London, the Morgan Bank, the Bankers Trust, General Motors, General Electric, Shell Oil, Gulf Oil, and Bethlehem Steel.” Paul L. William in his book “Operation Gladio”, 2015 COVERT GLOBAL POWER CENTERS ROUND TABLE GROUPS “Beginning approximately in the early 1890s, a group of British elites, primarily from the privileged colleges of Oxford and Cambridge, formed what was to become the most influential policy network in Britain over the next half century and more. The group denied its existence as a formal group, but its footprints can be found around the establishment of a new journal of empire, the Round Table, founded in 1910. The group argued that a more subtle and efficient system of global empire was required to extend the effective hegemony of Anglo-Saxon culture over the next century. … In place of the costly military occupation of the colonies of the British Empire, they argued for a more repressive tolerance, calling for the creation of a British ‘Commonwealth of Nations.’ Members nations were to be given the illusion of independence, enabling Britain to reduce the high costs of far-flung armies of occupation from India to Egypt, and now across Africa and the Middle East as well. The term ‘informal empire’ was sometimes used to describe the shift. … The idea of a Jewish-dominated Palestine, beholden to England for its tenuous survival, surrounded by a balkanized of squabbling Arab states, formed part of this group’s [British Round Table Group] concept of a new British Empire. … The Round Table group’s grand design was to link England’s vast colonial possessions, from the gold and diamond mines of Cecil Rhodes and Rothschild’s Consolidated Gold Fields in South Africa, north to Egypt and the vital shipping route through the Suez Canal, and on through Mesopotamia, Kuwait and Persia into India in the East. … The great power able to control this vast reach would control the world’s most valuable strategic raw materials, from gold, basis of the international gold standard for world trade, to petroleum, in 1919 emerging as the energy source of the modern industrial era.” William Engdahl in his book “A Century of War” “It is one of the least understood realities of modem history that many of America’s most prominent political and financial figures – then as now – have been willing to sacrifice the best interests of the United States in order to further their goal of creating a one-world government. The strategy has remained unchanged since the formation of Cecil Rhodes’ society and its offspring, the Round Table Groups. It is to merge the English-speaking nations into a single political entity, while at the same time creating similar groupings for other geopolitical regions. After this is accomplished, all of these groupings are to be amalgamated into a global government, the so-called Parliament of Man.” G. Edward Griffin in his book “The Creature from Jekyll Island” “In 1888 [Cecil] Rhodes made his third will leaving everything to Lord Rothschild, with an accompanying letter to form a ‘secret society’, which was to devote itself to the preservation and expansion of the British Empire. The central part of the secret society was established by March, 1891, using Rhodes’ money. The organization [The Round Table] was run for Rothschild by Lord Alfred Milner. The Round Table worked behind the scenes at the highest levels of British government, influencing foreign policy.” Frank Aydelotte in his book “American Rhodes Scholarships” “There grew up in the twentieth century a power structure between London and New York which penetrated deeply into university life, the press, and the practice of foreign policy. In England the center was the Round Table Group, while in the United States it was J. P. Morgan and Company.” Carroll Quigley in his book “Tragedy and Hope” “Think tanks are created with the intent to bring elite interests together from a wide array of institutions: financial, industrial, corporate, academic/intellectual, media, cultural, foreign policy and political spheres. In think tanks, top officials from these sectors are gathered in a single institution where they work together to plan strategies for economic and foreign policies, for establishing consensus between elites, and to serve as training and recruitment grounds for officials to enter the political and foreign policy establishment, where they are capable of enacting the very policies developed within the think tanks. Notable think tanks with immense influence ­ specifically in the United States ­ include the Council on Foreign Relations, the Brookings Institution, the Carnegie Endowment, and the Center for Strategic and International Studies. Larger, international think tanks have been increasingly common during the era of globalization, uniting respective elites from across the powerful western industrial states, instead of simply the elites within each respective state. Notable among these institutions are the Trilateral Commission, the Bilderberg Group and the World Economic Forum.” Andrew Gavin Marshall “One of the most important secret societies is called the Round Table. It is based in Britain with branches across the world, and it is the Round Table that orchestrates the network of the Bilderberg Group, Council on Foreign Relations, Trilateral Commission and the Royal Institute of International Affairs.” “Tales from the Time Loop” an article by David Icke “The Round Table Groups were semi-secret discussion and lobbying groups. The original purpose of these groups was to seek to federate the English-speaking world along lines laid down by Cecil Rhodes and William T. Stead, and the money for the organizational work came originally from the Rhodes Trust. Since 1925 there have been substantial contributions from wealthy individuals and from foundations and firms associated with the international banking fraternity, especially the Carnegie United Kingdom Trust, and other organizations associated with J.P. Morgan, the Rockefeller and Whitney families, and the associates of Lazard Brothers and of Morgan, Grenfell, and Company.” Carroll Quigley in his book “Tragedy and Hope” “Cecil Rhodes’ secret society incited the Boer War and spawned the Milner Group (1902), the Milner Group spawned the Round Table Group (1909), the Round Table Group incited World War I and spawned the Royal Institute of International Affairs (1919) and the Council on Foreign Relations (1921), and the CFR and the RIIA spawned the Bilderberg Group in 1954, and the Trilateral Commission in 1973.” Stanley Monteith COUNCIL ON FOREIGN RELATIONS (CFR) “In the beginning, the Council on Foreign Relations was dominated by J.P. Morgan. It is still controlled by international financiers. The Morgan group gradually has been replaced by the Rockefeller consortium. It is the most powerful group in America today. It is even more powerful than the federal government, because almost all of the key positions in government are held by its members. In other words, it is the United States government.” G. Edward Griffin in his book “The Creature from Jekyll Island: a second look at the Federal Reserve” “The CFR (Council on Foreign Relations), established six years after the Federal Reserve was created, worked to promote an internationalist agenda on behalf of the international banking elite. Where the Fed took control of money and debt, the CFR took control of the ideological foundations of such an empire – encompassing the corporate, banking, political, foreign policy, military, media, and academic elite of the nation into a generally cohesive overall world view.” Carroll Quigley in his book “Tragedy and Hope” “The Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) took control of the ideological foundations of the American empire, encompassing the corporate, banking, political, foreign policy, military, media, and academic elite of the nation into a generally cohesive overall world view. By altering one’s ideology to that of promoting such an internationalist agenda, the big money that was behind it would ensure one’s rise through government, industry, academia and media. There are divisions within the elite, predicated on the basis of how to use American imperial power, where to use it, on what basis to justify it, and other various methodological differences. The divide amongst elites was never on the questions of: should we use American imperial power, why has America become an Empire, or should there even be an empire? If one takes such considerations to heart and questions these concepts, be it within the foreign policy establishment, intelligence, military, academia, finance, corporate world, or media; chances are, such a person is not a member of the CFR.” Andrew Gavin Marshall “The CFR’s goal is to impose a benign stability on the quarreling family of nations through merger and consolidation. They see the elimination of national boundaries, the suppression of racial and ethnic loyalties as the most expeditious avenue to world peace. Their rationale rests exclusively on materialism. … When we change presidents, it is understood to mean that the voters are ordering a change in national policy. Since 1945 three different Republicans have occupied the White House for a period of sixteen years. Four Democrats have held this most powerful post for seventeen years. With the exception of the first seven years of the Eisenhower administration, there has been no appreciable change in foreign or domestic policy direction. When a new President comes on board, there is a great turnover in personnel but no change in policy.” Senator Barry M. Goldwater, wrote in his memoirs “The Council on Foreign Relations remains active in working toward its final goal of a government over all the world – a government which the Insiders – a global financial elite – and their allies will control.” Gary Allen in his book “None Dare Call It Conspiracy” “The CFR (Council on Foreign Relations) was founded for purpose of the submergence of U.S. sovereignty and national independence into an all-powerful one-world government.” Harper’s magazine, July 1958 “I am delighted to be here in these new (Council on Foreign Relations) headquarters. I have been often to, I guess, the mother ship in New York City, but it’s good to have an outpost of the Council right here down the street from the State Department. We get a lot of advice from the Council, so this will mean I won’t have as far to go to be told what we should be doing and how we should think about the future.” Secretary of State Hillary Clinton’s opening remarks during her speech to the Council on Foreign Relations , July 15, 2009 “[The goal of the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) is] to bring about the surrender of the sovereignty and the national independence of the United States … Primarily, they [CFR] want a world banking monopoly from whatever power ends up in the control of global government.” Admiral Chester Ward, longtime Council on Foreign Relations member – from the book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf” “The CFR (Council on Foreign Relations), dedicated to one-world government, financed by a number of the largest tax-exempt foundations, and wielding such power and influence over our lives in the areas of finance, business, labor, military, education and mass communication media, should be familiar to every American concerned with good government and with preserving and defending the U.S. Constitution and our free-enterprise system. Yet, the nation’s news media, usually so aggressive in exposures to inform our people, remain conspicuously silent when it comes to the CFR, its members and their activities. The CFR is the establishment. Not only does it have influence and power in key decision-making positions at the highest levels of government to apply pressure from above, but it also finances and uses individuals and groups to bring pressure from below, to justify the high level decisions for converting the U.S. from a sovereign Constitutional Republic into a servile member state of a one-world dictatorship.” Rep. John R. Rarick of Louisiana, 1971 “Of some 1600 CFR [Council on Foreign Relations] members, 120 either own or control the nation’s major newspapers, magazines, radio and television networks, as well as the most powerful book publishing companies. The interlock with academia is immense. … CFR members virtually control the major foundations, whose grants quite often are bestowed on persons or groups tied to the CFR. … The Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) has been under virtual CFR control since its creation. … Of the CFR’s 1974 membership, about 90 represented the major Wall Street international banking organizations. In addition, presidents, vice-presidents and chairmen of the boards of most of the giant corporations are members of the CFR.” Gary Allen in his book “Kissinger”, 1976 “In foreign affairs the Council on Foreign Relations, superficially an innocent forum for academics, businessmen, and politicians, contains within its shell, perhaps unknown to many of its members, a power center that unilaterally determines U.S. foreign policy. The major objective of this submerged – and obviously subversive – foreign policy is the acquisition of markets and economic power for a small group of giant multi-nationals under the virtual control of a few banking investment houses and controlling families.” Antony C. Sutton in his book “Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler” “When you examine the Council on Foreign Relations’ member list, you will find that 90% either sit on the Trilateral Commission or belong to the Bilderberg Group.” Daniel Estulin in his book “The Bilderberg Group” “I believe that the Council on Foreign Relations and its ancillary elitist groups are indifferent to communism. They have no ideological anchors. In their pursuit of a new world order, they are prepared to deal without prejudice with a communist state, a socialist state, a democratic state, a monarchy, an oligarchy – its all the same to them.” Senator Barry M. Goldwater in his book “With No Apologies” “The Trilateral Commission doesn’t run the world, the Council on Foreign Relations does that.” CFR member Winston Lord, U.S. Ambassador to China during the Reagan Administration “The formal membership in the CFR [Council on Foreign Relations] is composed of close to 1500 of the most elite names in the worlds of government, labor, business, finance, communications, the foundations, and the academy … and in spite the fact that it has staffed almost every key position of every administration since those of FDR – it is doubtful that one American in a thousand so much as recognizes the Council’s name, or that one in ten thousand can relate anything at all about its structure or purpose. Indicative of the CFR’s power to maintain its anonymity is the fact that, despite its having been operative at the highest levels for nearly fifty years and having from the beginning counted among its members the foremost lions of the Establishment communications media. Only a handful of articles on the Council [on Foreign Relations] have appeared in the nation’s great newspapers. Such anonymity – at that level – can hardly be a matter of mere chance.” Gary Allen in his book “None Dare Call It Conspiracy” CHATHAM HOUSE [ROYAL INSTITUTE OF INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS (RIIA)] “To establish a trust, to and for the establishment and promotion and development of a secret society [the Royal Institute for International Affairs (RIIA)], the true aim and object whereof shall be the extension of British rule throughout the world, the perfecting of a system of emigration from the United Kingdom and the colonization by British subjects of all lands wherein the means of livelihood are attainable by energy, labor, and enterprise, and especially the occupation by British settlers of the entire continent of Africa, the Holy Land, the valley of the Euphrates, the islands of Cyprus and Candia, the whole of South America, the islands of the Pacific not heretofore possessed by Great Britain, the whole of the Malay Archipelago, the seaboard of China and Japan, the ultimate recovery of the United States of America as an integral part of the British Empire, the consolidation of the whole Empire, the inauguration of a system of colonial representation in the Imperial Parliament which may tend to weld together the disjointed members of the Empire, and finally, the foundation of so great a power as to hereafter render wars impossible and promote the best interests of humanity.” Cecil Rhodes’s last will and testiment, 1877 “The influence of Chatham House appears in its true perspective, not as the influence of an autonomous body but as merely one of many instruments in the arsenal of another power. When the influence which the Institute wields is combined with that controlled by the Milner Group in other fields – in education, in administration, in newspapers and periodicals – a really terrifying picture begins to emerge… The picture is terrifying because such power, whatever the goals at which it may be directed, is too much to be entrusted safely to any group… No country that values its safety should allow what the Milner Group accomplished in Britain – that is, that a small number of men should be able to wield such power in administration and politics, should be given almost complete control over the publication of the documents relating to their actions, should be able to exercise such influence over the avenues of information that create public opinion, and should be able to monopolize so completely the writing and the teaching of the history of their own period.” Carroll Quigley in his book “Tragedy and Hope”, 1966 “The Royal Institute of International Affairs (RIIA) [Chatham House] and its leading personnel control not only the Far Eastern drug traffic but every important dirty money operation on the surface of he globe.” from the book “DOPE, INC.: the international drug cartel, money-laundering, and state power”, 1992 “The Royal Institute of International Affairs (RIIA), effectively now completely controls the entire global business, banking and political system of the world – including the Vatican. Its sub-branches illustrate its stagering global power. * Council of Foreign Relations (USA) * Trilateral Commission (USA) * Australian Institute of International Affairs * Canadian Institute of International Affairs * Danish Institute of International Affairs * Hungarian Institute of International Affairs * Institute of International Affairs Italy * Japan Institute of International Affairs * Institute of International Affairs Prague * Netherlands Institute of International Affairs * Norwegian Institute of International Affairs * South African Institute of International Affairs * Swedish Institute of International Affairs (The RIIA changed its name to Chatham House on September 1, 2004.)” John D. Christian in his book “Hidden Secrets on the Alpha Course” “The CFR (Council on Foreign Relations) take their orders from the Royal Institute of International Affairs in London, the Rothschilds… They had no power, and their policies were always written by the RIIA in London at Chatham House.” Eustace Mullins, 2003 TRILATERAL COMMISSION “David Rockefeller’s newest international cabal is the Trilateral Commission. Whereas the Council on Foreign Relations is distinctly national in membership, the Trilateral Commission is international. Representation is allocated equally to Western Europe, Japan, and the United States. It is intended to be the vehicle for multinational consolidation of the commercial and banking interests by seizing control of the political government of the United States.” from the book “With No Apologies: The Personal and Political Memoirs of United States Senator Barry M. Goldwater” “Jimmy Carter is not the President of the United States. The Trilateral Commission is the President of the United States; I represent the Trilateral Commission.” Henry Kissinger’s declaration to the head of state of Canada from his book “The Bilderberg Group” by Daniel Estulin “The Council on Foreign Relations, the Trilateral Commission and the Bilderberger Group, have prepared for and are now implementing open world dictatorship… They are not fighting against terrorists. They are fighting against citizens.” Dr. Johannes Koeppi, former German Defense Ministry official and adviser to NATO – from Dean Henderson’s book “Big Oil & Their Bankers in the Persian Gulf” “The Trilateral Commission admitted in their own publications that they intend to merge the U.S. and other NATO countries into a single world government controlled by the big corporations.” Mark M. Rich in his book “The Hidden Evil: The Financial Elite’s Covert War Against the Civilian Population” “The Trilateral Commission is intended to be the vehicle for multinational consolidation of the commercial and banking interests by seizing control of the political government of the United States. The Trilateral Commission represents a skillful, coordinated effort to seize control and consolidate the four centers of power political, monetary, intellectual and ecclesiastical. What the Trilateral Commission intends is to create a worldwide economic power superior to the political governments of the nationstates involved. As managers and creators of the system, they will rule the future.” Barry M. Goldwater from his memoirs “With No Apologies” BILDERBERG GROUP “The Bilderberg Group is Europe’s version of the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR)… The Bilderberg Group has been meeting secretly behind closed doors at irregular intervals, once or twice each year since its formation. Its purpose is to remove independence from all countries and permit the European aristocracies to rule from behind the military might of the United Nations.” Daniel Estulin in his book “The Bilderberg Group – An Offshoot of the Venetian Black Nobility” “The Bilderberg Group is the quintessential transnational planning body of the Transnational Capitalist Class, as it is composed of the elite of the elite, totally removed from public scrutiny, and acts as “a secretive global think-tank which holds the concept of a “world government” in high regard and works to achieve these ends.” Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research “The roots of the Bilderberg Group go back in time to the Venetian Black nobility – to the royal houses and lineages of the European oligarchical families… What today is called the Bilderberg Group, 500 years ago was called the Venetian Black Nobility. But, the idea behind that hasn’t changed – it’s the wholesale destruction of anything related and affiliated with the idea of a nation-state.” Daniel Estulin “The international consortium of financiers known as the Bilderbergers, who meet annually in profound secrecy to determine the destiny of the western world, is a creature of the Rockefeller-Rothschild alliance… The Rockefeller interests work in close alliance with the Rothschilds and other central banks.” Dr. Martin Larson from the book “The Secrets of the Federal Reserve” by Eustace Mullins “The intention behind each and all of the Bilderberg meetings was about how to create an ‘Aristocracy of purpose’ between Europe and the United States, and how to come to agreement on questions of policy, economics, and strategy in jointly ruling the world. The NATO alliance was their crucial base of operation and subversion because it afforded them the backdrop for their plans of ‘perpetual war,’ or at least for their ‘nuclear blackmail’ policy.” Daniel Estulin in his book “The Bilderberg Group” “The Bilderberg group is an organization of political leaders and international financiers that meets secretly every spring to make global policy. There are about 110 regulars – Rockefellers, Rothschilds, bankers, heads of international corporations and high government officials from Europe and North America. Each year, a few new people are invited and, if found useful, they return to future meetings. If not, they are discarded. Decisions reached at these secret meetings affect every American and much of the world.” Jim Tucker in his book “Bilderberg Diary” “In the more than fifty years of their meetings [Bilderberg Group], the press has never been allowed to attend, no statements have ever been released on the attendees’ conclusions, nor has any agenda for a Bilderberg meeting been made public. … It is certainly curious that no mainstream media outlet considers a gathering of such figures, whose wealth far exceeds the combined wealth of all United States citizens, to be newsworthy, when a trip by any one of them on their own makes headline news on TV. … Bilderberg meetings are never mentioned in the media, [because] the mainstream press is fully owned by the Bilderbergers.” Daniel Estulin in his book “The Bilderberg Group” “The man who created the Bilderbergers is Prince Bernhard of the Netherlands. The Bilderbergers meet once or twice a year. Those in attendance include leading political and financial figures from the United States and Western Europe. Prince Bernhard makes no effort to hide the fact that the ultimate goal of the Bilderbergers is a world government. In the meantime, while the “new world order” is being built, the Bilderbergers coordinate the efforts of the European and American power elites.” Gary Allen in his book “None Dare Call It Conspiracy” “The Bilderbergers are made up of the elites from the worlds of banking, business, government and academia – which holds top-secret meetings each year in remote resorts in the United States and Europe – to plan what is going to happen on the world scene in the months ahead. … Only politicians and others who have proven their unquestioning loyalty to the Rothschild/Rockefeller cabal are invited to Bilderberg meetings. They must be willing tools of the super-rich and totally dedicated to the creation of a New World Order.” Des Griffin in his book “Fourth Reich of the Rich” “Behind the Bilderberg group is a contemporary network of powerful private merchant-banking interests of medieval Venetian financier oligarchical model known as fondi. British and Dutch East India Companies, the forerunners of the Council of the 300 and the Bilderbergers are examples of these private merchant banks. Their final objective is a post-industrial society.” Daniel Estulin, interviewed by a Brazilian newspaper “The Bilderberg Group’s chief fear is organized resistance. Members do not want the common people of the world to figure out at they are planning for the world’s future: mainly, a One World Government (World Company) with a single, global marketplace, policed by one world army, and financially regulated by one “World Bank” using one global currency.” Daniel Estulin in his book “The Bilderberg Group” “What the Bilderberg group intends is a global army at the disposal of the United Nations, which is to become the world government to which all nations will be subservient.” Henry Kissinger at a Bilderberg meeting [Spotlight Reprint, August 1991] “The international consortium of financiers known as the Bilderbergers, who meet annually in profound secrecy to determine the destiny of the western world, is a creature of the Rockefeller-Rothschild alliance… The Rockefeller interests work in close alliance with the Rothschilds and other central banks.” Dr. Martin Larson, from the book “The Secrets of the Federal Reserve” by Eustace Mullins “Since 1954, the Bilderbergers have represented the elite and the absolute wealth of all western nations – financiers, industrialists, bankers, politicians, business leaders of multinational corporations, presidents, prime ministers, finance ministers, state secretaries, World Bank and International Monetary Fund representatives, presidents of world media conglomerates, and military leaders.” Daniel Estulin in his book “The Bilderberg Group” CLUB OF THE ISLES “‘Club of the Isles’ is a European cartel – centered within the City of London and headed by the House of Windsor – which controls every aspect of the global economy — banks, insurance and pharmaceutical companies, raw materials, transportation, factories, major retail groups, the stock and commodities markets, politicians and governments, media, intelligence agencies, drugs and organized crime.” “The Windsors’ Global Food Cartel: Instrument for Starvation” an article from Executive Intelligence Review, 1995 “The ‘Club of the Isles’ is a House of Windsor-led Anglo-Dutch-Swiss cartel. The cartel’s Big Six grain trading companies own and control 95% of America’s wheat exports, 95% of its corn exports, 90% of its oats exports, and 80% of its sorghum exports. A few smaller companies, almost all in the grain cartel’s orbit, control the remaining market share. The grain companies’ control over the American grain market is absolute.” Richard Freeman, Executive Intelligence Review, 1995 “The Club of the Isles, since the era of the Opium Wars against China, has been the leading sponsor and controller of global organized crime.” Jeffrey Steinberg, 2008 “‘Club of the Isles’ is a vast network of private financial interests, controlled by the leading aristocratic and royal families of Europe. It is modeled on the 17th-century British and Dutch East India Company models. The Rothschild family has been at the financial heart of the Club of the Isles. The Club of the Isles is centered in the City of London.” William Engdahl , Executive Intelligence Review, 1997 “The ‘Club of the Isles’ is an informal association of predominantly European-based royal households including the Queen [of England]. The Club of the Isles commands an estimated $10 trillion in assets. It lords over such corporate giants as Royal Dutch Shell, Imperial Chemical Industries, Lloyds of London, Unilever, Lonrho, Rio Tinto Zinc, and Anglo American DeBeers. It dominates the world supply of petroleum, gold, diamonds, and many other vital raw materials; and deploys these assets at the disposal of its geopolitical agenda. Its goal: to reduce the human population from its current level to below one billion people within the next two to three generations; to literally cull the human herd” in the interest of retaining their own global power and the feudal system upon which that power is based.” Henry Makow, 2004 “You will not read about the Club of the Isles in any textbook or popular magazine. It is unincorporated and it has no membership lists. Yet, as an informal association of predominantly European-based royal households and princely families, the Club of the Isles commands an estimated $10 trillion in assets. It lords over such corporate giants as Royal Dutch Shell, Imperial Chemical Industries, Lloyds of London, Unilever, Lonrho, Rio Tinto Zinc, and Anglo American DeBeers. It dominates the world supply of petroleum, gold, diamonds, and many other vital raw materials; and deploys these assets not merely in the pursuit of wealth, but as resources at the disposal of its geopolitical agenda. Its goal: to reduce the human population from its current level of over 5 billion people to below 1 billion people within the next two to three generations in the interest of retaining their own global power and the feudal system upon which that power is based.” The New Federalist newspaper, 1994 “The ‘Club of the Isles’, since the era of the Opium Wars against China, has been the leading sponsor and controller of global organized crime.” https://redice.tv / american_almanac.tripod.com, 2008 “The City of London-House of Windsor operation called the ‘Club of the Isles’, was named after King Edward VII, Queen Victoria’s son, who was the first to carry the title Prince of the Isles. The title is held today by Prince Charles. Edward was heavily involved with Black Nobility barons of the London financial district, and helped them engineer the Crimean War, the Russia-Japan War, the preparations for the First World War and the Opium Wars with China. Through the central organization of the Club of the Isles is a web of interlocking directorships which hold “independent’ companies in a network of common control and common agenda. A few of the companies in the Club of the Isles network include:The Bank of England; Anglo-American Corp of South Africa; Rio Tinto; Minorco Minerals and Resources Corp; De Beers Consolidated Mines and De Beers Centenary AG N.M.; Rothchild Bank Barclays; Bank Lloyds; Bank Lloyds Insurance; Market Midland Bank; National Westminster; Bank Barings; Bank Schroders; Bank Standard Chartered Bank; Hambros Bank; S. G. Warburg, Toronto Dominion Bank, Johnson Matthey; Klienwort Benson Group; Lazard Brothers; Lonrho J. P. Morgan and Co Morgan; Grenfell Group; British Petroleum; Shell and Royal Dutch Petroleum; Cadbury-Schweppes; BAT Industries; Assicurazioni Generali SpA, (Venice) Italy; Courtaulds; General Electric; Cazeenove and Co; Grand Metropolitan; Hanson plc; HSBS Holdings (Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank); Imperial Chemical Industries; Inchscape plc; Inco Ltd; ING Group; Jardine Matheson; Peninsular and Oriental Steam Navigation Co (P & 0); Pilkington Glass; Reuters Holdings; Glaxo Wellcome; SmithKline Beecham; Unilever and Unilever NV; Vickers plc.” Executive Intelligence Review, 1995 “A collection of families, numbering no more than 3,000-5,000 people, live and work in and around the City of London… These families constitute a financier oligarchy; they are the power behind the Windsor throne. Among their own ranks, these financier oligarchs refer to themselves as the Club of the Isles. … The ‘Club of the Isles’, under the direction of the British monarchy, draws in resources and personalities from the Netherlands, Switzerland, France, Germany, and Italy, and orchestrates the actions of a caste of Anglophilic Americans, typified by Henry Kissinger and former President George HW Bush.” Jeffrey Steinberg, 2008 “The ‘Club of the Isles’ provides capital for George Soros’ Quantum Fund NV – which made substantial financial gains in 1998-99 following the collapse of currencies of Thailand, Indonesia and Russia. Soros was a major shareholder at George W. Bush’s Harken Energy. The Club of Isles is led by the Rothschilds and includes Queen Elizabeth II and other wealthy European aristocrats and Nobility.” Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf” “‘Club of the Isles’ is a European cartel – centered within the City of London and headed by the House of Windsor – which controls every aspect of the global economy — banks, insurance and pharmaceutical companies, raw materials, transportation, factories, major retail groups, the stock and commodities markets, politicians and governments, media, intelligence agencies, drugs and organized crime.” “The Windsors’ Global Food Cartel: Instrument for Starvation” an article from Executive Intelligence Review, 1995 “Ten to twelve pivotal companies, assisted by another three dozen, run the world’s food supply. They are the key components of the Anglo-Dutch-Swiss food cartel, which is grouped around Britain’s House of Windsor. Led by the six leading grain companies-Cargill, Continental, Louis Dreyfus, Bunge and Born, André, and Archer Daniels Midland/Töpfer – the Club of the Isles – a House of Windsor-led oligarchy, has complete domination over world cereals and grains supplies, from wheat to corn and oats, from barley to sorghum and rye. But it also controls meat, dairy, edible oils and fats, fruits and vegetables, sugar, and all forms of spices.” Richard Freeman, Executive Intelligence Review, 1995 “Prince Philip was not elected to his position as the de facto chief of operations for the Club of the Isles. It is a position he assumed as the Royal Consort to Queen Elizabeth II, the reigning monarch of the House of Windsor. Queen Elizabeth II is herself no mere figurehead. She is the de facto CEO of the Club. For well over 100 years, dating back to the heyday of Queen Victoria, the British Crown has been designated as the primus inter pares–the first among equals–of the extended European Black Nobility. …One of the biggest myths perpetrated by the British Crown and the Club of the Isles is the completely false notion that the British Monarchy– Queen Elizabeth II and Prince Philip–are merely powerless figureheads. Nothing could be further from the truth. … There are 50 countries that are currently members of the British Commonwealth, which is defacto headed by the Windsors. Of those 50 countries, 16 are still to this day British Crown colonies, where the only sovereign is Queen Elizabeth! Among the 50 Commonwealth states you find a string of Caribbean islands that are notorious as the major drug money laundering havens and financial centers for the vast underground global economy.” The New Federalist newspaper, 1994 “The ‘Club of the Isles’ – a House of Windsor-led oligarchy – has developed four regions to be the principal exporters of almost every type of food; the oligarchy has historically acquired top-down control over the food chain in these regions. These four regions are: the United States; the European Union, particularly France and Germany; the British Commonwealth nations of Australia, Canada, the Republic of South Africa, and New Zealand; and Argentina and Brazil in Ibero-America. Through the centuries, the oligarchy has taken control of these regions’ markets, and thus over the world food supply. These four regions have a population of, at most, 900 million people, or 15% of the world’s population. The rest of the world, with 85% of the population-4.7 billion people-is dependent on the food exports from those regions.” Richard Freeman, Executive Intelligence Review, 1995 “The Rothschild’s are founding members of the exclusive $10 trillion ‘Club of the Isles’ – which controls corporate giants Royal Dutch Shell, Imperial Chemical Industries, Lloyds of London, Unilever, Barclays, Lonrho, Rio Tinto Zinc, BHP Billiton and Anglo American DeBeers. It dominates the world supply of petroleum, gold, diamonds, and many other vital raw materials.” Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf” “A collection of families, numbering no more than 3,000-5,000 people, live and work in and around the City of London, a one-mile-square financial and corporate district, which represents the greatest concentration of financial power ever assembled in one location. These families constitute a financier oligarchy. They are the power behind the Windsor throne. They view themselves as the heirs to the Venetian oligarchy. Among their own ranks, these financier oligarchs refer to themselves as the ‘Club of the Isles’, after the original ‘Prince of the Isles’, Edward Albert (King Edward VII), the son of Queen Victoria, who orchestrated the Crimean War, the Opium Wars, the Russo-Japanese War, and World War I, to consolidate Britain as the primus inter pares (first among equals) of the European monarchies and feudal families. The ‘Club of the Isles’, under the direction of the British monarchy, draws in resources and personalities from European Union countries, and orchestrates the actions of a caste of terminally Anglophilic Americans, typified by Henry Kissinger and former President George H W Bush.” https://redice.tv / american_almanac.tripod.com, 2008 “‘Club of the Isles’ is an immensely influencial network of institutions and companies controlled by the British House of Windsor and the Black Nobility European dynastic families. It is a web of interlocking directorships which hold independent companies in a network of common control and common agenda. European dynastic family members of this web include: House of Guelph/House of Windsor, Britain; House of Wettin, Belgium; House of Bernadotte, Sweden; House of Liechtenstein, Liechtenstein; House of Oldenburg, Denmark; House of Hohenzollern, Germany; House of Hanover, Germany (the second most important one); House of Bourbon, France; House of Orange, Netherlands; House of Grimaldi, Monaco; House of Wittelsbach, Germany; House of Braganza, Portugal; House of Nassau, Luxembourg; House of Habsburg, Austria; House of Savoy, Italy; House of Karadjordjevic, Yugoslavia (former); House of Württemberg, Germany; House of Zogu, Albania. Bank and corporate members include: The Bank of England, Anglo-American Corp of South Africa, Rio Tinto, De Beers Consolidated Mines and De Beers Centenary AG, N.M. Rothchild Bank, Barclays Bank, Lloyds Bank, Midland Bank, National Westminster Bank, Barings Bank, Schroders Bank, Standard Chartered Bank, Hambros Bank, S. G. Warburg, Toronto Dominion Bank, Lazard Brothers, Lonrho, J. P. Morgan and Co, British Petroleum. Shell and Royal Dutch Petroleum, General Electric, HSBS Holdings (Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank), Imperial Chemical Industries, ING Group, Jardine Matheson, Peninsular and Oriental Steam Navigation Co, Reuters, GlaxoSmithKline, Unilever, Vickers. Environmental Organizations established and controlled by the Club of the Isles include: World Wildlife Fund, Greenpeace, Friends of the Earth, Sierra Club, Earth First, Sea Shepard, Rainforest Action Network.” David Icke in his book “The Biggest Secret” “‘The Club of Isles’ is led by the Rothschilds and includes Queen Elizabeth II and other wealthy European aristocrats and Black Nobility.” Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf” “A financially and politically powerful apparatus, known among its own members as the ‘Club of the Isles’, is adamantly philosophically opposed to the spread of scientific and technological progress, particularly progress that accelerates the growth of the modern nation-state system that was founded over 500 years ago as the crowning accomplishment of the Golden Renaissance in Italy.” The New Federalist newspaper, 1994 “The Anglo-Dutch-Swiss food cartel – ‘Club of the Isles’ – grain cartel companies are run by the same families that have run them for centuries. The inter-married MacMillan and Cargill families run Cargill; the Fribourg family runs Continental; the Louis Dreyfus family runs Louis Dreyfus; the André family runs André; and the Hirsch and Born families run Bunge and Born.” Richard Freeman, Executive Intelligence Review, 1995 “The very politically powerful Illuminati sub-group known as the’ Club of the Isles’, which is headed by Queen Elizabeth II, is composed of the various European Royal Houses, the Rothschild’s, City of London financiers and senior policy makers. Because its members are major stockholders in transnational corporations including Royal Dutch Shell, Anglo American Gold, Lonrho, Rio Tinto Zinc and Lloyds of London, the Club of the Isles exerts dominance over the global availability of raw materials. The profit accrued from its participation in such transnational corporations enables the Club of the Isles to pursue its primary agenda: an eighty percent reduction in the human global population within the present century. This genocidal agenda is being perpetrated by exerting the Club’s influence over major environmental organizations. Under the guise of protecting endangered wildlife species, the Club of the Isles has been instrumental in the establishment of wildlife preserves in Africa. These animal preserves primarily are used for the training of African mercenaries and agent provocateurs, who subsequently foment civil wars in nations such as Rwanda and the Sudan. This very elite geopolitical group also is the controlling arm of a covert occult network consisting of the most senior members of the various British intelligence agencies.” http://www.dianaspeaks.info SKULL AND BONES [THE ORDER (RUSSELL TRUST)] quotations of – Antony Sutton – from his book “America’s Secret Establishment: An Introduction to the Order of Skull and Bones”, 1983 “The Order [a secret society also known as Skull & Bones] is the only fully documented example we have of a secret society within the U.S. establishment. … The Yale Senior society system is unique to Yale University. There is nothing like it elsewhere in the United States or for that matter in the entire world. … There are three senior societies at Yale – Skull & Bones, Scroll & Key and. Wolfs Head. Each year 15 male Yale juniors are tapped for admission. … Skull & Bones was founded in 1933 and has initiated 15 members each year since 1933… Every year during commencement week 15 Yale juniors receive an invitation “Skull & Bones. Accept or reject?” Those who accept, presumably the greater number, are invited to attend the Bones Temple on campus to undergo an initiation ceremony. … The Yale campus student is well aware that the senior society system is geared to the affluent outside world, to the world after graduation. Money and connections flow from membership. … In effect the societies are the source of a vast establishment network, a formalized “old boy” network that effectively shuts out the newcomers and the non-Yale-talented from the halls of power. Because these are senior societies, the emphasis is not on campus activities but on post graduation ambitions. That is the fundamental difference to all other campus societies in the U.S.. … Each annual class of new initiates forms a club consisting of 15 members. Initiates are called Knights in the first year and thereafter Patriarchs.” “Those on the inside know it as ‘The Order’. Others have known it for more than 150 years as Chapter 322 of a German secret society. More formally, for legal purposes, The Order was incorporated as The Russell Trust in 1856. It was also once known as the Brotherhood of Death.” Those who make light of it, or want to make fun of it, call it “Skull & Bones,” or just plain “Bones.” The American chapter of this German order was founded in 1833 at Yale University. … The Order is not just another campus Greek letter fraternal society with passwords and handgrips, common to most campuses. Chapter 322 is a secret society whose members are sworn to silence. It only exists on the Yale campus. … The Order is powerful, unbelievably powerful.” “During the 150-year interval since 1833, active membership in “The Order” / “Skull and Bones” has evolved into a core group of perhaps 20-30 families. … First we find old line American families who arrived on the East coast in the 1600s, e.g., Whitney, Lord, Phelps, Wadsworth, Allen, Bundy, Adams and so on. Second, we find families who acquired wealth in the last 100 years, sent their sons to Yale and in time became almost old line families, e.g., L Harriman, Rockefeller, Payne, Davison.” “The membership list of about 2500 initiates into The Order/Skull and Bones has very obvious features: Members are all males and almost all WASPS (White Anglo Saxon Protestant). In great part they descended from English Puritan families, their ancestors arrived in North America in the 1630-1660 period. These Puritan families either intermarried with financial power or invited in sons of money moguls, e.g., Rockefellers, Davisons, and Harrimans, whose sons became members of The Order.” “There is a group within the Council of Foreign Relations (CFR) which belongs to a secret society, sworn to secrecy, and which more or less controls the CFR. … These members are in ‘The Order’ [Yale Skull and Bones]. Their membership in The Order can be proven. Their meetings can be proven. Their objectives are plainly unconstitutional. And this Order has existed for 150 years in the United States.” “The Order / Skull and Bones in Britain go through Lazard Freres and the private merchant bankers. Notably the British establishment was also founded at a University – Oxford University, and especially All Souls College at Oxford. The British element is called “The Group.” The Group links to the Jewish equivalent through the Rothschilds in Britain (Lord Rothschild was an original member of Rhodes “inner circle”). The Order in the U.S. links to the Guggenheim, Schiff and Warburg families. … The core of The Order, like the core of “The Group” in England, comprises about 20 families. In the U.S. case they are mostly descendents from the original settlers in Massachusetts. New wealth did not enter The Order until the mid-19th century and until recently, has never dominated The Order.” “The Order / Skull and Bones has penetrated or been the dominant influence in sufficient policy, research and opinion-making organizations that it determines the basic direction of American society.” “The British secret society, known as “The Group”, was founded at Oxford University, much as The Order/Skull and Bones was founded at Yale. … “The Group’s” objective is recorded in Cecil Rhodes’ will. It was: “The extension of British rule throughout the world, the perfecting of a system of emigration from the United Kingdom and of colonization by British subjects of all lands wherein the means of livelihood are attainable by energy, labour and enterprise … and the ultimate recovery of the United States of America as an integral part of the British Empire. … Both The Group and The Order/Skull and Bones are unwilling or unable to bring about a global society by voluntary means, so they opted for coercion. To do this they have created wars and revolutions, they have ransacked public treasuries, they have oppressed, they have pillaged, they have lied – even to their own countrymen. … The activities of The Order are directed towards changing our society, changing the world, to bring about a New World Order. This will be a planned order with heavily restricted individual freedom, without Constitutional protection, without national boundaries or cultural distinction.” “Most of us believe the State exists to serve the individual, not vice versa. The Order [Skull and Bones] believes the opposite to most of us – always towards more state power, and away from individual rights.” “The left-right political spectrum is used to neutralize unwelcome facts and ideas or just condition citizens to think along certain lines. The “left” leaning segment of the press in the US can always be relied upon to automatically assault ideas and information from the “right” and vice versa. In fact, media outlets have been artificially set up just for this purpose: both Nation and New Republic on the “left” were financed by Willard Straight, using Payne Whitney (The Order) funds. On the “right” National Review published by William Buckley (The Order) runs a perpetual deficit, presumably made up by Buckley. Neither the independent right nor the independent left sees the trap. They are so busy firing at each other; they’ve mostly forgotten to look behind the scenes. And The Order smugly claims control of the ‘moderate” center.” “The Order / Skull and Bones uses the Hegelian Dialectic process to bring about a society in which the State is absolute – all powerful. … In the Hegelian system, conflict is essential. The State requires complete obedience from the individual citizen. An individual does not exist for himself, but only to perform a role in the operation of the State. He finds freedom only in obedience to the State. There was no freedom in Hitler’s Germany, there is no freedom for the individual under Marxism, neither will there be in the New World Order.” “Our whole way of life is based on the assumption that the individual is superior to the State. That the individual is the ultimate holder of sovereignty. That the State is the servant of the people. It’s deeply engrained within us. The Order [Skull and Bones] holds the opposite – that the State is superior, that the common man (the peasant) can find freedom only by obedience to the State.” “We can trace the foundation of the most influential three secret societies that we know about – to universities. The Illuminati was founded at University of Ingolstadt in Germany. The Group was founded at All Souls College, Oxford University in England. And The Order / Skull and Bones was founded at Yale University in the United States.” “The Order in the United States, The Group in England, the Illuminati in Germany, and the Politburo in Russia. For these elitists the State is supreme and a self-appointed elite runs the State.” “If Marxism is posed as the thesis and national socialism [Nazism] as antithesis, then the most likely synthesis becomes a Hegelian New World Order, a synthesis evolving out of the clash of Marxism and national socialism. Moreover, in this statement those who finance and manage the clash of opposites can remain in control of the synthesis [New World Order]. … The Order [Skull and Bones] has artificially encouraged and developed both revolutionary Marxism and national socialism while retaining some control over the nature and degree of the conflict.” “Conflict can be used for profit by corporations under control and influence of The Order [Skull and Bones]. In World War II, the Korean War and the Vietnamese War are examples of American corporations that traded with “the enemy” for profit. … Corporations – even large corporations – are dominated by banks and trust companies, and in turn these banks and trust companies are dominated by The Order [Skull and Bones] and its allies.” “Communist China will be a superpower built by American technology and skill. It is presumably the intention of The Order [Skull and Bones] to place this power in a conflict mode with the Soviet Union.” PILGRIMS SOCIETY “The Pilgrims Society is an aristocratic Anglo-American club. The primary purpose of this club is to form an unofficial alliance with the United States and to vastly increase the powers of the British empire. … The Pilgrims Society has fused together the business centers of New York and London, together with a large portion of the political centers of both nations. Ninety percent of the American members are top-level bankers and businessmen from New York city. … Pilgrims Society presidents of the New York Federal Reserve Bank cover the period from 1914 to 1979. Pilgrims Society chairmen of the New York Federal Reserve cover almost the entire period from the 1920s up to 1990. … The Pilgrims Society represents that old dream of Cecil Rhodes to create a worldwide English-speaking free-trade zone, with the dominant position for the Anglo-Saxon race. Rhodes had also been speculating about a network of secret societies that had to absorb the wealth of the world. … The Pilgrims Society is one of the most important privately funded institutions of the globalist movement.” Joel van der Reijden, 2005 “In 1897, a group of top British and American intellectuals and money monopolists met to plot ways to implement Cecil Rhodes’ plan for a merging of British and American interests, in preparation for the final thrust towards the achievement of their ultimate goal – a One World Government. The result of their deliberations came on July 24, 1907, with the creation in London of an ultra-secret organization known as the Pilgrim Society. The basic purpose of the Pilgrim Society was to promote unity between the United States and Britain, to maneuver the United States into a position of dependence upon the Crown.” “Descent Into Slavery” a book by Des Griffin “The Pilgrims were founded in London July 24, 1902, four months after the death of Cecil Rhodes who had outlined an ideology of a secret society to work towards eventual British rule of all the world, and who had made particular provisions in his will designed to bring the United States among the countries possessed by Great Britain. … The purpose of these men is completely interwoven with the dependence of their own invariably great fortunes on the operations of “The City,” citadel of International Finance. Not only do these men collectively exert a planned influence of immense weight in utter secrecy, but they operate with the support of the immense funds provided by Cecil Rhodes and Andrew Carnegie.” E. C. Knuth in his book “The Empire of the “City” – The Secret History of British Financial Power” “At the turn of 20th century a number of influential persons were interested in bringing the establishments of the United States and Great Britain closer together. The idea arose to form a new, elitist society with branches in both London and New York. This became the Pilgrims Society. … Members of the British royal family have been patrons of the Pilgrims Society since its inception and regularly attend meetings. Well known banking families as Baring, Hambro, Harcourt, Keswick, Rothschild, Kleinwort, Loeb, and Warburg, as well as the heads of Barclays and the British managers of Chase Manhattan and J. P. Morgan have attended Pilgrims’ meetings. … The major banks of New York and London have been very prominent in the Pilgrims Society, closely followed by a group of influential law firms and insurance companies. A number of corporations have had a considerable presence in the Pilgrims, including the Watson family of IBM, and the founders and owners of Chrysler, Dodge, Jardine Matheson, W.R. Grace & Co., Reynolds, Corning Glass, and Forbes have all been Pilgrims. … The New York Times has been intimately tied to the Pilgrims of the United States over the years. Since 1896 the New York Times has been owned by the Ochs-Sulzberger family, members of which have been generational members of the Pilgrims since the very beginning. … Over the years several Pilgrims have been directors of CBS, among them Henry Kissinger. William S. Paley, the founder and continuous owner of CBS until his death in 1990, was a member of the Pilgrims Society. So was Walter Cronkite, anchorman for the CBS Evening News from 1962 to 1982. … At any one time from the 1970s to the 1990s there was a dominant presence of J.P. Morgan and John D. Rockefeller men on the board of the Pilgrims of the United States, leading to the obvious conclusion that these interests still represent the cornerstone of the Anglo-American Establishment. The Carnegie foundations are also quite dominant among the recent Pilgrims leadership. … The Pilgrims Society predates the founding of the Council on Foreign Relations and the Royal Institute of International Affairs – two closely-linked think tanks – by almost 20 years, and therefore easily connects J. P. Morgan, Sr, Andrew Carnegie, and Jacob Schiff to the same Anglo-American network.” Joël van der Reijden , http://www.isgp.nl, 2008 “The ideology of the British Empire was outlined by Cecil Rhodes about 1895 as follows: “‘Establish a secret society in order to have the whole continent of South America, the Holy Land, the Valley of the Euphrates, the islands of Cyprus and Candia, the islands of the Pacific not heretofore possessed by Great Britain, the Malay Archipelago, the seaboard of China and Japan and, finally, the United States. In the end Great Britain is to establish a power so overwhelming that wars must cease and the Millennium be realized.’ The secret societies of Cecil Rhodes’ will came to life in the Pilgrims of Great Britain, and the Pilgrims of the United States – founded in New York City on January 13, 1903. Mr. Rhodes left a fortune of about $ 150,000,000 to the Rhodes Foundation. One admitted purpose was “in creating in American students an attachment to the country from which they originally sprang”. Edwin Charles Knuth in his book The Empire of the City, 1944 CLUB OF ROME “The Club of Rome is a conspiratorial umbrella organization, a marriage between Anglo-American financiers and the old Black Nobility families of Europe, particularly the so-called “nobility” of London, Venice and Genoa. The key to the successful control of the world is their ability to create and manage economic recessions and depressions.” John Coleman in his book “The Committee of 300” “A cancer is an uncontrolled multiplication of cells; the population explosion is an uncontrolled multiplication of people. We must shift our efforts from the treatment of the symptoms to the cutting out of the cancer. The operation will demand many apparently brutal and heartless decisions… The resultant ideal sustainable population will be more than 500 million but less than one billion.” Club of Rome statement – Mankind at the Turning Point, 1974 & Goals for Mankind, 1976 “The Club of Rome (COR) was established with a membership of 75 prominent scientists, industrialists, and economists from 25 countries. Along with the Bilderbergers, it has become one of the most important foreign policy arms of the Roundtable group.” David Allen Rivera in is book “Final Warning: A History of the New World Order” “There is no other viable alternative to the future survival of civilization than a new global community under a common leadership.” Club of Rome website “The Club of Rome is a premiere think tank composed of approximately 100 members including leading scientists, philosophers, political advisors and many others who lurk in the shadows of power.” Brent Jessop, Global Research, 2008 “The solution of these crises can be developed only in a global context with full and explicit recognition of the emerging world system and on a long-term basis. This would necessitate, among other changes, a new world economic order and a global resources allocation system.” from a Club of Rome book called “Mankind at the Turning Point” “The Club of Rome will encourage the creation of a world forum where statesmen, policy-makers, and scientists can discuss the dangers and hopes for the future global system without the constraints of formal intergovernmental negotiation.” The Club of Rome book “The Limits to Growth”, 1972 “On September 17, 1973, The Club of Rome released a Report called the “Regionalized and Adaptive Model of the Global World System”.” It revealed the Club’s goal of dividing the world into ten political/economic regions, which would unite the entire world under a single form of government. These regions are North America, Western Europe, Eastern Europe, Japan, Rest of Developed World, Latin America, Middle East, Rest of Africa, South and Southeast Asia, and China.” David Allen Rivera in his book “Final Warning” “The Club of Rome has indicated that genocide should be used to eliminate people who they refer to as ‘useless eaters.” David Allen Rivera in his book “Final Warning” OTHER COVERT POWER CENTERS (PAST AND PRESENT / REAL AND IMAGINED) ILLUMINATI COMMITTEE OF 300 TAVISTOCK INSTITUTE FREEMASONRY FABIAN SOCIETY OPUS DEI LE CERCLE BOHEMIAN CLUB JESUITS/BLACK POPE THE ORDER OF THE ASSASSINS ORDER OF THE QUEST JASON GROUP KNIGHTS TEMPLAR KNIGHTS HOSPITALLER KNIGHTS OF SAINT JOHN OF JERUSALEM KNIGHTS OF MALTA / SOVEREIGN MILITARY ORDER OF MALTA (SMOM) ROSICRUSIANS KNIGHTS OF COLUMBUS SCROLL & KEY THULE SOCIETY KABBALAH PANEUROPA NETWORK 1001 CLUB/NATURE TRUST GROUP OF THIRTY (G30) ATLANTIC COUNCIL STRATFOR AMERICAN SECURITY COUNCIL WORLD ANTICOMMUNIST LEAGUE (WACL) CENTER FOR SECURITY POLICY INTERNATIONAL INSTITUTE FOR STRATEGIC STUDIES (IISS) CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES (CSIS) ASSOCIATION OF FORMER INTELLIGENCE OFFICERS (AFIO) OFFICE OF STRATEGIC SERVICES (OSS) SOCIETY “I was warned: don’t do this unless you can put your conscience 100% in the freezer. I heard myself laugh at it back then, but it wasn’t a joke at all… I was being trained to become a psychopath. … We looked down on people, mocked them. Everything was worthless trash – nature, the planet, everything could burn and break. As long as we met our goals, as long as we were growing. … And I was in contact with those circles (Illuminati). To me they were just clients. I went to places called Churches of Satan. I visited these places and they were doing their Holy Mass with naked women. It just amused me. I didn’t believe in any of this stuff and was far from convinced that any of this was real. … I was a guest in those (Illuminati) circles. It was the good life. But then at some moment, I was invited to participate in sacrifices abroad. That was the breaking point. Children … I couldn’t do that. … And then I started to slowly break down. Everything changed, and I started to refuse assignments within my job. I could no longer do it, which made me a threat. … I was no longer capable of functioning optimally, my performance started to shake and I refused tasks. I had not participated. … In that world they have everybody in their pocket. You need to be susceptible to blackmail, and blackmailing me proved to be very hard. They wanted to do that through those children, and that broke me. … If you search online you will find there are enough worldwide witness accounts to prove this is not a Walt Disney fairytale. Unfortunately the truth is that they have been doing this for thousands of years. … The reason the first 10 tribes of Israel were banished to Babylonia was because of rituals with children, including the sacrificing of children. All of this made me believe, because I realized there is a whole invisible world. It is real. … The Illuminati is a real entity. I have found that what is written in the Bible, and not only the Bible, you can find it in so many books (including the Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion) in which a group went their own way and are carrying an intense hatred, anger. … This is an annihilating force that hates our guts; it hates creation; it hates life. And it will do anything to destroy us completely. … And the way to do that is to divide humanity. Divide and conquer is their truth.” Dutch banker Ronald Bernard, in a TV interview, 2017 [describing his experiences within the banking Illuminati] “The Tavistock Institute is directed by British Intelligence… The Tavistock Institute organized and trained the entire staffs of the Office of Strategic Services (OSS), the Strategic Bombing Survey, Supreme Headquarters of the Allied Expeditionary Forces, and other key American military groups during World War II. During World War II, the Tavistock Institute combined with the medical sciences division of the Rockefeller Foundation for experiments with mind-altering drugs. … The drug culture of the United States is traced in its entirety to this Institute, which supervised the Central Intelligence Agency’s training programs. The “LSD counter culture” originated when Sandoz A.G., a Swiss pharmaceutical house owned by S.G. Warburg & Co., developed a new drug from lysergic acid, called LSD. James Paul Warburg (son of Paul Warburg who had written the Federal Reserve Act in 1910), financed a subsidiary of the Tavistock Institute in the United States called the Institute for Policy Studies, … The British Tavistock Institute has directed the programs of such American think tanks as the Herbert Hoover Institute at Stanford University, Heritage Foundation, Wharton School (University of Pennsylvania), Hudson Institute, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, and Rand Corporation.” Eustace Mullins “Secrets of the Federal Reserve” – appendix, 1983 PUBLICLY-OBSERVABLE POWER CENTERS (BUT NOT WELL-UNDERSTOOD) BANK OF INTERNATIONAL SETTLEMENTS (BIS) UNITED NATIONS NATO WORLD TRADE ORGANIZATION (WTO) WORLD BANK INTERNATIONAL MONETARY FUND (IMF) VATICAN MASONS WORLD WILDLIFE FUND (WWF) WORLD HEALTH ORGANIZATION (WHO) CENTER FOR DISEASE CONTROL (CDC) FORD FOUNDATION ROCKEFELLER FOUNDATION OPEN SOCIETY FOUNDATION BROOKINGS INSTITUTION CARNEGIE ENDOWMENT FOR INTERNATONAL PEACE RAND CORPORATION HERITAGE FOUNDATION AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INSTITUTE CATO INSTITUTE CENTER FOR AMERICAN PROGESS PROJECT FOR A NEW AMERICAN CENTURY (PNAC) BUSINESS ROUND TABLE INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE PETERSON INSTITUTE FOR INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS WORLD ECONOMIC FORUM / DAVOS GLOBAL OLIGARCHY EUROPEAN DYNASTIC FAMILIES HOUSE OF WINDSOR (Great Britain) NETHERLANDS BELGIUM LIECHTENSTEIN LUXEMBOURG SPAIN DENMARK NORWAY SWEDEN MONACO INTERNATIONAL BANKING DYNASTIES ROTHSCHILDS ROCKEFELLERS KUHN LOEB WARBURG LAZARD GOLDMAN SACHS ISRAEL MOSES SEIF LEHMAN THE VATICAN GLOBAL BANKING CONGLOMERATES [the 10 largest banks in the world – 2012] HSBC BNP PARABIS INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL BANK OF CHINA MITUBISHI CREDIT AGRICOLE BARCLAYS GROUP ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND JPMORGAN CHASE BANK OF AMERICA CHINA CONSTRUCTION BANK TRANSNATIONAL CORPORATIONS [the 10 corporations with the greatest global impact – 2011] BARCLAYS PLC – GREAT BRITIAN CAPITAL GROUP COMPANIES INC. – UNITED STATES FMR CORP (Fidelity Management) – UNITED STATES AXA FR 6712 – SWITZERLAND STATE STREET CORPORATION – UNITED STATES JPMORGAN CHASE & CO. – UNITED STATES LEGAL & GENERAL GROUP PLC – GREAT BRITAIN VANGUARD GROUP, INC. – UNITED STATES UBS AG – SWITZERLAND MERRILL LYNCH & CO., INC. – UNITED STATES WEAPONS MANUFACTURERS LOCKHEED MARTIN – USA BOEING – USA BAE SYSTEMS – BRITAIN GENERAL DYNAMICS – USA RAYTHEON – USA NORTHROP GRUMMAN – USA EADS – BRITAIN/FRANCE L-3 COMMUNICATIONS – USA FINMECCANICA – ITALY UNITED TECHNOLOGIES – USA ENERGY CORPORATIONS ROYAL DUTCH SHELL CHEVRON BRITISH PETROLEUM EXXON/MOBIL TOTAL CONOCO PHILLIPS LARGEST HOLDING COMPANIES (2013) JPMORGAN CHASE & CO. BANK OF AMERICA CORPORATION CITIGROUP INC. WELLS FARGO & COMPANY GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC. MORGAN STANLEY GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION LARGEST ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANIES (2012) BLACKROCK UBS ALLIANZ VANGUARD GROUP STATE STREET GLOBAL ADVISORS PIMCO FIDELITY INVESTMENTS AXA JP MORGAN ASSET MANAGEMENT CREDIT SUISSE LARGEST HEDGE FUNDS (2011) BRIDGEWATER ASSOCIATES MAN GROUP J.P. MORGAN ASSET MANAGEMENT BREVAN HOWARD ASSET MANAGEMENT OCH-ZIFF CAPITAL MANAGEMENT GROUP PAULSON AND CO. BLACKROCK ADVISORS “The bankers own the earth. Take it all away from them, but leave them the power to create money, and with the flick of the pen they will create enough deposits to buy it back again. However, take the power to create money away from them, and all the great fortunes like mine will disappear. But, if you wish to remain the slaves of bankers and pay the cost of your own slavery, let them continue to create money.” Josiah Stamp, Director of the Bank of England, 1928 “The Four Horsemen of Banking – Bank of America, JP Morgan Chase, Citigroup and Wells Fargo – own the Four Horsemen of Oil – Exxon Mobil, Royal Dutch/Shell, BP Amoco and Chevron Texaco – in tandem with Deutsche Bank, BNP, Barclays and other European old money behemoths. The Four Horsemen of Banking are among the top ten stock holders of virtually every Fortune 500 corporation. … 80% ownership of the New York Federal Reserve Bank – by far the most powerful Fed branch – is held by just eight families – the Goldman Sachs, Rockefellers, Lehmans and Kuhn Loebs of New York; the Rothschilds of Paris and London; the Warburgs of Hamburg; the Lazards of Paris; and the Israel Moses Seifs of Rome. [J. W. McCallister, an oil industry insider with House of Saud connections, wrote in “The Grim Reaper” that he acquired this information from Saudi bankers] … Ten banks control all twelve Federal Reserve Bank branches – N.M. Rothschild of London, Rothschild Bank of Berlin, Warburg, Lehman Brothers,Lazard Brothers of Paris, Kuhn Loeb Bank of New York, Israel Moses Seif Bank of Italy, Goldman Sachs of New York and JP Morgan Chase Bank of New York. William Rockefeller, Paul Warburg, Jacob Schiff and James Stillman are the individuals who own large shares of the Fed. The Schiffs are insiders at Kuhn Loeb. The Stillmans are Citigroup insiders, who married into the Rockefeller clan at the turn of the century. [source: CPA Thomas D. Schauf] The Bank of International Settlements (BIS) is the most powerful bank in the world, a global central bank for the Eight Families who control the private central banks of almost all Western and developing nations. “The Federal Reserve Cartel: The Eight Families” by Dean Henderson “Our global banking system is a global cartel, a “super-entity” in which the world’s major banks all own each other and own the controlling shares in the world’s largest multinational corporations. … This is the real “free market,” a highly profitable global banking cartel, functioning as a worldwide financial Mafia.” Andrew Gavin Marshall “The global banking cartel, centered at the IMF, World Bank and Federal Reserve, have paid off politicians and dictators the world over [Including Washington]. In country after country, they have looted national economies at the expense of local populations, consolidating wealth in unprecedented fashion – the top economic one-tenth of one percent is currently holding over $40 trillion in investible wealth, not counting an equally significant amount of wealth hidden in offshore accounts.” David DeGraw “If you wanted to control the nation’s manufacturing, commerce, finance, transportation and natural resources, you would need only to control the apex, the power pinnacle, of an all-powerful socialist government. Then you would have a monopoly and could squeeze out all your competitors. If you wanted a national monopoly, you must control a national socialist government. If you want a worldwide monopoly, you must control a world socialist government. That is what the game is all about. “Communism” is not a movement of the downtrodden masses but is a movement created, manipulated and used by power-seeking billionaires in order to gain control over the world … first by establishing socialist governments in the various nations and then consolidating them all through a “Great Merger,” into an all-powerful world, socialist super-state.” Gary Allen in his book “None Dare Call It Conspiracy” “The real menace of our republic is the invisible government, which, like a giant octopus, sprawls its slimy length over our city, state and nation. At the head is a small group of banking houses generally referred to as ‘international bankers.’ This little coterie of powerful international bankers virtually run our government for their own selfish ends.” John F. Hylan, 1922, Mayor of New York, in a speech “I fear that foreign bankers with their … tortuous tricks will entirely control the exuberant riches of America and use it systematically to corrupt modern civilization. They will not hesitate to plunge the whole [world] into wars and chaos in order that the earth should become their inheritance.” Otto von Bismarck, Chancellor of Germany, after the assassination of President Lincoln, 1863 “We must keep the people busy with political antagonisms… By dividing the electorate … we’ll be able to have them spend their energies at struggling amongst themselves on questions that, for us, have no importance whatsoever. … Let us make use of the courts… When through the law’s intervention, the common people shall have lost their homes, they will be more easy to control and more easy to govern, and they shall not be able to resist the strong hand of the Government acting in accordance with … the control of the leaders of finance.” United States Bankers magazine, 1892 “The Depression of 1929 was not accidental. It was a carefully contrived occurrence… The international bankers sought to bring about a condition of despair here so that they might emerge as the rulers of us all.” Congressman Louis McFadden, Chairman of the House Banking and Currency Committee “Instrumental in control of economics by the rich has been the debt-based monetary system, where credit is treated as the monopoly of private financial interests who in turn control governments, intelligence services and military establishments. Politicians are bought and sold, elected or removed, or even assassinated for this purpose. The global monetary system is tightly controlled and coordinated at the top by the leaders of the central banks who work for the world’s richest people.” Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research “World War I created astronomical debts in the nations that participated. These debts were held by the international bankers who organized and stage-managed the whole show from start to finish. … In the fall of 1929 it was time for the international bankers to push the button that set in motion the machinery that resulted in World War II. After they, their agents and friends had sold out at the crest of an artificially inflated stock market boom, the international bankers pulled the rug out from under the whole system and sent the United States plunging into what became known as the Great Depression.” Des Griffin in his book “Descent Into Slavery?” “For over 150 years it has been standard operating procedure of the Rothschilds and their allies to control both sides of every conflict. You must have an “enemy” if you are going to collect from the King.” Gary Allen in his book “None Dare Call It Conspiracy” “The House of Rothschild made its money in the great crashes of history and the great wars of history, the very periods when others lost their money.” E. C. Knuth in his book “The Empire of the “City”: The Secret History of British Financial Power “The division of the United States into federations of equal force [The North & The South]was decided long before the Civil War. These bankers were afraid that the United States would upset their financial domination over the world. The voice of the Rothschilds prevailed.” German Chancellor Otto von Bismarck “John D. Rockefeller was a Machiavellian who boasted that he hated competition. Whenever he could, Rockefeller used the government to promote his own interests and to hinder his competitors. Monopoly capitalism is impossible unless you have a government with the power to strangle would-be competitors. The easiest way to control or eliminate competitors is not to best them in the marketplace, but to use the power of government to exclude them from the marketplace. If you wish to control commerce, banking, transportation, and natural resources on a national level, you must control! the federal government. If you and your clique wish to establish worldwide monopolies, you must control World Government.” Gary Allen in his book “The Rockefeller File” “Powerful private families decide who controls the Federal Reserve, the Bank of England, the Bank of Japan and even the European Central Bank. Money is in their hands to destroy or create. Their aim is the ultimate control over future life on this planet, a supremacy earlier dictators and despots only ever dreamt of.” F. William Engdahl in his book “Seeds of Destuction” “A great industrial nation is controlled by it’s system of credit. Our system of credit is concentrated in the hands of a few men. We have come to be one of the worst ruled, one of the most completely controlled and dominated governments in the world.” President Woodrow Wilson “The shareholders of the banks which own the stock of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York are the people who have controlled our political and economic destinies since 1914. They are the Rothschilds, of Europe, Lazard Freres, Israel Sieff, Kuhn Loeb Company, Warburg Company, Lehman Brothers, Goldman Sachs, the Rockefeller family, and the J.P. Morgan interests.” Eustace Mullins in his book “The Secrets of the Federal Reserve” “A huge chunk of international banking and related financial operations have been created solely to manage dirty money. … The Anglo-Dutch banking operations control illegal drug and related trade. … The Anglo-Dutch oligarchy’s banking operations have the following qualifications: They have run the drug trade for a century and a half. They dominate those banking centers closed off to law enforcement agencies. Almost all such “offshore,” unregulated banking centers are under the direct political control of the British and Dutch monarchies and their allies. They dominate all banking at the heart of the narcotics traffic; the Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank, created in 1864 to finance the drug trade, is exemplary. They control world trade in gold and diamonds, a necessary aspect of “hard commodity” exchange for drugs. They subsume the full array of connections to organized crime, the pro-drug legislative lobby in the USA, and all other elements of distribution, protection, and legal support. http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net “How the Drug Empire Works” AMERICAN AGENTS OF THE GLOBAL OLIGARCHY Henry Kissinger / George Soros / Zbigniew Brzezinski “People, governments and economies of all nations must serve the needs of multinational banks and corporations.” Zbigniew Brzezinski in his book “Between Two Ages: America’s Role in the Technetronic Era” “It was Bill Clinton’s administration that deregulated derivatives, that deregulated telecom, and that put our country’s only strong banking laws in the grave. He’s the one who rammed the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) through Congress.” Thomas Frank “George Soros is merely the visible face of a vast network of private financial interests, controlled by the leading aristocratic and royal families of Europe.” William Engdahl , Executive Intelligence Review, 1997 “As the first president of the new global era, Bill Clinton set up the WTO, boosted the international budget, maintained high levels of Pentagon spending, militarized the drug wars in South America, continued the military and economic assault on Iraq, laid the groundwork for “humanitarian” interventions, bombed the Sudan and Afghanistan, and carried out protracted aerial raids on Serbia. Enthused by prospects for total surveillance of the world, Clinton raised intelligence spending levels to more than 30 billion dollars, with increasing emphasis on the supersecret National Security Agency. The planned, systematic, and brutal destruction of the Serb infrastructure must be considered one of the great war crimes of the postwar years.” Carl Boggs “As UN Ambassador and the Secretary of State in the Bill Clinton regime, Madeleine Albright was a fanatical advocate of the genocidal sanctions blockade that killed more than a million women, children and men in Iraq, and of the 1999 U.S./NATO bombing war against Yugoslavia.” Gloria La Riva “Bill Clinton bombed Yugoslavia for seventy-eight days and nights in a row. His military and political policies destroyed one of the most progressive countries in Europe. And he called it humanitarian intervention. It’s still regarded by almost all Americans as just that.” William Blum “The Clintons suffer from being snobs who like to hang around with rich people in spite of their populist pretensions. They are the ultimate social climbers, always willing to do one more thing to obtain acceptance from the 1% that really matters and ready to reap the rewards that they know come with it. Hillary claims that she and Bill were broke and in debt when they left the White House. They are now worth over $100 million and command as much as $800,000 for a single speaking engagement. Hillary’s minimum paycheck to speak before a group is reported to be $200,000. Does anyone actually think that either Bill Clinton’s sly smile or Hillary’s shrill monotone is worth a speaking fee in the hundreds of thousands of dollars? Or are there expectations of other quid pro quos down the road for those who are coughing up the big money, to include something like $18 million from Goldman Sachs and other banksters who brought the nation to the brink of ruin in 2008?” Philip Giraldi “What is at stake is a big idea – a new world order.” President George H W Bush “Zbigniew Brzezinski and Henry Kissinger et al, as well as the neo-con “thinkers,” owe their positions and good living standards to the largesse of the elite. These thinkers and writers are on the payroll of the elite and work for them.” Mujahid Kamran “Although Henry Kissinger has been historically a close ally of the most rabid factions inside Israel and within the Zionist establishment in the United States, his primary allegiance throughout his political career has been to the British Crown and its intelligence and financial tentacles.” from the book “DOPE, INC., the international drug cartel, money-laundering, and state power”, 1992 “Today, Americans would be outraged if UN troops entered Los Angeles to restore order; tomorrow, they will be grateful. This is especially true if they were told there was an outside threat from beyond, whether real or promulgated, that threatened our very existence. It is then that all people of the world will plead with world leaders to deliver them from this evil….individual rights will be willingly relinquished for the guarantee of their well-being granted to them by their world government.” Henry Kissinger at the 1992 Bilderberg Group meeting “George H. W. Bush works for the bin Laden family business in Saudi Arabia through the Carlyle Group, an international consulting firm.” Gore Vidal in his book ” Dreaming War” “Bill Clinton, and most other contemporary Democrats, did not and will not do what is best for us or the world we live in. We don’t pay their bills – the top 10 percent do, and it is their will that will always be done.” Michael Moore “It is quite clear that one of the major challenges will be to curb the world’s fertility.” President George H W Bush “Since her first Senate campaign in 1999, Goldman Sachs has been bankrolling Hillary Clinton to the tune of millions of dollars. Individual donors like Goldman CEO Lloyd Blankfein have been generous, but the firm has sought to purchase influence and good will through speaking fees as well as contributions to the nonprofit Clinton Foundation._Goldman Sachs is not alone. Citigroup ranks No. 1 in lifetime donations to Clinton. Hiring Hillary Clinton as a speaker is one way Goldman Sachs funnels cash to her. Clinton’s standard speaking fee is $200,000.” The Nation magazine “A threat confronts liberal democracy. it involves the gradual appearance of a more controlled and directed society. Such a society would be dominated by an elite whose claim to political power would rest on allegedly superior scientific knowhow. Unhindered by the restraints of traditional liberal values, this elite would not hesitate to achieve its political ends by using the latest modern techniques for influencing public behaviour and keeping society under close surveillance and control. Under such circumstances, the scientific and technological momentum of the country would not be reversed but would actually feed on the situation it exploits.” Zbigniew Brzezinski “When we got organized as a country and we wrote a fairly radical Constitution with a radical Bill of Rights, giving a radical amount of individual freedom to Americans… and so a lot of people say there’s too much personal freedom. When personal freedom’s being abused, you have to move to limit it.” President Bill Clinton, 1994 “I am delighted to be here in these new Council on Foreign Relations headquarters. I have been often to the mother ship in New York City, but it’s good to have an outpost of the Council right here down the street from the State Department. We get a lot of advice from the Council, so this will mean I won’t have as far to go to be told what we should be doing and how we should think about the future.” Secretary of State Hillary Clinton’s opening remarks during her speech to the Council on Foreign Relations , July 15, 2009 “Though an overwhelming majority of Americans, according to public opinion polls, believe that human rights should be a cornerstone of American foreign policy, Senator Hillary Clinton has repeatedly prioritized the profits of American arms manufacturers and the extension of Washington’s hegemonic reach in parts of the world.” Stephen Zunes “Look at the writings of Brzezinski, Kissinger, Samuel P Huntington, and their likes. It is important to note that these members of elite think tanks publish books as part of a strategy to give respectability to subsequent illegal, immoral and predatory actions that are to be taken at the behest of the elite. The views are not necessarily their own ­ they are the views of the think tanks. These stooges formulate and pronounce policies and plans at the behest of their masters, through bodies like the Council on Foreign Relations, Bilderberg Group, etc.” Mujahid Kamran “National sovereignty is no longer a viable concept.” Zbigniew Brzezinski in his book “Between Two Ages: America’s Role in the Technetronic Era” “If you control the oil, you control entire nations. If you control the food, you control the people. If you control the money, you control the entire world.” Henry Kissinger “You have a survivability of command and control, survivability of industrial potential, protection of a percentage of your citizens, and you have a capability that inflicts more damage on the opposition than it can inflict on you.” Vice-President George H W Bush, on how to win a nuclear war, 1980 “In November 1990, under pressure from the Bush administration, the U.S. Congress passed the Foreign Operations Appropriations Act… They were deliberately lighting the fuse to an explosive new series of Balkan wars. Using groups such as the Soros Foundation and NED (National Endowment for Democray), Washington financial support was channeled into often extreme nationalist or former fascist organizations that would guarantee a dismemberment of Yugoslavia…The stage was set for a gruesome series of regional ethnic wars which would last a decade and result in the deaths of more than 200,000 people.” William Engdahl in his book “A Century of War: Anglo-American Oil Politics and the New World Order” “Persisting social crisis, the emergence of a charismatic personality, and the exploitation of mass media to obtain public confidence would be the steppingstones in the piecemeal transformation of the United States into a highly controlled society.” Zbigniew Brzezinski “Today there are two major factions within the Western political power establishment internationally. They cooperate and share broad elitist goals, but differ fundamentally on how to reach these goals. Foremost is their goal of sharply controlling global economic growth and population growth. The first faction is best described as the Rockefeller Faction. It has a global power base and is today best represented by the Bush family faction which got their start as hired hands for the powerful Rockefeller machine. The Rockefeller faction has for more than a century based its power and influence on control of oil and on use of the military to secure that control. The second faction might be called the Soft Power Faction. Their preferred path to global population control and lowering of the growth rates in China and elsewhere is through promoting the fraud of global warming and imminent climate catastrophe. Al Gore is linked to this faction. They see globalist institutions, especially the United Nations, as the best vehicle to advance their agenda of global austerity. Others in the circle include billionaire speculator George Soros, parts of the British Royal family and representatives of European “old money”.” “Global Warming Hoax” an article by F. William Engdahl “It is Henry Kissinger’s belief that by controlling food one can control people, and by controlling energy – especially oil – one can control nations and their financial systems. By placing food and oil under international control along with the world’s monetary system, Kissinger is convinced a loosely knit world government can become a reality.” Washington columnist Paul Scott, 1976 “George Soros is not only one of the world’s leading megaspeculators; throughout his entire life he has served as an “errand boy” for the Anglo-American monetarist establishment, running looting operations against the nations of Eastern Europe, as well as attacks against the sovereignty of nations. … Through his Open Society Foundations, George Soros positioned himself, long before communism fell, as the man who, on behalf of Anglo-American banking interests and the IMF, tried to put into place the mechanism for the economic and political “transition” to occur in the Eastern European countries. Soros became a staunch advocate of the policy of “shock therapy,” which was approved by British Prime Minister Margaret Thatcher and her close associate George HW Bush, after the Berlin Wall had fallen.” Executive Intelligence Review, April 1997 “Depopulation should be the highest priority of US foreign policy towards the Third World.” Henry Kissinger “Presidents come and go every four or eight years. But operatives such as George Kennan, Henry Kissinger, Donald Rumsfeld, Zbigniew Brzezinski, George Schultz, James Baker etc. linger around in “public service” for decades. Standing above those big names, certain financial and media dynasties have influenced American politics for a whole century, or more! The House of Rockefeller, which donated the land upon which the United Nations was built, has been promoting Globalism since about the turn of the 19 th century; same goes for the House of Sulzberger-Ochs (New York Times owners since 1896) , the House of Meyer-Graham (Washington Post owners since 1933) , and the arch-Billionaire Globalists of them all, the anti-Russian House of Rothschild, which bankrolled Britain’s war against Napoleon 200 years ago, as well as the movement which eventually brought about the establishment of “the State of Israel”. Add to the “club” newer activist billionaires such as George Soros, Mike Bloomberg, Ted Turner, Pierre Omidyar, Sheldon Adelson and some counterparts in Europe and you have the makings of a vast international network of immensely powerful Global manipulators.” MS King, 2014 “Global depopulation and food control were to become US strategic policy under Henry Kissinger.” F. William Engdahl in his book “Seeds of Destuction” “The North American Free Trade Agreement [NAFTA] was peddled by the Clinton White House as an opportunity to raise the incomes and prosperity of the citizens of the United States, Canada, and Mexico. NAFTA would also, we were told, stanch Mexican immigration into the United States. … But NAFTA, which took effect in 1994, had the effect of reversing every one of Clinton’s rosy predictions. Once the Mexican government lifted price supports on corn and beans grown by Mexican farmers, those farmers had to compete against the huge agribusinesses in the United States. Many Mexican farmers were swiftly bankrupted. At least 2 million Mexican farmers have been driven off their land since 1994. … NAFTA was great if you were a corporation. It was a disaster if you were a worker. … Bill Clinton’s welfare reform bill, signed on August 22, 1996, obliterated the nation’s social safety net. It threw 6 million people, many of them single mothers, off the welfare rolls within three years. It dumped them onto the streets without child care, rent subsidies, or continued Medicaid coverage. … Clinton slashed Medicare by $115 billion over a five-year period and cut $25 billion in Medicaid funding. … The Clinton administration, led by Lawrence Summers, signed into law the Financial Services Modernization Act of 1999, which ripped down the firewalls that had been established by the 1933 GlassSteagall Act. Glass-Steagall established the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. It set in place banking reforms to stop speculators from hijacking the financial system. With Glass-Steagall demolished, and the passage of NAFTA, the Democrats, led by Clinton, tumbled gleefully into bed with corporations and Wall Street speculators.” Chris Hedges “The kingpins of the U.S. branch of the drug cartel are led by Henry Kissinger and the Anti-Defamation League of B’nai Brith.” from the book “DOPE, INC., the international drug cartel, money-laundering, and state power”, 1992 “George H W Bush’s response to the Gulf crisis of 1991 wiil be largely predetermined, not by any great flashes of geopolitical insight, but rather by his connection to the British oligarchy, to Henry Kissinger, to Israeli and Zionist circles, to Texas oilmen in his fundraising base, and to the Saudi Arabian and Kuwaiti royal houses” Webster Griffin Tarpley and Anton Chaitkin in their book “George Bush : The Unauthorized Biography” “If the American people knew the truth about what we Bushes have done to the nation, we would be chased down the street and lynched.” George H W Bush to reporter Sarah McClendon, Dec. 1992 “Bill Clinton rammed the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) through Congress. … NAFTA was supposed to encourage U.S. exports to Mexico; the opposite is what happened, and in a huge way. NAFTA was supposed to increase employment in the U.S.; a study from 2010 counts almost 700,000 jobs lost in America thanks to the treaty. And, the agreement gave one class in America enormous leverage over the other: employers now routinely threaten to move their operations to Mexico if their workers organize. A surprisingly large number of them-far more than in the pre-NAFTA days-have actually made good on the threat…. In the decades before NAFTA, Mexico’s economy often grew rapidly; since NAFTA was enacted, Mexico has experienced some of the feeblest growth of any country in Latin America, despite all the stuff it now makes and exports to the U.S. The country’s poverty rate has not changed much at all while every other country in the region has made considerable progress. One reason for all this is the predictably destructive effect that free trade with American agribusiness has had on the fortunes of millions of Mexican family farmers.” Thomas Frank “In 1999, Secretary of State Madeleine Albright played a key role in the war on Yugoslavia, engineering the failure of the negotiations that preceded the war. Albright presented the Yugoslav government with an “agreement” that would have allowed NATO to forces to occupy the entire country, with the unheard of provision that Yugoslavia would pay for the expenses of the occupation. … When the Yugoslav government predictably rejected the ultimatum disguised as a “proposal,” the bombing began and continued for three months. Thousands of civilians were killed, wounded and made homeless. As was true in Iraq, the entire population was traumatized, with women and children most severely impacted. Like the assault on Iraq, the attack on Yugoslavia was a war crime, a “crime against peace,” the most serious of all violations of international law, a war of aggression against another state that poses no threat to the country launching the war.” Gloria La Riva “Shortly, the public will be unable to reason or think for themselves. They’ll only be able to parrot the information they’ve been given on the previous night’s news.” Zbigniew Brzezinski “George Soros is part of a circle … linked to the financial side of the Israeli Mossad, and to the family of Jacob Lord Rothschild. Understandably, Soros and the Rothschild interests prefer to keep their connection hidden far from public view, so as to obscure the powerful friends Soros can claim in the City of London, the British Foreign Office, Israel, and the U.S. financial establishment.” William Engdahl “Henry Kissinger, together with his international political directorate known as Kissinger Associates, is the individual who stands at the intersection point of every one of these networks: the back-channel with the Soviet Union, the drug and terror networks from Italy to Ibero-America, and the highest levels of finance – including his directorship in American Express, the entity into which has merged a major portion of Dope, Inc. command structure.” from the book “DOPE, INC.: the international drug cartel, money-laundering, and state power”, 1992 GLOBAL MONEY CENTERS Wall Street “I believe that banking institutions are more dangerous to our liberties than standing armies.” U.S. President Thomas Jefferson “Nothing happens on Wall Street that is not known to the Bank of England, whose instructions are relayed through the Morgan Bank and then put into action through key brokerage houses. John Coleman in his book “The Committee of 300” “The real truth of the matter is that a financial element in the large [banking] centers has owned the government ever since the days of Andrew Jackson.” Franklin D. Roosevelt “During a period of a few years beginning around 2007, several thousand employees of stock brokers, banks, mortgage companies, insurance companies, credit-rating agencies, and other financial institutions, mainly in New York, had great fun getting obscenely rich while creating and playing with pieces of paper known by names like derivatives, collateralized debt obligations, index funds, credit default swaps, structured investment vehicles, subprime mortgages, and other exotic terms. The result has been a severe depression, seriously hurting hundreds of millions of lives in the United States and abroad. No employee of any of these companies has seen the inside of a prison cell for playing such games with our happiness. For more than half a century members of the United States foreign policy and military establishments have compiled a record of war crimes and crimes against humanity that the infamous beasts and butchers of history could only envy. Not a single one of these American officials has come any closer to a proper judgment than going to see the movie “Judgment at Nuremberg”.” Wiliam Blum “What the [Wall Street] bailout does is it takes troubled financial instruments off the balance sheet of the banks and puts them on the balance sheet of the taxpayer at the US Treasury. So it’s a bailout of the financial institutions whose recklessness caused the problem. The money is essentially being poured into the coffers of Washington’s financial donor base.” Paul Craig Roberts “WaIl Street financed the German cartels in the mid-1920s which in turn proceeded to bring Hitler to power. The financing for Hitler and his S.S. street thugs came in part from affiliates or subsidiaries of U.S. firms, including Henry Ford in 1922, payments by I. G. Farben and General Electric in 1933, followed by the Standard Oil of New Jersey and I.T.T. subsidiary payments to Heinrich Himmler up to 1944. U.S. multi-nationals under the control of Wall Street profited handsomely from Hitler’s military construction program in the 1930s and at least until 1942. International bankers used political influence in the U. S. to cover up their wartime collaboration.” Antony C. Sutton in his book “Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler” “Plummeting stock prices [in 1929] ruined small investors, but not the top “insiders” on Wall Street. Paul Warburg had issued a tip in March of 1929 that the Crash was coming. Before it did, John D. Rockefeller, Bernard Baruch, Joseph P. Kennedy, and other money barons got out of the market. … Early withdrawal from the market not only preserved the fortunes of these men: it also enabled them to return later and buy up whole companies for a song.” James Perloff in his book “The Shadows of Power” “Wall Street owns the country. It is no longer a government of the people, by the people and for the people, but a government of Wall Street, by Wall Street and for Wall Street.” populist orator Mary Elizabeth Lease of Kansas, late 1800s “I spent thirty-three years in the Marines, most of my time being a hlgh class muscle man for Big Business, for Wall Street and the bankers. In short, I was a racketeer for capitalism.” General Smedley Butler, former US Marine Corps Commandant, 1935 “The upper spheres of Wall Street overshadow the real economy. The accumulation of large amounts of money wealth by a handful of Wall Street conglomerates and their associated hedge funds is reinvested in the acquisition of real assets. Paper wealth is transformed into the ownership and control of real productive assets, including industry, services, natural resources and infrastructure.” Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research “I am afraid the ordinary citizen will not like to be told that the banks can and do create money. And they who control the credit of the nation direct the policy of Governments and hold in the hollow of their hand the destiny of the people.” Reginald McKenna, as Chairman of the Midland Bank, addressing stockholders in 1924 “It is well enough that people of the nation do not understand our banking and money system, for if they did, I believe there would be a revolution before tomorrow morning.” Henry Ford, founder of the Ford Motor Company “New York and London… have become the world’s two biggest laundries of criminal and drug money, and offshore tax havens. Not the Cayman Islands, not the Isle of Man or Jersey. The big laundering is right through the City of London and Wall Street.” Martin Woods, bank money laundering investigator, to the Observer newspaper in 2011 “The banks are the most powerful lobby on Capitol Hill. They frankly own the place.” U.S. Senator Dick Durbin “The City of London and Wall Street are the two largest centers for money laundering in the world, where drug cartels are able to transform their criminally acquired cash into legal money.” Martin Berger, 2016 City of London / The City / The Square Mile “The City of London caters for those above the law, it operates on the basis of bypassing democratic society as a whole. This has come about over time where an extraordinary ‘gentlemens agreement’ has stood the test of time. The head of state and his/her governments have the need of large loans for wars and the like, “The City”, in exchange for such commodity has extracted certain privileges the rest of the population do not enjoy. The end result over the centuries is that it now has its own financial jurisdiction to do pretty much as it pleases. … The City of London has its own private funding and will ‘buy-off’ any attempt to erode its powers; any scrutiny of its financial affairs are put beyond external inspection or audit.” Graham Vanbergen “London is an international financial center that services millions of transactions with a total worth of hundreds of billions of pounds every year, while offering the most sophisticated financial services on Earth. But, at the same time, the British capital is the center of the global offshore system. In 2015, the National Crime Agency published an influential report that would state that criminals would launder hundreds of billions of dollars using UK banks and their branches. Transparency UK which released a report in March 2015 that would state that London’s real estate market is being used to conceal illegal income and launder money obtained through bribes. It would note that 36,342 properties covering 2.2 square miles of London – an area twice the size of London’s financial district – are owned by shell companies, while 75 per cent of UK properties currently being investigated because of corruption are registered in secret safe havens. Corruption and financial crimes have deep roots in the UK, and all sorts of criminals across the world are perfectly aware of the fact that they can find a financial safe heaven in London. While UK authorities, like their colleagues across the Atlantic, are declaring their determination to fight corruption, in reality they keep providing criminals of all kinds the ideal safe haven for laundering their money in London and New York.” Martin Berger, 2016 “The City of London is the financial and commercial heart of Britain. It is often referred to as “The City” or “The Square Mile”, and is at the heart of the world’s financial markets. The City is not a part of England, but is a sovereign financial state. The local authority for the City is the City of London Corporation. The City is the historical core of London. and today is the business and financial center of Europe. This area contains over 255 foreign banks, more than any other financial center. It is recognized as the richest square mile in the world.” “The CIty of London” from http://www.justlondon.org/ “London’s inner city is a privately owned corporation or city state, located right in the middle of greater London. It became a sovereign state in 1694 when King William III of Orange privatised & turned the Bank of England over to the bankers. Today, the City State of London is the world’s financial power centre & the wealthiest square mile on the face of the Earth. It houses the Rothschild controlled Bank of England, Lloyds of London, the London stock exchange, all British banks, the branch offices of 385 foreign banks & 70 US banks. It has its own courts, its own laws, its own flag & its own police force. It is not part of greater London, or England, or the British Commonwealth & pays no taxes. The City State of London houses Fleet Street’s newspaper & publishing monopolies. It is also the headquarters for world wide English Freemasonry & headquarters for the world wide money cartel known as The Crown. Contrary to popular belief, The Crown is not the Royal Family or the British Monarch. The Crown is the private corporate City State of London. It has a council of 12 members who rule the corporation under a mayor, called the Lord Mayor. The Lord mayor & his 12 member council serves as proxies or representatives who sit-in for 13 of the worlds wealthiest, most powerful banking families, including the Rothschild family, the Warburg family, the Oppenheimer family & the Schiff family. These families and their descendants run the Crown Corporation of London. The Crown Corporation holds the title to world wide Crown land in Crown colonies like Canada, Australia & New Zealand. British parliament & the British prime minister serve as a public front for the hidden power of these ruling crown families.” The Hidden Empire, http://lightworkersxm.wordpress.com/, August 4, 2012 “At the last census, London’s population stood at just 7,325, its employees stand at 414,600, nearly 40 per cent of them in financial services. Nearly 17,000 businesses are registered there, 2,700 are finance and insurance based and just over 45 per cent are foreign owned entities.” Graham Vanbergen, 2016 “The City of London now stands as money launderer of the world, described now as the capital of the global crime scene. It is the heart and engine of the offshore haven, with Jersey, Guernsey and the Isle of Man its european collection centres, the caribbean and others hoovering up billions of American dollars from all over the globe. Whilst there are good and legal reasons for offshore accounts, it has a dark and shadowy client list; terrorists, drug barons, arms dealers, despots, dictators, shady politicians, corporations and companies, millionaires and billionaires – most with something to hide. … The Independent newspaper reported in July 2015 that The City of London is the money-laundering centre of the world’s drug trade, according to an internationally acclaimed crime expert. Another expert in Mafia criminology has come forward and stated the UK is now the most corrupt country in the world and firmly pins the blame on The City of London. In addition, every notable financial expert now agrees that due to incredibly lax financial laws facilitated by the British government, the London property market is heavily influenced by laundered money from all over the world involving hidden tax havens, most of which are British. In 2016, the Home Affairs Select Committee concluded that the London property market was the primary avenue for the laundering of £100bn of illicit money a year. … Banks located in The City of London are connected to terrorists committing some of the worst atrocities of our time, the same with the international drug trafficking trade.” truepublica.org.uk, 2016 “In 1694, King William III of the House of Orange privatized the Bank of England, established the City of London, and turned control of England’s money over to an elite group of international bankers. Like Vatican City, the City of London (not to be confused with Greater London) is a privately owned corporation operating under its own flag, with its own constitution and free from the legal constraints that govern the rest of us. This action paved the way for a private cartel of international bankers to embark on a plan of implementing world governance.” “How the City of London Controls World Power” an aricle from thedailybell.com “In 1991 the [Bank of England] directors decided to work out more explicitly what the bank is for, and they came up with three main aims. Two were the usual central bankers’ goals: to protect the currency and to keep the financial system stable. The third is to ensure the effectiveness of the United Kingdom’s financial services and advance a financial system which enhances the international competitive position of the City of London and other UK financial centres. In other words, to protect and promote the City as an offshore centre.” Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World” “The City of London, with its own borders and police force, sits within the Isles of Britain as an international hub, the tax haven of all tax havens. The banks use offshore business organisations to escape regulation and the grip these organisations have over an ever weakened and corrupt political class is utterly astounding. The Conservative party is literally bankrolled by bankers and hedge funds. Half of the wealthiest hedge fund managers in the land pay millions each year to the Tories. This is neoliberalism out of control. ” Graham Vanbergen “The new British Empire is a collection of families, numbering no more than 3,000-5,000 people, who live and work in and around the City of London, a one-mile-square financial and corporate district, which represents the greatest concentration of financial power ever assembled in one location. These families constitute a financier oligarchy; they are the power behind the Windsor throne. They view themselves as the heirs to the Venetian oligarchy, which infiltrated and subverted England from the period 1509-1715, and established a new, more virulent, Anglo-Dutch-Swiss strain of the oligarchic system of imperial Babylon, Persia, Rome, and Byzantium. Among their own ranks, these financier oligarchs refer to themselves as the Club of the Isles. The Club of the Isles, under the direction of the British monarchy, draws in resources and personalities from the Netherlands, Switzerland, France, Germany, and Italy, and orchestrates the actions of a caste of terminally Anglophilic Americans, typified by Henry Kissinger. The City of London dominates the world’s speculative markets. A tightly interlocking group of corporations, involved in raw materials extraction, finance, insurance, transportation, and food production, controls the lion’s share of the world market, and exerts virtual choke point” control over world industry. The City of London is now laundering $400 billion per annum in illegal narcotics profits The Club of the Isles, since the era of the Opium Wars against China has been the leading sponsor and controller of global organized crime.” Jeffrey Steinberg, The American Almanac,1997 “England is a financial oligarchy run by the “Crown” which refers to the “City of London” not the Queen. The City of London is run by the Bank of England, a private corporation. The square-mile-large City is a sovereign state located in the heart of greater London.” Henry Makow, 2004 “When people hear of ‘The Crown’ they automatically think of the King or Queen [of England]; when they hear of ‘London’ or ‘The City’ they instantly think of the capital of England in which the monarch has his or her official residence. ‘London’ or ‘The City’ is in reality a privately owned Corporation – or Sovereign State – occupying 677 acres and located right in the heart of the 610 square mile ‘Greater London’ area. And, the ‘Crown’ is a committee of twelve to fourteen men who rule the independent sovereign state known as London or ‘The City.’ ‘The City’ is not part of England. It is not subject to the Sovereign. It is not under the rule of the British parliament. Like the Vatican in Rome, it is a separate, independent state. It is the Vatican of the commercial world. The City, which is often called “the wealthiest square mile on earth,” is ruled over by a Lord Mayor. Here are grouped together Britain’s great financial and commercial institutions: Wealthy banks, dominated by the privately-owned Rothschild-controlled Bank of England.” Des Griffin in his book “Descent Into Slavery?” “The City of London now stands as money launderer of the world, the capital of global crime. It is the heart and engine of the offshore haven, with Jersey, Guernsey and the Isle of Man its european collection centres, the caribbean and others hoovering up billions of dollars from all over the globe… It has a dark and shadowy client list; terrorists, drug barons, arms dealers, politicians, corporations and companies, millionaires, billionaires – most with something to hide.” Graham Vanbergen “The City of London caters for those above the law, it operates on the basis of bypassing democratic society as a whole. This has come about over time where an extraordinary ‘ gentlemen’s agreement’ has stood the test of time. Over the centuries, the head of state and his/her governments have had the need for large loans for wars and the like. The City, in exchange for such commodity, has extracted certain privileges the rest of the population do not enjoy. The end result over the time is that it now has its own jurisdiction to do pretty much as it pleases. … The City of London has its own private funding and will ‘buy-off’ any attempt to erode its powers; any scrutiny of its financial affairs are put beyond external inspection or audit.” truepublica.org.uk, 2016 “Margaret Thatcher invented the idea that the City of London would become financial dealers for oligarchs and oil people from around the world.” Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World” “The City of London dominates the world’s speculative markets. A tightly interlocking group of corporations, involved in raw materials extraction, finance, insurance, transportation, and food production, controls the lion’s share of the world market, and exerts virtual choke point” control over world industry.” Jeffrey Steinberg, 2008 “British Overseas Territories and Crown Dependencies make up around 25 per cent of the world’s tax havens. … Tax havens include Anguilla, Bermuda, the British Virgin Islands, the Cayman Islands, Montserrat and the Turks and Caicos Islands to name just a few and each is inextricably linked to the City of London’s crime offices. The consequence of its operations is that money laundering is now at such levels and so widespread that the authorities have admitted defeat in its battle of attrition by stating openly it has been completely overwhelmed and lost control.” Graham Vanbergen CENTRAL BANKS Most sovereign nations in the world have publically-owned central banks, but they are controlled by a global banking oligarchy made up of the largest private banks and a few international banking and dynastic families. “States, most especially the large hegemonic ones, such as the United States and Great Britain, are controlled by the international central banking system, working through secret agreements at the Bank for International Settlements (BIS), and operating through national central banks (such as the Bank of England and the Federal Reserve)… The same international banking cartel that controls the United States today previously controlled Great Britain and held it up as the international hegemon. When the British order faded, and was replaced by the United States, the US ran the global economy. However, the same interests are served. States will be used and discarded at will by the international banking cartel; they are simply tools.” Andrew Gavin Marshall “Powerful private families decide who controls the Federal Reserve, the Bank of England, the Bank of Japan and even the European Central Bank. Money is in their hands to destroy or create. Their aim is the ultimate control over future life on this planet, a supremacy earlier dictators and despots only ever dreamt of.” F. William Engdahl “It must not be felt that these heads of the world’s chief central banks were themselves substantive powers in world finance. They were not. Rather, they were the technicians and agents of the dominant investment bankers of their own countries, who had raised them up and were perfectly capable of throwing them down. The substantive financial powers of the world were in the hands of these investment bankers (also called ‘international’ or ‘merchants’ bankers) who [remained] largely behind the scenes in their own unincorporated (private banks.] These formed a system of international cooperation and national dominance which was more private, more powerful, and more secret than that of their agents in the central banks.” Carroll Quigley in his book “Tragedy and Hope” “Central banks buying stocks are effectively nationalizing US corporations just to maintain the illusion that their “recovery” plan is working. At first, their entry into the stock market was only intended to rescue imperiled corporations during the first plunge into the Great Recession, but their efforts have shifted to propping up the entire stock market. … Central banks should not buy stocks because their capacity to rig the markets is infinite, and they have no investment risk. They can buy and hold forever, and they can create new money to replace any they lose. … Central banks buy stocks to maintain the illusion of recovery and to have someplace to put the money they keep on their balance sheets. Then they cannot sell those without crashing their own stock markets. So, the game continues to spiral upward. … Twenty years ago central banks didn’t even think of buying stocks. It may have happened in odd instances, but it was an anomaly if it did as a way to save a specific bank or credit union. During our first plunge into the Great Recession, the Federal Reserve and the US Treasury bought up large amounts of stock in order to save companies that were either vital to US employment or to financial markets that were dying from their own mistakes. Those were efforts to save specific key corporations. … In subsequent years, the Bank of Japan and the Peoples Bank of China soaked up stocks in massive amounts more or less across the board, not to save specific vital companies but to save their stock markets. The Chinese seized total central control of their market, even mandating that certain speculators stay out of the market, mandating that various proxies buy large volumes of stocks and locking the stocks that were falling worst out of trading. … As a result, they created a centrally controlled illusion that is not a free market at all; it is merely a fatalistically predetermined game in which the government has decided “the market” will do well. To achieve that end, the government or its central bank does whatever it needs to in order to keep stocks up. We all know China’s market became completely rigged. We are just now seeing in the mainstream media that the US stock market is also increasingly rigged by central banks buying stocks. … With central banks having the capacity to create money by decree anytime they want to, investment risk means nothing. Lose your money, it ceases to exist. In that case, just create more of it. … With their ability to create unlimited amounts at zero cost, their capacity to move markets they choose to invest in is almost unlimited. … A free “market” now only exists in textbooks. Soviet-style central planning is the only game in town, pushing market participants out of the “market”, until only central banks are left bidding on each other’s otherwise worthless stock certificates.” David Haggith, 2017 “We have major central banks around the world that continue to print money. These central banks buy assets with that freshly printed money. That means, stocks, bonds and commodities go higher.” Brian Rich, Forbes magazine “Central banks have utilized and promoted wars for their own profit, starting with the Rothschild involvement with the Napoleonic wars, and continuing up to the present day.” G. Edward Griffin in his book “The Creature from Jekyll Island” “The central banking system has been the most powerful network of institutions in the world; it reigns supreme over the capitalist world order, almost since its inception. Central banks are the perfect merger of private interests and public power. … Central banks work behind the scenes; their weapons are the financial instruments they create and employ. With the stroke of a pen, they can destroy a nation and bankrupt a people.” Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research “The first step in having a Central Bank established in a country is to get them to accept an outrageous loans, which puts the country in debt of the Central Bank and under the control of the Rothschilds. If the country does not accept the loan, the leader of this particular country will be assassinated and a Rothschild aligned leader will be put into the position, and if the assassination does not work, the country will be invaded and have a Central Bank established with force all under the name of terrorism.” http://www.godlikeproductions.com, 10/23/11 “Iran is one of only three countries left in the world whose central bank is not under Rothschild control. As of the year 2000, there were seven countries without a Rothschild-owned Central Bank: Afghanistan, Iraq, Sudan, Libya, Cuba, North Korea and Iran. By 2003, however, Afghanistan and Iraq were swallowed up by the Rothschild octopus, and by 2011 Sudan and Libya were also gone. Today [2013] the only countries left without a Central Bank owned by the Rothschild Family are: Cuba, North Korea, Iran. Pete Papaherakles, americanfrepress.net, Feb. 10, 2012 “The most vital and powerful force within the capitalist global political economy is the central banking system… the central banking system, is also the source of the greatest wealth and power, essentially managing capitalism – controlling the credit and debt of both government and industry.” Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research “The private issuance of a nation’s money has given tremendous power to central bankers, a power so great that even democratically elected governments are subservient to them. Governments are not in control of the economy; it is the all-powerful banksters who create the money, determine interest rates, and decide who gets loans and who doesn’t.” Gabriel Donohoe “Central Banks were created by the Banks for the simple reason that Fractional Reserve Banking is incredibly unstable. There is an eternal incentive for the banksters to loan out more than they can cover with fractional reserves, leading to all sorts of destabilizing busts. This was hurting the Money Power’s control over the money supplies of the World and Central Banks were created as ‘lenders of the last resort’: in case of a panic a Central Bank could keep busted banks afloat, maintaining sufficient confidence in the system. Furthermore, they were useful tools for Sovereign borrowing. The basic contract between Sovereigns and the Central Banks was, that the Central Bank would always provide the State with all the money it would ever need, in return for guaranteed interest payments through taxation. Also important was the monopoly on national currency that is closely associated with Central Banking. In earlier days, both in Europe and the US, free banking and local Sovereign money created a diverse monetary environment, more difficult to control for the Money Power. By ‘legal tender’ laws their units became the sole accepted way of paying taxes, giving the banking units a massive advantage in the market place. These were the early steps in further and further monetary centralization in ever fewer units, with World Currency as its final goal. … Central Banks do the bidding of the Money Power’s banking cartel. They keep competition out of the market. They prop up busted banks, maintaining some kind of ‘stability’. They oversee private usurious credit creation and maintain the banks’ ability to rake in trillions per year in interest. They allow the banks to create the boom/bust cycle. Anthony Migchels “Mayer Amschel Bauer Rothschild’s five sons were sent to the major capitals of Europe – London, Paris, Vienna, Berlin and Naples – with the mission of establishing a banking system that would be outside government control. The economic and political systems of nations would be controlled not by citizens but by bankers, for the benefit of bankers. Eventually, a privately-owned “central bank” was established In nearly every country. This central banking system has now gained control over the economies of the world. Central banks have the authority to print money in their respective countries, and it is from these banks that governments must borrow money to pay their debts and fund their operations. The result is a global economy in which not only industry but government itself runs on “credit” (or debt) created by a banking monopoly headed by a network of private central banks.” “Central banking functions on the expansion and creation of money and debt, which is lent at interest, thus serving as the source of income for the central banking system.” Andrew Gavin Marshall “The most profitable of all central bank activities has been the financing of major wars, particularly the two World Wars. When nations are engaged in warfare, with their very survival at stake, the governments stretch their resources to the limit in the competition to prevail. The struggle to get more financing becomes as important as the competition on the battlefield. Moneylenders love a desperate borrower, and vast fortunes have been made by extending credit to both sides in conflicts: the longer a war continues, the more profit for the central bankers.” http://www.theglobalelite.org, 2013 “Central banks have utilized and promoted wars for their own profit, starting with the Rothschild involvement with the Napoleonic wars, and continuing up to the present day.” G. Edward Griffin in his book “The Creature from Jekyll Island” “Central banks control the monetary system of the world and determine when business cycles are going to change simply by increasing or decreasing the money supply in the banking system.” Joan Veon in an article “Who Runs The World And Controls The Value Of Assets?” “Eventually international bankers owned as private corporations the central banks of the various European nations. The Bank of England, Bank of France and Bank of Germany were not owned by their respective governments, as almost everyone imagines, but were privately owned monopolies granted by the heads of state, usually in return for loans.” Gary Allen in his book “None Dare Call It Conspiracy” “Benjamin Strong, Governor of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, and Montagu Norman, Governor of the Bank of England, who worked closely together throughout the 1920s, decided to use the financial power of Britain and the United States to force all the major countries of the world to go on the gold standard and to operate it through central banks free from all political control, with all questions of international finance to be settled by agreements by such central banks without interference from governments. These men were not working for the governments and nations of whom they purportedly represented, but were the technicians and agents of the dominant investment bankers of their own countries, who had raised them up and were perfectly capable of throwing them down.” Andrew Gavin Marshall in his book “Global Power and Global Government” “Most nations do not have control over their own currencies. Instead privately owned, for-profit central banks – such as the Federal Reserve System in the US – create money out of nothing and then loan it at interest to their respective governments. Not only do the central banks have the power to create money for free, they also have the power to set interest rates, to decide how much credit is issued, and to decide how much money is put into circulation. With this power, central banks can – and do – orchestrate boom and bust cycles, enabling the super-wealthy owners of the banks to profit from investments during the booms, and buy up assets at bargain prices during the busts.” http://www.theglobalelite.org, 2013 “The Rothschilds have a majority stake in nearly all the central banks in the world.” Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf” “There are few historians who would challenge the fact that the funding of World War I, World War II, the Korean War, and the Vietnam War was accomplished … through the Federal Reserve System. An overview of all wars since the establishment of the Bank of England in 1694 suggests that most of them would have been greatly reduced in severity, or perhaps not even fought at all, without fiat money. It is the ability of governments to acquire money without direct taxation that makes modern warfare possible, and a central bank has become the preferred method of accomplishing that.” G. Edward Griffin in his book “The Creature from Jekyll Island” Bank of International Settlements (BIS) – Basel, Switzerland “The BIS [Bank of International Settlements] was established to remedy the decline of London as the world’s financial center by providing a mechanism by which a world with three chief financial centers in London, New York, and Paris could still operate as one.” Carroll Quigley in his book “Tragedy and Hope” “BIS [Bank of International Settlements] is the most powerful bank in the world… BIS is owned by the Federal Reserve, Bank of England, Bank of Italy, Bank of Canada, Swiss National Bank, Nederlandsche Bank, Bundesbanke and Bank of France. BIS holds at least 10% of monetary reserves for at least 80 of the world’s central banks, the IMF and other multilateral institutions. It serves as financial agent for international agreements, collects information on the global economy and serves as lender of last resort to prevent global financial collapse.” Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers in the Persian Gulf” “The Bank of International Settlements [BIS] is where all of the world’s central banks meet to analyze the global economy and determine what course of action they will take next to put more money in their pockets, since they control the amount of money in circulation and how much interest they are going to charge governments and banks for borrowing from them. When you understand that the BIS pulls the strings of the world’s monetary system, you then understand that they have the ability to create a financial boom or bust in a country. If that country is not doing what the money lenders want, then all they have to do is sell its currency.” Joan Veon in an article “The Bank for International Settlements Calls for Global Currency” “Bank for International Settlements (BIS) was part of a plan to create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole…to be controlled in a feudalistic fashion by the central banks of the world acting in concert by secret agreements.” Carroll Quigley, historian and Georgetown University professor, in his book “Tragedy and Hope” “Powerful private families decide who controls the Federal Reserve, the Bank of England, the Bank of Japan and even the European Central Bank. Money is in their hands to destroy or create. Their aim is the ultimate control over future life on this planet, a supremacy earlier dictators and despots only ever dreamt of.” F. William Engdahl in his book “Seeds of Destuction” “BIS regulations serve only the single purpose of strengthening the international private banking system, even at the peril of national economies. The IMF and the international banks regulated by the BIS are a team: the international banks lend recklessly to borrowers in emerging economies to create a foreign currency debt crisis, the IMF arrives as a carrier of monetary virus in the name of sound monetary policy, then the international banks come as vulture investors in the name of financial rescue to acquire national banks deemed capital inadequate and insolvent by the BIS.” economist Henry CK Lui Bank of England – London, England “In 1694, King William III of the House of Orange privatized the Bank of England, established the City of London, and turned control of England’s money over to an elite group of international bankers. This action paved the way for a private cartel of international bankers to embark on a plan of implementing world governance.” “How the City of London Controls World Power” an article from thedailybell.com “The Rothschild family and their agents steer the world’s economy through the Bank of England, NM Rothschild & Sons and their web of private banks in all major nations. When an economic crash occurs it has most definitely been ordered from the City or across the pond by their associates at the Federal Reserve and Wall Street.” “Bank of England, City of London and The Queen” from http://wideshut.co.uk/ “The Bank of England is in effect a sovereign world power, for this privately owned institution is not subject to regulation or control in the slightest degree by the British Parliament… This privately owned and controlled institution functions as the great balance wheel of the credit of the world, able to expand or contract credit at will, and is subject only to the orders of the City, the City dominated by the fortune of the House of Rothschild and the policies of the House of Rothschild.” E. C. Knuth in his book “The Empire of the “City”: The Secret History of British Financial Power “Central banks are integral to the modern fiat monetary system, and the power and influence invested in this role is such that central banks, and, more importantly, those who control them, have an immense impact on human affairs. The evolution of the banking system from earliest times has involved not only empirical, accidental modifications, but, also of a secret, concerted, plan to create a financial system of supremely corrupting and corruptible capacity. It was not until the 18th century that the secret plan was brought to its perfect form by the creation of banking dynasties, especially the Rothschilds, and the perfecting of a vehicle of transmission – central banks. The model for this perfect vehicle is the Bank of England.” “Bank of England” from http://www.overlordsofchaos.com/ Federal Reserve – Washington , DC The Federal Reserve, the central bank of the United States, is not owned by the U.S. government. Its Chairman and Board of Directors are appointed by the President of the United States, but it is owned and controlled by private banks. These ten private banks (controlled by eight families) own the most shares of the Federal Reserve. Essentially, they own the FED. 1. Rothschild Bank of London 2. Warburg Bank of Hamburg 3. Rothschild Bank of Berlin 4. Lehman Brothers of New York (filed for bankruptcy in 2008) 5. Lazard Brothers of Paris 6. Kuhn Loeb Bank of New York 7. Israel Moses Seif Banks of Italy 8. Goldman, Sachs of New York 9. Warburg Bank of Amsterdam 10. Chase Manhattan Bank of New York “Eight families – only four of which reside in the US. – have 80% ownership of the New York Federal Reserve Bank, by far the most powerful Fed branch. They are the Goldman Sachs, Rockefellers, Lehmans and Kuhn Loebs of New York; the Rothschild’s of Paris and London; the Lazards of Paris; and the Israel Moses Seifs of Rome.” J. W. McCallister, an oil industry insider with House of Saud connections writing [in The Grim Reaper] about information he acquired from Saudi bankers – from Dean Henderson’s book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf” “The Federal Reserve is commonly called the “Fed,” confusing it with the U.S. government; but it is actually a private corporation. It is so private that its stock is not even traded on the stock exchange. The government doesn’t own it. You and I can’t own it. It is owned by a consortium of private banks, the biggest of which are Citibank and J. P. Morgan Chase Company. These two megabanks are the financial cornerstones of the empires built by J. P. Morgan and John D. Rockefeller, the “Robber Barons” who orchestrated the Federal Reserve Act in 1913.” Ellen Brown in her book “Web of Debt” “The Federal Reserve “secret” bailout following the 2008 financial crash. Citigroup -$2.513 trillion Morgan Stanley -$2.041 trillion Merrill Lynch -$1.949 trillion Bank of America -$1.344 trillion Barclays PLC -$868 billion Bear Sterns -$853 billion Goldman Sachs -$814 billion Royal Bank Scotland -$541 billion JP Morgan Chase -$391 billion Deutsche Bank -$354 billion UBS -$287 billion Credit Suisse -$262 billion Lehman Brothers -$183 billion Bank of Scotland -$181 billion BNP Paribas -$175 billion Wells Fargo -$159 billion Dexia -$159 billion Wachovia -$142 billion Dresdner Bank -$135 billion Societe Generale -$124 billion All Other Borrowers -$2.639 trillion The final tally is: $16.1 trillion dollars.” Charlie Robinson, in his book “The Octopus of Global Control”, 2017 “Some people think the Federal Reserve banks are United States Government institutions. They are not government institutions. They are private credit monopolies which prey upon the people of the United States for the benefit of themselves and their foreign customers. The Federal Reserve banks are the agents of the foreign central banks.” Rep. Louis McFadden. chairman of the House Banking and Currency Committee, addressed the House of Representatives on June 10, 1932 “The Federal Reserve system is private, conducted for the sole purpose of obtaining the greatest possible profits from the use of other peoples’ money. They know in advance when to create panics to their advantage, and they also know when to stop panic. Inflation and deflation work equally well for them when they control finance.” Rep. Charles Lindbergh Sr. (R. MN), 1914 “The Federal Reserve Banks create money out of thin air to buy Government bonds from the United States Treasury, lending money into circulation at interest, by bookkeeping entries… Where does the Federal Reserve system get the money with which to create Bank Reserves? Answer. It doesn’t get the money, it creates it. When the Federal Reserve writes a check, it is creating money. The Federal Reserve is a total moneymaking machine.” Congressman Wright Patman House Banking and Currency Committee, 1964 “The establishment of the Federal Reserve (1913) ensured that the United States would become indebted to and owned by international banking interests, and thus, act in their interest. The Fed financed the US role in World War I, provided the credit for speculation, which led to the Great Depression and massive consolidation for the interests that own the Federal Reserve System. It then financed US entry into World War II.” Carroll Quigley in his book “Tragedy and Hope” “The Federal Reserve Bank creates and regulates the money supply of the United States. It is a private bank that does not answer to any government agency. It is run by a director that is appointed but not voted on. It is not subject to any oversight by the Federal Government. A majority of the private banks that own the Federal Reserve Bank are international.” Charlie Robinson, in his book “The Octopus of Global Control”, 2017 “The Federal Reserve banks are one of the most corrupt institutions the world has ever seen. This nation is run by the International bankers. Every effort has been made by the Federal Reserve Board to conceal its powers, but the truth is that the Fed has usurped the government. It controls everything in Congress and it controls all our foreign relations. It makes and breaks governments at will.” Rep. Lewis McFadden, (D PA) Chairman of the House Banking and Currency Committee, 1932 “The shareholders of the banks which own the stock of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York are the people who have controlled our political and economic destinies since 1914. They are the Rothschilds, of Europe, Lazard Freres, Israel Sieff, Kuhn Loeb Company, Warburg Company, Lehman Brothers, Goldman Sachs, the Rockefeller family, and the J.P. Morgan interests.” Eustace Mullins in his book “The Secrets of the Federal Reserve” “When the federal government needs more money, the Federal Reserve does not merely create and print it as it would do were it a government agency. No, the Federal Reserve creates it as a loan and charges the government interest on it.” U.S. State Senator Jack Metcalf (R-WA) “There are few historians who would challenge the fact that the funding of World War I, World War II, the Korean War, and the Vietnam War was accomplished … through the Federal Reserve System. An overview of all wars since the establishment of the Bank of England in 1694 suggests that most of them would have been greatly reduced in severity, or perhaps not even fought at all, without fiat money. It is the ability of governments to acquire money without direct taxation that makes modern warfare possible, and a central bank has become the preferred method of accomplishing that.” G. Edward Griffin in his book “The Creature from Jekyll Island” “Congress gave the power to regulate money to a handful of unelected private bankers. America has been paying the price ever since… As the Federal Reserve is a private banking institution, every time Congress requisitions money it creates a debt obligation… a transfer of cash [created out of thin air] from the Fed in exchange for U.S. bonds, resulting in taxpayers paying untold billions of dollars in interest every year with no hope of ever being able to reduce the principal. By controlling our money, private Federal Reserve bankers have indebted us all, forever… By eliminating the middleman we would be able to create a debt free, productive, government at all levels.” Edward F. Mrkvicka, Jr “Every effort has been made by the Federal Reserve Board to conceal its power but the truth is the Federal Reserve Board has usurped the government of the United States. It controls everything here and it controls all our foreign relations. It makes and breaks governments at will. No man and no body of men is more entrenched in power than the arrogant credit monopoly which operates the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Reserve banks. These evil-doers have robbed this country of more than enough money to pay the national debt.” Rep. Lewis McFadden, (D PA) Chairman of the House Banking and Currency Committee, 1932 “In 2012 the Government Accounting Office conducted the first top-to-bottom audit of the Federal Reserve. It revealed that the Fed had provided $16 trillion in secret loans to bail out American and foreign banks and businesses during the 2008 economic crisis.” Ellen Brown “The Federal Reserve controls our money supply and interest rates, and thereby manipulates the entire economy – creating inflation or deflation, recession or boom, and sending the stock market up or down at whim… Between 1923 and 1929, the Federal Reserve expanded (inflated) the money supply by sixty-two percent. Much of this new money was used to bid the stock market up to dizzying heights. In 1929, the Federal Reserve Board reversed its easy money policy and began raising the discount rate. The balloon which had been inflated constantly for nearly seven years was about to be exploded.” Gary Allen in his book “None Dare Call It Conspiracy” “The American central bank (the Fed or the Federal Reserve System) is an institution that is entrusted to regulate banks and other financial institutions, but it is partly owned by the large money center banks. It is in a perpetual conflict of interests. In fact, it can be said that the Fed is the banks’ own private government. In good times, large Wall Street banks, bank holding companies and other large integrated financial groups are pretty much left alone and allowed to build profitable but risky and shaky financial pyramids, with scant supervision. When things go bad, however, the Fed stands ready to bail them out with automatic discounting, zero-interest loans and other goodies, the overall cost being transferred to the general public through an inflation tax and a debased currency.” Professor Rodrigue Tremblay, Global Research “The establishment of the Federal Reserve (1913) ensured that the United States would become indebted to and owned by international banking interests, and thus, act in their interest.” Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research “The Federal Reserve System is a privately owned central bank. While the Federal Reserve Board is a government body, the process of money creation is controlled by the twelve Federal Reserve banks, which are privately owned. The shareholders of the Federal Reserve banks (with the New York Federal Reserve Bank playing a dominant role) are among America’s most powerful financial institutions.” Michel Chossudovsky “The Federal Reserve Bank of New York is eager to enter into close relationship with the Bank for International Settlements.The conclusion is impossible to escape that the State and Treasury Departments are willing to pool the banking system of Europe and America, setting up a world financial power independent of and above the Government of the United States.The United States under present conditions will be transformed from the most active of manufacturing nations into a consuming and importing nation with a balance of trade against it.” Rep. Louis McFadden – Chairman of the House Committee on Banking and Currency quoted in the New York Times (June 1930) “The Chairman of the Federal Reserve has one essential mandate: to preserve the power of the big banks.” F. William Engdahl “American history in the twentieth century has recorded the amazing achievements of the Federal Reserve bankers. First, the outbreak of World War I, which was made possible by the funds available from the new central bank of the United States. Second, the Agricultural Depression of 1920. Third, the Black Friday Crash on Wall Street of October, 1929 and the ensuing Great Depression. Fourth, World War II. Fifth, the conversion of the assets of the United States and its citizens from real property to paper assets from 1945 to the present, transforming a victorious America and foremost world power in 1945 to the world’s largest debtor nation in 1990. Today, this nation lies in economic ruins, devastated and destitute, in much the same dire straits in which Germany and Japan found themselves in 1945.” Eustace Mullins, Secrets of the Federal Reserve, 1991 “When the President signs this act [Federal Reserve Act of 1913], the invisible government by the money power – proven to exist by the Monetary Trust Investigation – will be legalized. The new law will create inflation whenever the trusts want inflation. From now on, depressions will be scientifically created.” Congressman Charles A. Lindbergh, Sr., 1912 “The Federal Reserve … controls our monetary policy. By changing the supply of dollars in circulation, they have influence over interest rates, mortgage payments, whether the financial markets boom or collapse, and basically whether our economy expands or stumbles. But the Fed is only partly an institution of government. The stockholders in a dozen different Federal Reserve banks in different regions of the country are the big private banks. The Federal Reserve was created by Congress in 1913, after a financial panic that led to a secret meeting at banker J.P. Morgan’s private resort, off the coast of Georgia at a place called Jekyll Island. … What emerged was a cartel agreement with five objectives: stop the growing competition from the nation’s newer banks; obtain a franchise to create money out of nothing for the purpose of lending; get control of the reserves of all banks so that the more reckless ones would not be exposed to currency drains and bank runs; get the taxpayer to pick up the cartel’s inevitable losses; and convince Congress that the purpose was to protect the public. It was realized that the bankers would have to become partners with the politicians and that the structure of the cartel would have to be a central bank.” Jesse Ventura in the book “American Conspiracies” “For most of the twentieth century the Federal Reserve System, particularly the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (which is outside the control of Congress, unaudited and uncontrolled, with the power to print money and create credit at will), has exercised a virtual monopoly over the direction of the American economy.” Antony C. Sutton in his book “Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler” “The Federal Reserve Act of 1913 establishes the most gigantic trust on earth. When the president signs this bill, the ‘invisible government’ by monetary power will be legalized. The people may not know it yet, but the day of reckoning is only a few years removed. The worst legislative crime of the ages is perpetrated by this banking bill.” Rep. Charles Lindbergh Sr. (R, MN), just prior to the passage of the Glass Owen Act that established the Federal Reserve System. “There are six major banks in the U.S. at the present time, and they control most of the stock of the Federal Reserve System. The Rockefeller family has large blocks of stock in two of the major banks: J.P. Morgan Chase and Citigroup. The Rothschild family has a controlling interest in two major banks and significant holdings in the other major banks through the Barclay Bank and the State Street Bank. Why is that important? Two families control the major banks, the major banks control the FED, and the FED controls the U.S. economy.” Stanley Monteith “We have, in this country, one of the most corrupt institutions the world has ever known. I refer to the Federal Reserve Board. This evil institution has impoverished the people of the United States and has practically bankrupted our government. It has done this through the corrupt practices of the moneyed vultures who control it.” Congressman Louis T. McFadden, 1932 “The dirty little secret is that both houses of Congress have become irrelevant … in case you hadn’t noticed, America’s domestic policy is now being run by Alan Greenspan and the Federal Reserve Board … Congress is out of the loop. Every so often, some senators or house members politely ask Greenspan to visit and talk about the economy…. Then he goes back down to the Fed and runs the country.”. Robert Reich GLOBAL SHADOW GOVERNMENT NATO / United Nations (UN) / IMF “The five veto powers and permanent members of the Security Council – the so called victors of the Second World War. The old boys club of 1945. The five States that have corrupted the UN Charter. And corrupted the work of the UN. Applying double-standards, and disregard for law – they have made the organisation primarily serve their interests rather than serve its mandate. I refer to the five most dangerous Member States that together manufacture and sell some 85% of military arms, including nuclear weapons, and so called weapons of mass destruction. This is the UN of the arms dealers – the most disreputable and yet profitable business on earth. And tragically and quite bizarrely – these arms dealers are the same Member States that the UN Charter entrusts with maintaining Peace and Security around the world! I trust you see the disconnect? The incompatibility? – the mind boggling reality of nuclear powers and weapons salesmen being responsible for peaceful co-existence?! It’s madness!” Denis Halliday, Global Research Public Lecture, Montreal, Canada, December 1, 2009 “The U.S.-NATO destruction of Yugoslavia established a precedent for military attack, cloaked in the disguise of democracy and human rights, against any sovereign country that might have the temerity to stand up to the encroachment of transnational corporations [TNCs].” Social Justice magazine, 2000 “The America of wealth and privilege is hooked on war, without regular and ever-stronger doses of war it can no longer function properly, that is, yield the desired profits. Right now, this addiction, this craving is being satisfied by means of a conflict against Iraq, which also happens to be dear to the hearts of the oil barons. However, does anybody believe that the warmongering will stop once Saddam’ scalp will join the Taliban turbans in the trophy display case of George W. Bush? The President has already pointed his finger at those whose turn will soon come, namely, the “axis of evil” countries: Iran, Syria, Libya, Somalia, North Korea, and of course that old thorn in the side of America, Cuba. Welcome to the 21st century, welcome to the brave new era of permanent war.” Jacques R. Pauwels, 2003 “It is of fundamental importance to preserve NATO as the primary channel for U.S. influence.” Defense Planning Guidance, 1994-99 “With an elaborate international structure for proliferating the seeds of the gene revolution, and the direct funding of the Rockefeller Foundation, agribusiness and the backers of the gene revolution were ready for the next giant step: the consolidation of global control over humankind’s food supply… The project of making GMO crops the dominant basic crops on the world agricultural market was the creation of a new enforcement institution which would stand above national governments. That new institution, which opened its doors in 1995 was to be called the World Trade Organization (WTO).” F. William Engdahl in his book “Seeds of Destuction” “The mass media have outdone themselves painting the U. N. as a peace organization instead of a front for the international bankers.” Gary Allen in his book “None Dare Call It Conspiracy” “The United Nations is a dictatorship from which nothing good comes, because they find a million ways to prevent anything from happening. … Within the Security Council, there are five countries that have veto power. But without a doubt, the most influential country in the United Nations is the United States. And it’s really amazing the most warmongering country in the history of mankind is put there in charge to make sure that there is peace. … The United Nations Charter tells you how you can proceed to reform it. They say you have to call a general conference and how you have to call it and the approval that you have to have from the Security Council. But at the end, when all is said and done, when you have decided what reforms you want to make, they have a veto power over it. So it’s a farce. It’s a fraud. … The United Nations is beyond reform. It’s beyond patchwork. It’s the most important organization in the world to help save the human species and Mother Earth, but it has to be reinvented.” former UN General Assembly President Miguel d’Escoto “The IMF [International Monetary Fund] serves as gatekeeper for the World Bank and the giant international money center banks which fall under its umbrella. The IMF serves as judge and jury in ordering Third World countries to privatize their economies, and in imposing harsh austerity measures which hit the poorest people the hardest… If a country follows IMF mandates it continues to receive loans from the World Bank. If it does not, the country is cut off, its currency devalued and its economy ravaged by hyperinflation.” Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers in the Persian Gulf” “The policy of genocide in Iraq that was initiated and legitimized through the United Nations is an instructive indication of the extent to which the UN has become a tool of Western, and particularly Anglo-American power.” Nafeez Mosaddeq Ahmed from his book “Behind the War on Terror” “America’s leading post-war planners had been involved in the 1939 War & Peace Studies Project of the New York Council on Foreign Relations. Their strategy had been to create a kind of informal empire, one in which America would emerge as the unchallenged hegemonic power in a new world order to be administered through the newly-created United Nations Organization. The architects of the post-war US-dominated global order explicitly chose not to call it an ’empire.’ Instead, the United States would project its imperial power under the guise of colonial ‘liberation,’ support for ‘democracy’ and ‘free markets.’ It was one of the most effective and diabolical propaganda coups of modern times.” F. William Engdahl “The UN Security Council is now regarded as a captive [by most of the UN membership], where the North secures decisions by economic intimidation, abuses the peaceful-redress procedures inscribed in the charter and authorizes a kind of vigilantism against countries of the North’s own choosing.” Erskine Childers, former adviser to the UN Secretary General “The greater percentage of global trade is controlled by powerful multinational enterprises. Within such a context, the notion of free trade on which the rules of the WTO [World Trade Organization] are constructed is a fallacy. The net result is that for certain sectors of humanity — particularly the developing countries of the South — the WTO is a veritable nightmare.” United Nations Sub-Commission on the Promotion and Protection of Human Rights, June 2000 “The UN’s Agenda 21 proposes a global regime that will monitor, oversee, and strictly regulate our planet’s oceans, lakes, streams, rivers, aquifers, sea beds, coastlands, wetlands, forests, jungles, grasslands, farmland, deserts, tundra, and mountains. It even has a whole section on regulating and “protecting” the atmosphere. It proposes plans for cities, towns, suburbs, villages, and rural areas. It envisions a global scheme for healthcare, education, nutrition, agriculture, labor, production, and consumption – in short, everything; there is nothing on, in, over, or under the Earth that doesn’t fall within the purview of some part of Agenda 21.” William Jasper in a report entitled “Your Hometown & the United Nations’ Agenda 21”, February 10, 2012 “What the Bilderberg group intends is a global army at the disposal of the United Nations, which is to become the world government to which all nations will be subservient. … A UN army must be able to act immediately, anywhere in the world, without the delay involved in each country making its own decision whether to participate, based on parochial considerations?” Henry Kissinger at a Bilderberg meeting, Spotlight Reprint, August 1991 TOO-BIG-TO-FAIL BANKS “A handful of investment banks exerts an enormous amount of control over the global economy. Their activities include advising Third World debt negotiations, handling mergers and breakups, creating companies to fill a perceived economic void through the launching of initial public stock offerings, underwriting all stocks, underwriting all corporate and government bond issuance, and pushing the bandwagon down the road of privatization and globalization of the world economy.” Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers in the Persian Gulf” “The American banking oligarchy consists of six megabanks – Goldman Sachs, Morgan Stanley, JPMorgan Chase, Citigroup, Bank of America, and Wells Fargo… They have assets equivalent to 60 percent of our gross national product. And to put this in perspective, in the mid-1990s, these six banks or their predecessors had less than 20 percent.” “Six Banks Control 60% of Gross National Product: Is the U.S. at the Mercy of an Unstoppable Oligarchy?” James Kwak interviewed by Bill Moyers “The lesson is clear: if you are a thief, steal by the billions or trillions, and then no one can do anything about it. If you are in the drug trade: handle only billions (or hundreds of billions) in drug money, and then you will get away with it. If you don’t want to pay taxes, be a member of the top 0.001% of the world’s super-rich and hide your billions in offshore tax-free accounts. If you want more, create a global economic crisis, demand to be saved by the state to the tune of tens of trillions of dollars, and then, tell the state to punish their populations into poverty in order to pay for your mistakes. In other words, if you want to indulge your criminal fantasies, lie and steal, profit from death and drugs, dominate and demand, be king and command, become the highly-functioning socially-acceptable sociopath you always knew you could be… think big. Think bank. Serial killers, bank robbers and drug dealers go to jail; bankers get bailouts and get an unlimited insurance policy called “too big to fail.” Jurriaan Maessen, Global Research “40% of every dollar we spend on goods and services is siphoned off the top as bank interest. The US Government is in the absurd position of paying interest to a private bank for every dollar that is put into circulation. The Federal Reserve system has privatized the power to create money, which, according to the Constitution, ought to belong to Congress alone. Presently, interest on the national debt costs the Federal government $500 billion in 2011, and, it is the fastest-growing portion of the Federal budget.” Josh Mitteldorf – first Public Banking in America conference April 28-29, Philadelphia “A global financial cabal engineered a fraudulent housing and debt bubble [2008], illegally shifted vast amounts of capital out of the US; and used ‘privatization’ as a form of piracy — a pretext to move government assets to private investors at below-market prices and then shift private liabilities back to government at no cost to the private liability holder… Clearly, there was a global financial coup d’etat underway.” Catherine Austin Fitts “For financial interests, the “too big to fail” problem provides a strong incentive to merge in order to secure automatic bailout status. This both enhances the profits of firms that are seen as having obtained too big to fail status (giving them “economies of scale” derived from their greater security), and creates what are called “moral hazards,” since such firms are likely to take bigger risks. Coupled with the general drive to financialization, too big to fail generates conditions that threaten to overwhelm the lender of last resort function of the state.” John Bellamy Foster and Hannah Holleman “By 1974 one-third of the $60 billion pool of OPEC windfall petrodollars flowed into the largest US banks… Out of $14.5 billion in Middle East oil revenues that made it to US shores, 78% was deposited into six mega-banks: Chase Manhattan, Morgan Guaranty Trust, Citibank, Bank of America, Manufacturers Hanover Trust and Chemical Bank. After a spate of mergers those six banks are now three: JP Morgan Chase, Citigroup and Bank of America.” Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf” SUPRA-NATIONAL CORPORATIONS “The transnational corporations carry on inexorably. Increasingly flagless and stateless, they weave global webs of production, commerce, culture and finance virtually unopposed. They expand, invest and grow, concentrating ever more wealth in a limited number of hands. They work in coalition to influence local, national and international institutions and laws. And together with the governments of their home countries in Europe, North America and Japan, as well as international institutions such as the World Trade Organization, the World Bank, the International Monetary Fund and increasingly, the United Nations, they are molding an international system in which they can trade and invest even more freely–a world where they are less and less accountable to the cultures, communities and nation-states in which they operate. Underpinning this effort is not the historical inevitability of an evolving, enlightened civilization, but rather the unavoidable reality of the overriding corporate purpose: the maximization of profits.” Sierra Club “There are more than 60,000 transnational corporations in the world. More than fifty of the largest one-hundred economies in the world are corporations. Transnational corporations hold ninety percent of all technology and product patents worldwide. Transnational corporations are involved in 70 percent of world trade. The top 737 of these super-corporations or “super-entities” control 80% of the world economy. The top 147 super-corporations or “super-entities” control 40% of the global economy through direct and indirect ownership or controlling interest. Hundreds of companies that own the stocks and bonds of each other – they collectively own themselves. Hence, it becomes nearly impossible to trace the roots of ownership and control. From their relative obscurity, they wield enormous control of national and global economies.” based on a 2011 Swiss Federal Institute of Technology study of 43,000 multinational companies “People, governments and economies of all nations must serve the needs of multinational banks and corporations.” Zbigniew Brzezinski in his book “Between Two Ages: America’s Role in the Technetronic Era” “I spent thirty-three years in the Marines, most of my time being a hlgh class muscle man for Big Business, for Wall Street and the bankers. In short, I was a racketeer for capitalism. I helped purify Nicaragua for the international banking house of Brown Brothers in 1910-1912. I helped make Mexico and especially Tampico safe for American oil interests in 1914. I brought light to the Dominican Republic for American sugar interests in 1916. I helped make Haiti and Cuba a decent place for the National City [Bank] boys to collect revenue in. I helped in the rape of half a dozen Central American republics for the benefit of Wall Street. In China in 1927 l helped to see to it that Standard Oil went its way unmolested. I had a swell racket. l was rewarded with honors, medals, promotions. l might have given Al Capone a few hints. The best he could do was to operate a racket in three city districts. The Marines operated on three continents.” General Smedley Butler, former US Marine Corps Commandant, 1935 “There seems to be nothing to prevent the transnational corporations taking possession of the planet and subjecting humanity to the dictatorship of capital.” Christian la Brie in an artilce in Le Monde Diplomatique “The corporate-dominated economy and the transnational corporate state had consolidated its power over almost every aspect of public and private life, and under a formal globalization movement the transnational corporations were extending their tentacles all over the planet. Footsoldiers like Margaret Thatcher, Ronald Reagan, the ever-dutiful Bush family, Helmut Kohl, and a list of Japanese leaders had diligently kept the faith. Working with the timeworn International Monetary Fund (IMF), the World Bank and ultimately with the new engine of globalization, the World Trade Organization, they ensured that the interests of capital were nowhere endangered by the needs of the world’s three billion poor to eat, have shelter, clothing, sanitation, medical care, and education.” William F. Pepper in his book “An Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King” “The ultimate goal for the corporations is to bring the model of for-profit government into the ordinary and day-to-day functioning of the state — in effect, to privatize the government.” Naomi Klein in her book “The Shock Doctrine” “The most effective way to restrict democracy is to transfer decision-making from the public arena to unaccountable institutions: kings and princes, priestly castes, military juntas, party dictatorships, or modern corporations.” Noam Chomsky “The governments of the world are restructuring their economies, and the global economy as a whole, into a corporatist structure. Thus, this new international economic system being constructed is one representative of economic fascism. The governments now work directly for the banks, democracy is in decline everywhere, and the militarization of domestic society into creating “Homeland Security states” is underway and accelerating.” Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research “Monsanto should not have to vouchsafe the safety of biotech food. Our interest is in selling as much of it as possible. Assuring its safety is the F.D.A’s [Food and Drug Administration] job.” Phil Angell, Monsanto’s director of corporate communications “The WTO [World Trade Organization] obeys the orders of multinational corporations, which, under cover of the globalization of trade, in fact rule the world.” Marie-Monique Robin “The web of ownership revealed a core of 1,318 companies with ties to two or more other companies. This ‘core’ was found to own roughly 80% of global revenues for the entire set of 43,000 TNCs… Less than 1 per cent of the companies [147 tightly-knit companies which own each other] were able to control 40 per cent of the entire network [of global revenues].” Swiss Federal Institute of Technology reported that researchers studied all 43,060 trans-national corporations (TNCs) [New Scientist magazine, October, 2011] TAX-EXEMPT FOUNDATIONS “The organization of tax-exempt fortunes of international financiers into foundations was to be used for educational, scientific, and other public purposes… The inheritance tax drove the great private fortunes dominated by Wall Street into tax-exempt foundations, which became a major link in the Establishment network between Wall Street, the Ivy League, and the federal government… The foundations managed to acquire control over the primary Ivy League colleges, including Harvard, Yale, Columbia, and Princeton.” Carroll Quigley, historian and Georgetown University professor, in his book “Tragedy and Hope” “One of the leading devices by which the wealthy dodge taxes is the channeling of their fortunes into tax-free foundations. The major foundations, though commonly regarded as charitable institutions, often use their grant-making powers to advance the interests of their founders.” James Perloff in his book “The Shadows of Power” “Dynastic families establish ‘philanthropic foundations’ to serve a dual purpose of justifying their wealth and influence (by being perceived as ‘giving back’), but which, in actuality, provide concentrations of wealth managed for the purpose of ‘strategic giving’: to undertake social engineering projects with an ultimate objective of maintaining social control. While appearing to be ‘charitable’ institutions, the major foundations are predominantly interested in the process of long-term social engineering. Notably among such foundations are the Rockefeller Foundation, Carnegie Corporation, Ford Foundation, Open Society Institute, and the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation, among many others.” Andrew Gavin Marshall “Can anyone honestly believe that the tax-exempt Foundations, which are based on the great American fortunes and administered by the present-day captains of American industry and finance, will systematically underwrite research which tends to undermine the pillars of the status quo, in particular the illusion that the corporate rich who benefit most from the system do not run it?” Ramparts magazine “Molecular biology and the attendant work with genes was a Rockefeller Foundation creation… The people in and around the Rockefeller institutions saw it as the ultimate means of social control and social engineering – eugenics.” F. William Engdahl in his book “Seeds of Destuction” “The Rockefeller Foundation, the Carnegie Corporation of New York, and the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, are using their enormous public funds to finance a one-sided approach to foreign policy and to promote it actively by propaganda, and in the Government through infiltration. The power to do this comes out of the power of the vast funds employed.” Congressman Carroll Reece, chairman of the Reece Committee – investigating tax-exempt foundations – 1953 -1955 “The Reece Committee went out of existence on January 3, 1955, having proven that the mammoth tax-exempt foundations have such power in the White House, in Congress, and in the press, that they are quite beyond the reach of a mere committee of the Congress of the United States.” Dan Smoot in his book “The Invisible Government” , 1962 “A very powerful complex of foundations and affiliated organizations has developed over the years to exercise a high degree of control over education. Part of this complex, and ultimately responsible for it, are the Rockefeller and Carnegie groups of foundations.” Rene Wormser in his book “Foundations: Their Power and Influence” “The Carnegie Endowment supported U.S. entry into the war {WW I], not for any patriotic purpose, but so that the war would provide an excuse for, if not necessitate, Andrew Carnegie’s goal of British-American regional government.” William H Mcllhany II, commenting on the minutes from the 1911 trustees meeting of the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace from the book “Tax Exempt Foundations” an article by William H McIlhany II, 1980 “The folks at the Rockefeller Foundation were deadly serious about wanting to solve the world hunger problem through the worldwide proliferation of GMO seeds and crops… They were out to limit population by going after the human reproductive process itself.” F. William Engdahl in his book “Seeds of Destuction” “Foundations such as Ford, Rockefeller and Carnegie were considered the best and most plausible kind of CIA funding cover. A CIA study of 1966 argued that this technique was particularly effective for democratically run membership organizations, which need to assure their own unwitting members and collaborators, as well as their hostile critics, that they have genuine, respectable, private sources of income.' Certainly, it allowed the CIA to funda seemingly limitless range of covert action programs affecting youth groups, labor unions, universities, publishing houses, and other private institutions from the early 1950s.” Frances Stoner Saunders from her book “The Cultural Cold War” TAX HAVENS AND GLOBAL MONEY LAUNDERING PRESERVING THE WEALTH OF THE RICH AND INFAMOUS IN OFFSHORE SECRECY JURISDICTIONS TRILLIONS OF DOLLARS OF GLOBAL ELITE TREASURE ARE HIDDEN FROM VIEW INDIVIDUALS AND CORPORATIONS AVOID PAYING TAXES DRUG MONEY IS LAUNDERED THROUGH LARGE INTERNATIONAL BANKS FUNDING OF GOVERNMENT COVERT OPERATIONS IS OBSCURED CITY OF LONDON “City of London” is the secrecy jurisdiction of choice for the global mega-wealthy both directly and from Britain’s overseas territories and crown dependencies WALL STREET (NEW YORK CITY) DELAWARE NEVADA FLORIDA WYOMING SOUTH DAKOTA HONG KONG MACAO THE VATICAN COUNTRIES UNITED STATES BRITAIN PANAMA SINGAPORE TAIWAN MALAYSIA JAPAN CHINA BELIZE ISRAEL LEBANON TURKEY CYPRUS UNITED ARAB EMIRATES (DUBAI) BAHRAIN SWITZERLAND GERMANY LUXEMBOURG MONACO ANDORRA LIECHTENSTEIN NETHERLANDS IRELAND KENYA MAURITIUS SEYCHELLES NUE SAMOA MARSHALL ISLANDS TERRITORIES AND ISLANDS UNDER BRITISH INFLUENCE Britain’s overseas territories and crown dependencies funnel trillions of dollars of laundered money from around the world into London banks and real estate GIBRALTAR GUERNSEY JERSEY ISLE OF MAN CAYMAN ISLAND ANGUILLA BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS BAHAMAS MONSERRAT BERMUDA ANTIGUA AND BARBUDA BARBADOS DOMINICA GRENADA ST. KITTS AND NEVIS ST. LUCIA ST. VINCENT AND THE GRENADINES TURKS AND CAICOS ISLANDS UNDER NETHERLANDS INFLUENCE ARUBA BONAIRE CURAÇAO ST. MAARTEN NETHERLAND ANTILLES MONEY LAUNDERING BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS {a partial list} BANK OF AMERICA JP MORGAN CHASE CITIBANK WELLS FARGO WESTERN UNION AMERICAN EXPRESS CREDIT SUISSE UBS HSBC STANDARD CHARTERED BARCLAYS LLOYDS OF LONDON ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND AND MANY OTHER BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS AROUND THE WORLD “The United States is the world leader in global money laundering. According to the Department of Justice, the US launders between $500 billion – $1 trillion annually.” “Narco-Dollars For Beginners” an article by Catherine Austin Fitts “New York and London have become the world’s two biggest laundries of criminal and drug money, and offshore tax havens. Not the Cayman Islands, not the Isle of Man or Jersey. The big laundering is right through the City of London and Wall Street.” Martin Woods, bank money laundering investigator, Observer newspaper, 2011 “The lesson is clear: if you are a thief, steal by the billions or trillions, and then no one can do anything about it. If you are in the drug trade: handle only billions (or hundreds of billions) in drug money, and then you will get away with it. If you don’t want to pay taxes, be a member of the top 0.001% of the world’s super-rich and hide your billions in offshore tax-free accounts. If you want more, create a global economic crisis, demand to be saved by the state to the tune of tens of trillions of dollars, and then, tell the state to punish their populations into poverty in order to pay for your mistakes. In other words, if you want to indulge your criminal fantasies, lie and steal, profit from death and drugs, dominate and demand, be king and command, become the highly-functioning socially-acceptable sociopath you always knew you could be… think big. Think bank. Serial killers, bank robbers and drug dealers go to jail; bankers get bailouts and get an unlimited insurance policy called “too big to fail.” Jurriaan Maessen “The Status Quo around the world – from France to China to the U.S. – is optimized to protect its Elites and the sprawling Upper-Caste of academics, managers, think-tank toadies, technocrats, apparatchiks, functionaries, factotums, lackeys and apologists who serve the Elites, and are well-paid for enforcing the Status Quo on the disenfranchized castes below.” Charles Hugh Smith, 2014 “Over the past couple of decades, London’s accountants and lawyers have helped launder billions of dollars of stolen money through the British Virgin Islands, among other British overseas territories. The British property market, like the New York property market, has long functioned like an old-fashioned Swiss bank, providing safe real estate investments for owners who wish their identities and their sources of income to be hidden. In rich Western states, like the UK and US, governments often lend a helping hand to various criminal organizations that seek ways to launder money stolen from budgets and aid programs of various countries. In order to prevent the officials of those robbed states from accessing those funds, Western authorities often create large commercial entities that serve the sole purpose of hiding this money. In a number of US states like Delaware, New Mexico, Nevada and Wyoming, along with the British Virgin Islands, anonymous investors can register a countless number of companies, without being subjected to any form of screening by local authorities.” Martin Berger, 2016 “The United States today is effectively the biggest tax haven in the world.” Andrew Penney, Rothschild & Co. Director “The City of London now stands as money launderer of the world, described now as the capital of the global crime scene. It is the heart and engine of the offshore haven, with Jersey, Guernsey and the Isle of Man its european collection centres, the caribbean and others hoovering up billions of American dollars from all over the globe. Whilst there are good and legal reasons for offshore accounts, it has a dark and shadowy client list; terrorists, drug barons, arms dealers, despots, dictators, shady politicians, corporations and companies, millionaires and billionaires – most with something to hide. … The Independent newspaper reported in July 2015 that The City of London is the money-laundering centre of the world’s drug trade, according to an internationally acclaimed crime expert. Another expert in Mafia criminology has come forward and stated the UK is now the most corrupt country in the world and firmly pins the blame on The City of London. In addition, every notable financial expert now agrees that due to incredibly lax financial laws facilitated by the British government, the London property market is heavily influenced by laundered money from all over the world involving hidden tax havens, most of which are British. In 2016, the Home Affairs Select Committee concluded that the London property market was the primary avenue for the laundering of £100bn of illicit money a year. … Banks located in The City of London are connected to terrorists committing some of the worst atrocities of our time, the same with the international drug trafficking trade.” truepublica.org.uk, 2016 “The City of London is the money-laundering centre of the world’s drug trade. In addition, due to incredibly lax financial laws by the British government, the London property market is built largely on the laundered money of crime from all over the world involving hidden tax havens, most of which are British.” Graham Vanbergen “More than 170 of the Fortune 500 companies have a Luxembourg branch. A total of $95 billion in profits from American corporations’ overseas operations flowed through Luxembourg in 2012, the most current statistics from the U.S. Bureau of Economic Analysis show. On those profits, corporations paid $1.04 billion in taxes to Luxembourg – just 1.1 percent.” Stephen E. Shay, professor of international taxation at Harvard Law School “The top economic one-tenth of one percent is currently holding over $40 trillion in investible wealth, not counting an equally significant amount of wealth hidden in offshore accounts.” David DeGraw “Pepsi, IKEA, FedEx and 340 other international companies have secured secret deals from Luxembourg, allowing many of them to slash their global tax bills while maintaining little presence in the tiny European duchy. These companies appear to have channeled hundreds of billions of dollars through Luxembourg and saved billions of dollars in taxes. Big companies can book big tax savings by creating complicated accounting and legal structures that move profits to low-tax Luxembourg from higher-tax countries where they’re headquartered or do lots of business. In some instances, companies have enjoyed effective tax rates of less than 1 percent on the profits they’ve shuffled into Luxembourg.” report from the International Consortium of Investigative Journalists “The process of moving massive amounts of international capital from typical tax havens, into the U.S., is being driven by a familiar name in the world of international finance – Rothschild & Co. Rothschild, a centuries-old European financial institution, manages the wealth of many of the world’s most wealthy families and has been instrumental in helping move the global elite’s wealth from traditional tax havens like the Bahamas, Switzerland and the British Virgin Islands to the U.S.. … After opening a trust company in Reno, Nev., Rothschild & Co. began ushering the massive fortunes of the world’s most wealthy individuals out of typical tax havens, now subject to OECD international disclosure requirements, and into the Rothschild run U.S. trusts, which are exempt from the international reporting requirements. The U.S. Treasury Department takes a very strong stand against international tax evasion – unless you put that money into a U.S trust account – which coincidentally is being helmed by Rothschild & Co.” Jay Syrmopoulos “The U.S. is effectively the biggest tax haven in the world.” Andrew Penney, managing director of Rothschild & Co. “While Washington has been aggressive demanding that banks in other countries enact measures for full disclosure of details of Swiss or Panama or other “offshore” secret account holders or US nationals holding money in foreign banks, the USA itself has scrupulously avoided demanding the same of its domestic banks. The result is that the United States is rapidly becoming the world’s leading tax and secrecy haven for rich foreigners. Washington forces disclosure of secret bank accounts of its citizens or companies abroad, while at the same time lifting control or disclosure inside the United States of private banking accounts. No surprise that such experienced private bankers as London’s Rothschild & Co. have opened offices in Reno Nevada a stone’s throw from Harrah’s and other casinos, and according to Bloomberg, is doing a booming business moving the fortunes of wealthy foreign clients out of offshore havens such as Bermuda, or Switzerland which are subject to the new OECD international disclosure requirements, into Rothschild-run trusts in Nevada, which are exempt from those disclosure rules.” German economist Norbert Haering, 2017 “The City of London now stands as money launderer of the world, the capital of global crime. It is the heart and engine of the offshore haven, with Jersey, Guernsey and the Isle of Man its european collection centres, the caribbean and others hoovering up billions of dollars from all over the globe… It has a dark and shadowy client list; terrorists, drug barons, arms dealers, politicians, corporations and companies, millionaires, billionaires – most with something to hide.” Graham Vanbergen, 2016 “Much of the untaxed corporate foreign income is actually held in U.S. banks and stocks and other assets. Microsoft, for example, at one point held 93 percent of its offshore profits in U.S. assets.” Paul Buchhet “The City of London and Wall Street are the two largest centers for money laundering in the world, where drug cartels are able to transform their criminally acquired cash into legal money.” Martin Berger, 2016 “Vested interests everywhere use this script to maintain the status quo: 1. Control the media so it focuses exclusively on manufactured “good news”. Anything that undermines the dominant narrative is buried, discredited or ignored. 2. Buy political favors and influence to insure that “reforms” are superficial public relations exercises rather than than actual reforms that change the power structure. 3. Rig the accounting, regulations and reporting so any scrutiny is misdirected or blunted. This enables the status quo to continue on unfazed, despite the erosion of the economy’s fundamentals and the widening gap between those with power and those who are powerless.” Charles Hugh-Smith “As the economic gap between the plutocrats and everyone else becomes a chasm, plutocrats are coming to inhabit their own global gated community.” Chrystia Freeland in her book “Plutocrats”, 2012 “British Overseas Territories and Crown Dependencies make up around 25 per cent of the world’s tax havens._Tax havens include Anguilla, Bermuda, the British Virgin Islands, the Cayman Islands, Montserrat and the Turks and Caicos Islands to name just a few and each is inextricably linked to the City of London’s crime offices._The consequence of its operations is that money laundering is now at such levels and so widespread that the authorities have recently admitted defeat in its battle of attrition by stating openly it has been completely overwhelmed and lost control.” Graham Vanbergen “Extractive states are controlled by ruling elites whose objective is to extract as much wealth as they can from the rest of society and to maintain their own hold on power.” Chrystia Freeland in her book “Plutocrats”, 2012 “Laundered proceeds of drug trafficking, racketeering, corruption, and terrorism tag along with other forms of dirty money to which the United States and Europe lend a welcoming hand.” Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World” “In Britain, the MI-6 drug money is laundered through the Bank of England, Barclays Bank and other household name companies. The drug money is passed from account to account until its origins are lost in a huge web of transactions._The drug money comes out ‘cleaner’ but not totally clean. Diamonds are then bought with this money from the diamond business families like the Oppenheimers. These diamonds are then sold and the drug money is clean.” James Casbolt, former MI-6 Agent “British Overseas Territories and Crown Dependencies make up around 25 per cent of the world’s tax havens. Tax havens include Anguilla, Bermuda, the British Virgin Islands, the Cayman Islands, Montserrat and the Turks and Caicos Islands to name just a few and each is inextricably linked to the City of London’s crime offices. The consequence of its operations is that money laundering is now at such levels and so widespread that the authorities have recently admitted defeat in its battle of attrition by stating openly it has been completely overwhelmed and lost control.” Graham Vanbergen “The next time you see those lovely advertisements of Swiss ski slopes, beautiful watches, pristine mountains and cuckoo clocks – that is not what Switzerland is about. It is about multi-billion dollar money laundering which is carried out by major Swiss banking houses.” John Coleman in his book “The Committee of 300” “A large share of the multibillion dollar revenues of narcotics are deposited in the Western banking system. Most of the large international banks together with their affiliates in the offshore banking havens launder large amounts of narco-dollars.” Michel Chossudovsky in the book “The Global Economic Crisis” “The City of London, with its own borders and police force, sits within the Isles of Britain as an international hub, the tax haven of all tax havens. The banks use offshore business organisations to escape regulation and the grip these organisations have over an ever weakened and corrupt political class is utterly astounding. The Conservative party is literally bankrolled by bankers and hedge funds. Half of the wealthiest hedge fund managers in the land pay millions each year to the Tories. This is neoliberalism out of control.” Graham Vanbergen “The retail proceeds of the total drug traffic in the United States are partly recycled into the drug operation in the United States itself, with large “off-take” by each level of the crime machine. The net profits, in cash, are laundered through hotels, restaurants, gambling casinos, and sports events. … After the cash is laundered through these nominally legitimate channels, it is transferred to offshore banking operations or their equivalent. Then, the funds take several trips around the world over the telex machines of offshore banks, passing through at least a half dozen, and usually more, different bank accounts and corporate fronts, from the Caymans to Liechtenstein, from Liechtenstein to the Bahamas, from the Bahamas to a “nonresident corporation” in Canada, from Canada to Panama, and so forth. At various points in the process, the funds will purchase diamonds, gold, paintings, or similar portable valuables. At a further point, the valuables will be translated back into cash, eliminating even the trace of a bank transfer. ” http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net “How the Drug Empire Works” “[It has been estimated that] 80 percent of the profits from drug trafficking ends up in the banks of the wealthy countries or their branches in the underdeveloped countries.” Peter Dale Scott, 2003 “No government has ever touched the system which allowed [the drug trade to develop]. At best, a few accounts here and there have been seized. To this day, money-laundering is not even a criminal offense in 8 out of the 15 industrial nations. In the United States, the center of the problem, government action, is a joke: No top management has ever been charged or prosecuted for criminal money-laundering activity.” DOPE, INC.: the international drug cartel, money-laundering, and state power, 1992 “The large international banks that finance the drug trade, get it and launder it using it to prop up their bankrupt international financial system.” DOPE, INC.: the international drug cartel, money-laundering, and state power, 1992 “Switzerland remains one the world’s biggest repositories for dirty money. In 2009 it hosted about $2.1 trillion in offshore accounts owned by non-residents, about half from Europe. This had been $3.1 trillion in 2007 before the global financial crisis.” Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World” “Money laundering, according to IMF estimates for the 1990s, was between 590 billion and 1.5 trillion dollars a year. The proceeds of the drug trade are deposited in the banking system. Drug money is laundered in the numerous offshore banking havens in Switzerland, Luxembourg, the British Channel Islands, the Cayman Islands and some 50 other locations around the globe. It is here that criminal syndicates involved in the drug trade and the representatives of the world’s largest commercial banks interact. Dirty money is deposited in these offshore havens, which are controlled by major Western banks and financial institutions which have a vested interest in maintaining and sustaining the drug trade.” Michel Chossudovsky in his book “America’s War on Terrorism” “Hong Kong was set up by the British, literally from bare rock, as a center for the drug trade, and remains to this day purely British, and purely a center for the drug trade… Britain (and its China allies) run every phase of international drug traffic.” http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net “How the Drug Empire Works” “A competent war on drugs must begin with a war against the banking institutions and bankers who ‘launder’ Dope, Inc.’s ill-gotten gains…Shut down the drug money-laundering by the major Anglo-American banks, and the dope cartel would choke to death on its own profits… Dope, Inc.’s vulnerable flank is the international network of banks and other financial institutions that ‘launder’ the cartel’s $558 billion per year in gross revenue… Action by governments against the drug bankers could rapidly shut down Dope, Inc.” DOPE, INC.: the international drug cartel, money-laundering, and state power, 1992 “Money laundering is simply everywhere. On the grand scale, it’s endemic to banking… Money laundering is not some distant fantasy. It’s actually how you handle the profits of extortion, tax evasion, criminal conspiracy and huge quantities of drug money, how you get that into the white sector… We pay vast sums of money to agencies that are supposed to stop money laundering. It doesn’t happen.” author John le Carre “Drug profits are secured through the ability of the drug cartels to launder and transfer billions of dollars through the US banking system. The scale and scope of the US banking-drug cartel alliance surpasses any other economic activity of the US private banking system.” James Petras “Narco-dollars are channeled into “private banking” accounts in numerous offshore banking havens controlled by the large Western banks and financial institutions. The major Wall Street and European banks and stock brokerage firms launder billions of dollars resulting from the trade in narcotics.” “The Destabilization of Haiti” an article by Michel Chossudovsky “Vast quantities of gold are absorbed into the Asian drug trade – an inestimable percentage of the 400 to 600 tons of the metal that pass through the orient in a year, mainly through Hong Kong, and mainly through subsidiaries of the HongShang [HSBC]. The drug trade could not run without it and other precious, portable, untraceable substances-like diamonds.” http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net “How the Drug Empire Works” “Only low echelon drug dealers get caught with drug money in their hands. The elite – Drexel Burnham, Credite Suisse, Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank (HSBC) – escape detection… American Express was and still is a conduit for laundering drug money.” John Coleman in his book “Conspirators’ Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300” “A competent war on drugs must begin with a war against the banking institutions and bankers who ‘launder’ Dope, Inc.’s ill-gotten gains…Shut down the drug money-laundering by the major Anglo-American banks, and the dope cartel would choke to death on its own profits… Dope, Inc.’s vulnerable flank is the international network of banks and other financial institutions that ‘launder’ the cartel’s $558 billion per year in gross revenue… Action by governments against the drug bankers could rapidly shut down Dope, Inc.” from the book “Dope. Inc.”, Executive Intelligence Review,1978 “If 700 billion dollars a year in illegal drug money is moved and laundered through the American and world economy, that money benefits financial markets and especially Wall Street. That’s the reason for maintaining the illegal drug trade.” Daniel Estulin in hius book “Shadow Masters” “No government has ever touched the system which allowed the drug trade to develop. Money-laundering is not even a criminal offense in 8 out of the 15 industrial nations. In the United States, the center of the problem, government action, is a joke: No top management has ever been charged or prosecuted for criminal money-laundering activity.” from the book “DOPE, INC.: the international drug cartel, money-laundering, and state power”, 1992 “A large share of the multibillion dollar revenues of narcotics are deposited in the Western banking system. Most of the large international banks together with their affiliates in the offshore banking havens launder large amounts of narco-dollars.” Michel Chossudovsky in the book “The Global Economic Crisis” “Washington’s “war on drugs” is directed towards increasing U.S. power in Latin America. The use of drug money laundered through U.S. banks finances Washington’s trade imbalances, while the drug war increases Washington’s general influence over economic policy, allowing U.S.-based transnational corporations (TNCs) to buy Latin American public enterprises at scandalously low prices and to penetrate markets.” “Globalization Unmasked” an araticle by James Petras and Henry Veltmeyer “The British Crown Colony of Hong Kong, with the British Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation (HSBC) at the top, is considered the number-one money-laundering center for the heroin trade. Illegal drugs are the biggest business in the Far East — and close to being the biggest business in the world — but in Hong Kong, drugs do not merely dominate the economy: They are the economy.” from the book “DOPE, INC.: the international drug cartel, money-laundering, and state power”, 1992 “Drug money was the only liquid investment capital available to banks on the brink of collapse, with roughly $325 billion in drug money absorbed by the financial system… In the second half of 2008, liquidity was the banking system’s main problem and hence liquid capital became an important factor. Interbank loans were funded by money that originated from drug trade and other illegal activities.” Antonio Maria Costa, the head of United Nation’s Office on Drugs and Crime “The Bank of International Settlements (BIS) and the IMF are nothing more than bully-boy clearing houses for the drug trade. The BIS undermines any country that the IMF wants to sink by setting up ways and means for the easy outflow of flight capital. Nor does BIS recognize nor make any distinction when it comes down to what is flight capital and what is laundered drug money._The BIS operates on gangster lines. If a country will not submit to asset-stripping by the IMF, then it says in effect, “Right, then we will break you by means of the huge cache of narco-dollars we are holding.” It is easy to understand why gold was demonetized and substituted with the paper “dollar” as the world’s reserve currency. It is not as easy to blackmail a country holding gold reserves as it is one having its reserves in paper dollars.” John Coleman in his book “Conspirators’ Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300” INTERNATIONAL DRUG TRADE “The drug “industry” is under the control of a single world network. … The drug-related illegal economy is the biggest business in the world. … The British monarchy organized most of the Far East to conform to the drug traffic. … The Anglo-Dutch “offshore” banking system and related precious metals and gems trade were designed around illegal money. … The world drug traffic is a top-down operation under the immediate control of the British and allied monarchies. ” http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net “How the Drug Empire Works” “Cocaine is indeed clearly the most profitable article of trade in the world.” Economist magazine, August 1989 “The drug “industry” is run as a single integrated world operation, from the opium poppy to the nickel bag of heroin sold on an inner-city street corner. Not only is illegal drug traffic under the control of a single world network, but opiates traffic in particular is without doubt the best-controlled production and distribution system of any commodity in international trade, illegal or legal.” http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net “How the Drug Empire Works” “Drug money is an inherent part of the American and world economy. The amount of profit generated annually by the drug trade is somewhere around $700 billion. This figure includes heroin, opium, morphine, marijuana, cocaine, crack cocaine and hallucinogens. … The International Drug Trade is the most highly organized, top-down political machinery in the world, enjoying the protection of every political entity Britain and the US have created through these vast invisible earnings. Daniel Estulin in his book “Shadow Masters” “The global drugs trade controlled by British intelligence is worth at least $500 billion a year. This is more than the global oil trade. The economy in Britain and America is totally dependent on this drug money.” “MI-6 Are The Lords of the Global Drug Trade” an article by James Casbolt “If the world offshore banking sector appears to run as a single operation under British monarchy control, that is because the same group of people who run it also run the opium traffic whose proceeds this banking sector was created to handle.” http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net – How the Drug Empire Works “The new British Empire is a collection of families, numbering no more than 3,000-5,000 people, who live and work in and around the City of London, a one-mile-square financial and corporate district, which represents the greatest concentration of financial power ever assembled in one location. These families constitute a financier oligarchy; they are the power behind the Windsor throne. They view themselves as the heirs to the Venetian oligarchy, which infiltrated and subverted England from the period 1509-1715, and established a new, more virulent, Anglo-Dutch-Swiss strain of the oligarchic system of imperial Babylon, Persia, Rome, and Byzantium. Among their own ranks, these financier oligarchs refer to themselves as the Club of the Isles The Club of the Isles, under the direction of the British monarchy, draws in resources and personalities from the Netherlands, Switzerland, France, Germany, and Italy, and orchestrates the actions of a caste of terminally Anglophilic Americans, typified by Henry Kissinger. The City of London dominates the world’s speculative markets. A tightly interlocking group of corporations, involved in raw materials extraction, finance, insurance, transportation, and food production, controls the lion’s share of the world market, and exerts virtual choke point” control over world industry. The City of London is now laundering $400 billion per annum in illegal narcotics profits The Club of the Isles, since the era of the Opium Wars against China has been the leading sponsor and controller of global organized crime.” Jeffrey Steinberg, The American Almanac, 1997 “Drugs are big business, run, controlled and protected by very powerful people who work alongside leading banking institutions on both sides of the Atlantic, members of various governments and principal corporations whose stock is traded on the world’s leading stock exchange.” Daniel Estulin in his book “Shadow Masters” “In the late 1990s the U.S. Department of Justice estimated that the proceeds of narcotics trade entering the U.S. banking system were between $500 and $1,000 billion annually.” Dr. John Coleman in his book “Beyond The Conspiracy” “Pablo Escobar and other leading drug lords were encouraged by the CIA to deposit their earnings in eight firms that had been set up by the Vatican as money laundries. By 1978, when John Paul II ascended to the papal throne, the money coming in to these firms from the Medellin Cartel alone was enormous, since Escobar, at the height of his power, was smuggling fifteen tons of cocaine into the United States every day. … The money the money-laundering firms received was wired or transported by courier, often a cleric, to the central headquarters of Banco Ambrosiano in Milan. From Milan, the money was re-routed to the IOR (Vatican Bank) which charged a processing fee of 15 to 20 percent. From Vatican City, the funds were transferred to numbered bank accounts in Switzerland. … The funds generated from the cocaine sales were used to sponsor black operations in South and Central America. A substantial amount of this cash was funneled into the IOR’s (Vatican Bank) offshore shells.” Paul L. William in his book “Operation Gladio”, 2015 “Hong Kong was set up by the British as a center for the drug trade, and remains to this day purely British, and purely a center for the drug trade.” from the book “DOPE, INC.”, 1992 “The best-protected institutions of the British oligarchy prefer to launder their dirty money through Caribbean, Hong Kong, and similar branch operations, rather than in London itself.” http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net – How the Drug Empire Works “If governments really wanted to eradicate the vile drug trade, they could make laws that would oblige manufacturers of acetic anhydride, the most essential chemical in the manufacture of heroin, to keep meticulous records showing who buys the chemical, for what purpose and where it is going. But such unilateral action on the part of any maverick government would greatly displease the oligarchic families of Europe and the United States Establishment because these people are earning hundreds of billions of dollars each year from the drug trade.” Daniel Estulin in his book “Shadow Masters” DRUG-MONEY IS LAUNDERED THROUGH MAJOR WESTERN BANKS GLOBAL DRUG TRADE IS A ONE TRILLION DOLLAR BUSINESS “Money laundering is simply everywhere. On the grand scale, it’s endemic to banking… Money laundering is not some distant fantasy. It’s actually how you handle the profits of extortion, tax evasion, criminal conspiracy and huge quantities of drug money, how you get that into the white sector… We pay vast sums of money to agencies that are supposed to stop money laundering. It doesn’t happen.” John le Carre , 2010 “Money laundering, according to IMF estimates for the 1990s, was between 590 billion and 1.5 trillion dollars a year. The proceeds of the drug trade are deposited in the banking system. Drug money is laundered in the numerous offshore banking havens in Switzerland, Luxembourg, the British Channel Islands, the Cayman Islands and some 50 other locations around the globe. It is here that criminal syndicates involved in the drug trade and the representatives of the world’s largest commercial banks interact. Dirty money is deposited in these offshore havens, which are controlled by major Western banks and financial institutions which have a vested interest in maintaining and sustaining the drug trade.” Michel Chossudovsky in his book “America’s War on Terrorism” “The large international banks that finance the drug trade, get it and launder it, using it to prop up their bankrupt international financial system.” from the book “DOPE, INC.: the international drug cartel, money-laundering, and state power”, 1992 “Drug profits are secured through the ability of the drug cartels to launder and transfer billions of dollars through the US banking system. The scale and scope of the US banking-drug cartel alliance surpasses any other economic activity of the US private banking system.” James Petras “Ever since the Iran-Contra Affair of the 1980’s when CIA got caught red-handed running drugs for guns during the Reagan years, and financing, arming, and training death squad commandos throughout Central America, the US government has always played an integral and active role in covert drug smuggling operations generating over the decades trillions in drug money revenue laundered through the central banking cabal.” Joachim Hagopian “The Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank [HSBC] and related companies finance the opium trade. In this, they are acting as designated agents of the British monarchy, through the Royal Institute of International Affairs. The world illegal drug traffic is controlled by a single group of men whose intimate ties of ownership, family, and political collaboration go back 200 years.” http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net “How the Drug Empire Works” “Narco-dollars are channeled into “private banking” accounts in numerous offshore banking havens controlled by the large Western banks and financial institutions. The major Wall Street and European banks and stock brokerage firms launder billions of dollars resulting from the trade in narcotics.” “The Destabilization of Haiti” an article by Michel Chossudovsky “American banks are collectively the world’s largest financial beneficiary of the drug trade.” Jesse Ventura in his book “American Conspiracies: Lies, Lies, and More Dirty Lies that the Government Tells Us” “The United States is the world leader in global money laundering. According to the Department of Justice, the US launders between $500 billion – $1 trillion annually.” “Narco-Dollars For Beginners” an article by Catherine Austin Fitts “Vast quantities of gold are absorbed into the Asian drug trade – an inestimable percentage of the 400 to 600 tons of the metal that pass through the orient in a year, mainly through Hong Kong, and mainly through subsidiaries of the HongShang [HSBC]. The drug trade could not run without it and other precious, portable, untraceable substances-like diamonds.” http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net “How the Drug Empire Works” “If 700 billion dollars a year in illegal drug money is moved and laundered through the American and world economy, that money benefits financial markets and especially Wall Street. That’s the reason for maintaining the illegal drug trade.” Daniel Estulin in hius book “Shadow Masters” “No government has ever touched the system which allowed the drug trade to develop. Money-laundering is not even a criminal offense in 8 out of the 15 industrial nations. In the United States, the center of the problem, government action, is a joke: No top management has ever been charged or prosecuted for criminal money-laundering activity.” from the book “DOPE, INC.: the international drug cartel, money-laundering, and state power”, 1992 “A large share of the multibillion dollar revenues of narcotics are deposited in the Western banking system. Most of the large international banks together with their affiliates in the offshore banking havens launder large amounts of narco-dollars.” Michel Chossudovsky in the book “The Global Economic Crisis” “Switzerland remains one the world’s biggest repositories for dirty money. In 2009 it hosted about $2.1 trillion in offshore accounts owned by non-residents, about half from Europe. This had been $3.1 trillion in 2007 before the global financial crisis.” Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World” “Washington’s “war on drugs” is directed towards increasing U.S. power in Latin America. The use of drug money laundered through U.S. banks finances Washington’s trade imbalances, while the drug war increases Washington’s general influence over economic policy, allowing U.S.-based transnational corporations (TNCs) to buy Latin American public enterprises at scandalously low prices and to penetrate markets.” “Globalization Unmasked” an araticle by James Petras and Henry Veltmeyer “The British Crown Colony of Hong Kong, with the British Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation (HSBC) at the top, is considered the number-one money-laundering center for the heroin trade. Illegal drugs are the biggest business in the Far East — and close to being the biggest business in the world — but in Hong Kong, drugs do not merely dominate the economy: They are the economy.” from the book “DOPE, INC.: the international drug cartel, money-laundering, and state power”, 1992 “Drug money was the only liquid investment capital available to banks on the brink of collapse, with roughly $325 billion in drug money absorbed by the financial system… In the second half of 2008, liquidity was the banking system’s main problem and hence liquid capital became an important factor. Interbank loans were funded by money that originated from drug trade and other illegal activities.” Antonio Maria Costa, the head of United Nation’s Office on Drugs and Crime “Some of the world’s leading private financial institutions are deeply implicated in the laundering of hundreds of billions of dollars a year in illegal dope money… [Illegal drugs are] the largest commodity in international trade, with the exception of petroleum, and the annual revenues of the narcotics traffic exceed the national product of most of the world’s nations, and the revenues of the largest multinational companies.” from the book “DOPE, INC.: the international drug cartel, money-laundering, and state power”, 1992 “New York and London have become the world’s two biggest laundries of criminal and drug money, and offshore tax havens. Not the Cayman Islands, not the Isle of Man or Jersey. The big laundering is right through the City of London and Wall Street.” Martin Woods, bank money laundering investigator, Observer newspaper, 2011 “Banks act as clearing houses and money launderers of billions of dollars derived from drug money. The main “big name banks” are: · The Bank of England · The Federal Reserve Banks · Bank of International Settlements · The World Bank · The Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank · American Express American Express Bank Travelers checks are a convenient method of recycling drug dollars. Each of these banks is affiliated with and/or controls hundreds of thousands of large and small banks throughout the world.” John Coleman in his book “The Committee of 300” WESTERN INTELLIGENCE AGENCIES RUN THE GLOBAL DRUG NETWORK DRUG TRADE FINANCES MANY OF THEIR COVERT OPERATIONS Israel’s Mossad / Britain’s MI6 / United States’ CIA “Geopolitical and military control over drug routes is as strategic as oil and oil pipelines. Intelligence agencies, powerful business, drug traders and organized crime are competing for the strategic control over the heroin routes.” Michel Chossudovsky in his book “The Global Economic Crisis” “American drug enforcement authorities know that most of the dirty money arising from the U.S. drug trade and related illegal activities ends up in the Bahamas.” from the book “DOPE, INC.”, 1992 “Pablo Escobar and other leading drug lords were encouraged by the CIA to deposit their earnings in eight firms that had been set up by the Vatican as money laundries. By 1978, when John Paul II ascended to the papal throne, the money coming in to these firms from the Medellin Cartel alone was enormous, since Escobar, at the height of his power, was smuggling fifteen tons of cocaine into the United States every day. … The money the money-laundering firms received was wired or transported by courier, often a cleric, to the central headquarters of Banco Ambrosiano in Milan. From Milan, the money was re-routed to the IOR (Vatican Bank) which charged a processing fee of 15 to 20 percent. From Vatican City, the funds were transferred to numbered bank accounts in Switzerland. … The funds generated from the cocaine sales were used to sponsor black operations in South and Central America. A substantial amount of this cash was funneled into the IOR’s (Vatican Bank) offshore shells.” Paul L. William in his book “Operation Gladio”, 2015 “The global drug trade is controlled and run by the intelligence agencies. In this global drug trade British intelligence reigns supreme… In Britain, the MI-6 drug money is laundered through the Bank of England, Barclays Bank and other household name companies. The drug money is passed from account to account until its origins are lost in a huge web of transactions. The drug money comes out ‘cleaner’ but not totally clean. Diamonds are then bought with this money from the corrupt diamond business families like the Oppenheimers. These diamonds are then sold and the drug money is clean.” James Casbolt, former MI6 Agent “The world order doesn’t allow for any frontal attack aimed at destroying narco-trafficking because that business, which moves $400 billion annually, is far too important for the leading nations of world power to eliminate. The US punishes those countries which don’t do enough to fight against drugs, whereas their CIA boys have built paradises of corruption throughout the world with the drug profits.” Ecuadorian Presidential Candidate Manuel Salgado “The CIA controls and manages global drug smuggling from the Afghan poppy fields to the coca plantations run by Central-South American-Mexican drug cartels that supply and feed the constant demand for illicit drugs into both North America as well as Europe.” Joachim Hagopian “In the months before the 1948 Italian national election, the CIA dumped $65 million of its black money into the Vatican Bank. Much of the cash was hand delivered in large suitcases by members of Lucky Luciano’s syndicate. … Heroin, which remained the source for the black money, was supplied to the Sicilian mob by Schiaparelli, the Italian pharmaceutical giant. The drugs were received by a chain of businesses that had been set up in Palermo, Sicily by Lucky Luciano. … In Cuba, Santo Trafficante cut the heroin with sugar before delivering it to distributors in New Orleans, Miami, and New York. The CIA established protected drug routes into these ports by developing close ties to the Mafia-tainted International Longshoremen’s Association. The movement of the product throughout the country was facilitated by Jimmy Hoffa and other leaders of the International Brotherhood of Teamsters working with Mafia-owned trucking companies. … The CIA’s black money for Mafia muscle was paid out by the Vatican bank from ecclesiastical organizations, including Catholic Action. In this way, the Holy See forged an alliance with the Sicilian Mafia, an alliance that would strengthen throughout the next three decades. The force of the Mafia was now unleashed upon the Italian electorate. … Throughout 1948, in Sicily alone, the CIA-backed terror attacks resulted in the killing of on average five people a week. ” Paul L. William in his book “Operation Gladio”, 2015 “The heroin epidemic that ravaged our cities during the fifties and sixties originated with the CIA out of Southeast Asia. Almost from the moment of their founding in 1947, the CIA was giving covert support to organized drug traffickers in Europe and the Far East, and eventually the Middle East and Latin America. During the Vietnam War, heroin was being smuggled into this country in the bodies of soldiers being flown home.” Jesse Ventura in his book “American Conspiracies” “Drug trafficking constitutes the third biggest global commodity in cash terms after oil and the arms trade. Supported by powerful interests, heroin is a multibillion-dollar business, which requires a steady and secure commodity flow. One of the hidden objectives of the war In Afghanistan was effectively to restore the CIA sponsored drug trade to its historical levels and exert direct control over the drug routes.” Michel Chossudovsky in his book ” America’s War on Terrorism” “In 1951 Sir William Stephenson of M16, restructured the [Israeli intelligence agency] Mossad into a single unit as an arm of the Political Department of the Israeli Foreign Office and assigned the task of conducting intelligence gathering. It was also given the job carrying out “black job” operations. … All Mossad agents, operate on a war-time footing. The Mossad has a tremendous advantage over other intelligence services in that every country in the world has a large Jewish community, which is useful. The Mossad also has the advantage of having access to the records of all U.S. law enforcement agencies and U.S. intelligence services. The office of Naval Intelligence (ONI) services the Mossad at no cost to Israel. … The Mossad has a skillful disinformation service. The amount of disinformation it feeds to the American “market” is embarrassing, but even more embarrassing is how America swallows hook, line and sinker such propaganda.” John Coleman in his book “The Committee of 300” “BCCI [Bank of Credit and Commerce International] would become the mixing bowl into which Persian Gulf petrodollars were stirred with generous helpings of drug money to finance worldwide covert operations for the CIA and its Israeli Mossad and British MI6 partners.” Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf” “The U.S. military intervention in Afghanistan in 2001 was accompanied by restoration of opium for the world market, a recreation of what happened with the earlier U.S. intervention of 1979-1980, and before that with the U.S. intervention in Indochina after 1959, and in Southeast Asia in 1950.” Peter Dale Scott “On April 10, 2006, Mexican police seized a DC-9 aircraft that was carrying 5.5 tons of cocaine, flight records showed this aircraft to be a CIA “terrorist transport” plane that was used to transport drugs. Many times in recent history, the CIA has expanded its drug cartel to include the US military. During the Vietnam War, the US government used their occupation as a basis for covert drug operations, which in turn helped fund the war and other secret projects. Drugs were transported on military aircraft and brought back to America, where they were eventually sold to the mafia and distributed on the streets. The same techniques are being applied today during the occupation of Afghanistan. When the US invaded Afghanistan in 2001, there was an immediate hike in the amount of heroin that was flowing out of the country. According to the United Nations Office of Drugs and Crime, after the US invasion in 2001 opium production in Afghanistan rose from 7,606 hectares in 2001 to 193,000 hectares in 2007. Now that the CIA has control of Afghanistan, 93% of the world’s heroin comes from inside its borders. According to the UN, opium cultivation and production in Afghanistan reached record levels at 224,000 hectares in 2014.” John Vibes, 2015 “Intelligence agencies and powerful business syndicates, which are allied with organized crime, are competing for the strategic control over the heroin routes.” Michel Chossudovsky in his book “America’s War on Terrorism” “Mossad wants to do everything possible to preserve a state of war between Israel and its neighbors.” US Congressman Paul Findley, March 1992 “For years the tentacles of the Israeli Secret Service had reached out into all walks of American life. …This influence extended into the U.S. [House] and the Senate, the Pentagon, the defense and electronic industries, the research laboratories and such Jewish-oriented organizations as the Anti-Defamation League, the Jewish Defense Committee, Bonds for Israel and the Federation of Jewish Philanthropies. Some of these bodies have served as fronts for intelligence-gathering and there are few of the important congressional committees which do not possess one member or staff-assistant who does not feed the Israeli network relevant material.” Richard Deacon, intelligence historian, in his history of israel’s Mossad “Resorts International was established and controlled by front men for the Rockefeller and Rothschild families and their “enforcers” in the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) and its allied intelligence agency, Israel’s Mossad. Illegally rigged casinos were being operated with the collusion of “respectable” politicians, law enforcement officials, Wall Street financiers who floated loans to finance the gambling resorts and the high-profile gambling resort operators themselves. Many of these casino resorts run by the mob through a variety of front men have actually been engaged in a de facto partnership with behind-the-scenes mobsters who have assisted the CIA and the Mossad in massive laundering of drug and gambling profits that have been channeled into covert operations of the two allied intelligence agencies. In return, the CIA and the Mossad, using their own influence, have provided “protection” for the illegally fixed gambling operations, preventing law enforcement authorities from cracking down on this corruption.” Michael Collins Piper “The portability of narcotics and the huge price mark up from production to point of sale makes them a particularly useful source of financing for CIA covert operations.” Dr. John Coleman in his book “Beyond The Conspiracy: Unmasking the Invisible World Government -The Committee of 300” “The American habit of training, arming, and financing its drug-trafficking allies in order to help secure oil resources abroad has been a major factor in the huge increase in global illicit drug trafficking since World War II.” Peter Dale Scott “In my 30-year history in the Drug Enforcement Administration and related agencies, the major targets of my investigations almost invariably turned out to be working for the CIA.” Dennis Dayle, a former DEA agent in the Middle East “Intelligence agencies and powerful business syndicates, which are allied with organized crime, are competing for the strategic control over the heroin routes. The multi-billion dollar revenues of narcotics are deposited in the Western banking system. Most of the large international banks, together with their affiliates in the offshore banking havens, launder large amounts of narco-dollars. This trade can only prosper if the main actors involved in narcotics have “political friends in high places”. Legal and illegal undertakings are increasingly intertwined; the dividing line between “business people” and criminals is blurred.” Michel Chossudovsky in his book ” America’s War on Terrorism” “In country after country, from Mexico and Honduras to Panama and Peru, the CIA helped set up or consolidate intelligence agencies that became forces of repression, and whose intelligence connections to other countries greased the way for illicit drug shipments.” Peter Dale Scott and Jonathan Marshall in their book “Cocaine Politics” NATO CONTROLS EURASIAN DRUG PRODUCTION AND DISTRIBUTION “After the US invasion of Afghanistan and under US-NATO control, heroin production and sales boomed. Azerbaijan has become one of the most strategically important heroin transit hubs since it has joined NATO. Just like Turkey, nations with airfields under US command, such as Kyrgyzstan’s Manas Airbase and Azerbaijan’s NATO Air Fields, have become the most important transit hubs for heroin.” Sibel Edmonds, 2013 “The NATO military alliance is a world encompassing threat. It is now conducting various forms of hybrid warfare against Russia, China, Iran, North Korea, Venezuela, Syria, Iraq, Afghanistan, and most of Africa. They have destroyed directly or are largely responsible for the destruction of the USSR, Yugoslavia, Afghanistan, Iraq, Libya, Syria and too many to name in Latin America, Africa and Asia. Destruction is the fate that each nation on earth can expect unless it pays homage and obeisance to NATO’s neo-feudal overlords who promise protection in return for national servitude, and for the complete surrender of their people and natural resources to increase the rate of profit for the capital that controls the NATO military machine.” Christopher Black, 2017 “The drug activities of the US – and the US-led NATO – are tightly linked with the NATO expansion and the creation of US military bases in the protectorates established along the drug-trafficking and pipeline routes. The best example is the supervised state of Kosovo used by drug lords to relay narcotics from Afghanistan to Europe via the Balkan route. The Albanian drug mafia’s throughput is estimated at four to six tons of heroin of the Afghan origin monthly, the annual revenues being as high as $2b. According to the UN, Europe which is the key market for Afghan opiates absorbs up to 150 tons of heroin annually, with 35-50 tons going to Russia. The Albanian mafia is responsible for 75% of heroin supplies to West Europe and 50% to the US.” Elena Ponomareva “The main heroin supply routes from the NATO-dominated Afghanistan are a land heroin route through Turkey, Bulgaria, Kosovo or Bosnia, and a maritime heroin route via Mediterranean trade lines to the island of Corsica. … How many tons of heroin were intercepted on merchant vessels in Mediterranean during more than ten years of the NATO operation ‘Active Endeavour’? Not a single gram. … Both NATO’s International Security Assistance Force (ISAF) and Active Endeavour are perfectly complying with their real mission: to ensure total control over production, transportation and distribution of illegal drugs.” http://www.voltairenet.org/, 2012 “The intelligence agencies have always used addictive drugs as a weapon against the masses to bring in their long term plan for a one world government, a one world police force designed to be NATO and a micro chipped population known as the New World Order. As the population is in a drug or alcohol-induced trance watching ‘Coronation Street’, the new world order is being crept in behind them.” James Casbolt “If the KLA (Kosovo Liberation Army) were “allowed” to sell drugs and to profit from the sales, it is reasonable to infer that the entire operation was approved from the top down; that is, by the Bilderbergers themselves through the usual set of intermediaries such as the US Government, the British, German and the US secret service agencies, the UN bureaucracy pertinent NGOs, European Commissions and NATO, all of which they control.” Daniel Estulin “The NATO military alliance is a world encompassing threat. It is now conducting various forms of hybrid warfare against Russia, China, Iran, North Korea, Venezuela, Syria, Iraq, Afghanistan, and most of Africa. They have destroyed directly or are largely responsible for the destruction of the USSR, Yugoslavia, Afghanistan, Iraq, Libya, Syria and too many to name in Latin America, Africa and Asia. Destruction is the fate that each nation on earth can expect unless it pays homage and obeisance to NATO’s neo-feudal overlords who promise protection in return for national servitude, and for the complete surrender of their people and natural resources to increase the rate of profit for the capital that controls the NATO military machine.” Christopher Black, 2017 “NATO is the armed fist not only of the United States and its allies, but of the capitalists of those nations who are prepared to strike against any country, capitalist or socialist, that stands in their way of obtaining profit.” Christopher Black, 2017 “The Afghan heroin business is one of Turkey’s major roles in the Gladio Operations under the United States and NATO. Major aspects of heroin operations were moved from Turkey to Azerbaijan, both in terms of labs and transit, after 1997, and intensified after Azerbaijan’s addition to NATO.” Sibel Edmonds, 2013 WEAPONS MANUFACTURERS U.S., British and Israeli intelliegence agencies covertly transport and sell drugs and then launder the money through western banks to pay for weapons to arm counterinsurgencies and to pursue covert operations wordwide. U.S. and European weapons manufacturers profit hugely from the global drugs-for-arms trade, and from U.S.-sponsored wars. “Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) [Saudi Arabia, Kuwait, Qatar, Bahrain, Oman and UAE] investments in Western banks and corporations total over $I trillion. The bulk of this is invested in long-term US and Japanese government bonds. The GCC sheiks are crucial to floating the entire house of cards that is the global economy. Their guaranteed purchases of US debt, which has largely been accrued through defense spending in the Persian Gulf region, keep the US dollar strong and prevent the international financial architecture from crumbling. The emirs and their elite friends also bankroll CIA covert operations, while re-balancing their trade surpluses with the West through the purchase of US weaponry to protect their oil fiefdoms.” Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf” “Weapons producers make money regardless of whether the Pentagon wins or loses its wars – and making money is their only objective.” Gabriel Kolko “Since 1973, 65% of US arms sales have gone to the Middle East.” Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf” “The conjunction of an immense military establishment and a large arms industry is new in the American experience. The total influence — economic, political, even spiritual — is felt in every city, every state house, and every office of the federal government… In the councils of government, we must guard against the acquisition of unwarranted influence, whether sought or unsought, by the military-industrial complex. The potential for the disastrous rise of misplaced power exists and will persist. President Dwight Eisenhower in his farewell address “What the lobbyists for the military-industrial complex and their allies must do to make the case for a huge peacetime military is to find wars to fight abroad even when they make no sense.” Robert Scheer – The Pornography of Power BIG OIL “Royal Dutch/Shell is controlled by the Rothschild, Oppenheimer, Nobel and Samuel families along with the British House of Windsor and the Dutch House of Orange.” Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf” “Control oil and you control nations.” Henry Kissinger “If you want to know who rules the world, just think of two words: “Oil Bankers.” The western financial institutions that dominate the world economy can all be traced back to fossil fuels. The House of Rockefeller, tied in with Exxon-Mobil, sucessor of Standard Oil, along with the House of Morgan now exercise their titanic power via an entity called Chase Bank. HSBC Bank is closely tied to British Petroleum. The British banking dynasty known as the Rothschilds is closely tied in with Royal Dutch Shell.” Caleb Maupin, 2018 “The Four Horsemen of Oil [British Petroleum, Royal Dutch Shell, ChevronTexaco, ExxonMobil] are the top four retailers of gas in the US and own every major pipeline in the world and the vast majority of oil tankers… Today they control over half the world’s uranium reserves, key to fueling nuclear power plants… Exxon Mobil is the leading coal producer in the US and has the second largest coal reserves.” Dean Henderson from his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf” “We must become the owners, or at any rate the controllers at the source, of at least a proportion of the oil which we require.” British Royal Commission, agreeing with Winston Churchill’s policy towards Iraq, 1913 “The Persian Gulf/Caspian Sea area is where most of the world’s remaining oil is located – approximately 70 percent of known petroleum reserves. Whoever controls Persian Gulf oil controls the world’s economy.” Michael Klare in his book “Pox Americana” “The Swedish Nobel and French Rothschild families discovered oil in Russia through their Far East Trading Company, which later combined with Oppenheimer family interests to become Shell Oil. The Dutch House of Orange joined forces with the British House of Windsor in the Dutch East Indies to launch Royal Dutch Petroleum (Shell).” Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf” “Since the Bush-Cheney Administration took office in January 2001, controlling the major oil and natural gas fields of the world had been the primary, though undeclared, priority of US foreign policy.” F. William Engdahl “Bank of America, JP Morgan Chase, Wells Fargo, Citigroup own Shell, Chevron, British Petroleum, Exxon, in tandem with Deusche Bank, Banque Paribas, Barclays and other European old money behemoths.” Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers in the Persian Gulf” SAUDI ARABIA AND THE PERSIAN GULF DICTATORSHIPS SAUDI ARABIA, UNITED ARAB EMIRATES, KUWAIT, QATAR, BAHRAIN Saudi Arabia “The United States handled the quadrupling of oil prices in the 1970s by arranging, by means of secret agreements with the Saudis, to recycle petrodollars back into the U.S. economy. The first of these deals assured a special and ongoing Saudi stake in the health of the U.S. dollar; the second secured continuing Saudi support for the pricing of all OPEC oil in dollars. These two deals assured that the U.S. economy would not be impoverished by OPEC oil price hikes.” Peter Dale Scott “The price of oil suddenly quadrupled in 1974. That highly suspicious rise occurred soon after an oil deal was engineered by U.S. interests with the royal family of Saudia Arabia, the largest oil producer in OPEC (the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries). The deal was brokered by U.S. Secretary of State Henry Kissinger. It involved an agreement by OPEC to sell oil only for dollars in return for a secret U.S. agreement to arm Saudi Arabia and keep the House of Saud in power. The U.S. dollar, which had formerly been backed by gold, was now “backed” by oil.” Ellen Brown in her book “Web of Debt” “The Saudi royal family, and especially the brand of religion that it believed in, the Wahabi faith, represented a tiny number of people in Saudi Arabia. So they used the strength they gained first from their deals with the British Empire and subsequently with the United States in order to preserve their stranglehold over their own people and to impose this particular religion on the people in Saudi Arabia, who really didn’t share it.” Tariq Ali interviewed by Oliver Stone, 2011 “The House of Saud, is waging a genocidal war of aggression that has already destroyed entire swathes of Yemeni cultural heritage and decimated entire communities, particularly in the northern, traditionally Ansarullah (Houthi) held areas such as Saada and Hajjah. This was by design. By now, we can see clearly how this was yet another ethnic cleansing programme being endorsed, fuelled and defended by the United States and her allies in the UK, EU, Israel, and the neighbouring Gulf States, the majority of whom participated in this dirty war. This is yet another war being fought over resources whose primary victims are the innocent people of Yemen, and above all the children of Yemen whose sunken eyes, distended, starving bellies and bird-like limbs are a stark reminder of the cruelty of the corporatist-imperialist elite.” Vanessa Beeley, 2016 “The United States worked out a deal whereby the House of Saud would reinvest petrol-dollars in U.S. treasury securities. Part of the agreement also was for Saudi Arabia to maintain the price of oil at a level acceptable to us and we would agree to keep the House of Saud in power.” John Perkins in his book “Confessions of an Economic Hitman” “The U.S. Treasury had established a secret accord with the Saudi Arabian Monetary Agency (SAMA). Under the terms of the agreement, a sizeable part of the huge Saudi oil revenue windfall was to be invested in financing the U.S. government deficits. A young Wall Street investment banker was sent to Saudi Arabia to guide the Saudi petrodollar investments to the correct banks, naturally in London and New York.” William Engdahl in his book “A Century of War: Anglo-American Oil Politics and the New World Order” “Saudi Arabia now boasts the highest per capita defense spending in the world. In 1984 alone the Saudis spent $22.7 billion on US weaponry.” Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf” “In the Middle East, Washington has, since the 1950s, followed the British imperial preference for Arab aristocrats by cultivating allies that included a shah (Iran), sultans (Abu Dhabi, Oman), emirs (Bahrain, Kuwait, Qatar, Dubai), and kings (Saudi Arabia, Jordan, Morocco). Across this vast, volatile region from Morocco to Iran, Washington courted these royalist regimes with military alliances, U.S. weapons systems, CIA support for local security, a safe American haven for their capital, and special favors for their elites, including access to educational institutions in the U.S. or Department of Defense overseas schools for their children.” Alfred W. McCoy and Brett Reilly “By 1974 one-third of the $60 billion pool of OPEC windfall petrodollars flowed into the largest US banks… Out of $14.5 billion in Middle East oil revenues that made it to US shores, 78% was deposited into six mega-banks: Chase Manhattan, Morgan Guaranty Trust, Citibank, Bank of America, Manufacturers Hanover Trust and Chemical Bank. After a spate of mergers those six banks are now three: JP Morgan Chase, Citigroup and Bank of America.” Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf” “The dollar’s strength is supported by OPEC’s requirement, secured by a secret agreement between the United States and Saudi Arabia, that all OPEC sales be denominated in dollars.” Peter Dale Scott “The price of oil suddenly quadrupled in 1974. That highly suspicious rise occurred soon after an oil deal was engineered by U.S. interests with the royal family of Saudi Arabia, the largest oil producer in OPEC (the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries). The deal was brokered by U.S. Secretary of State Henry Kissinger. It involved an agreement by OPEC to sell oil only for dollars in return for a secret U.S. agreement to arm Saudi Arabia and keep the House of Saud in power. The U.S. dollar, which had formerly been backed by gold, was now “backed” by oil. ” Ellen Hodgson Brown in her book “Web of Debt” “In the 1980s Dubai, one of the emirates comprising the United Arab Emirates (UAE), became a duty-free port and drug money laundry, serving much the same role as Hong Kong had during the Vietnam War. Where Hong Kong had financed CIA opium for arms swaps in the Golden Triangle, Dubai served the CIA smack-for-weapons trade in the Golden Crescent, an area which comprises parts of Iran, Afghanistan and Pakistan.” Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf” ZIONISM “A voluntary reconciliation with the Arabs is out of the question either now or in the future. If you wish to colonize a land in which people are already living, you must provide a garrison for the land, or find some rich man or benefactor who will provide a garrison on your behalf. Or else, give up your colonization, for without an armed force which will render physically impossible any attempt to destroy or prevent this colonization, colonization is impossible, not difficult, not dangerous, but impossible. … Zionism is a colonization adventure and therefore it stands or falls by the question of armed force. It is important to speak Hebrew, but, unfortunately, it is even more important to be able to shoot – or else I am through with playing at colonizing.” Vladimir Jabotinsky, founder of Revisionist Zionism (precursor of Likud Party} “We will establish ourselves in Palestine whether you like it or not…You can hasten our arrival or you can equally retard it. It is however better for you to help us so as to avoid our constructive powers being turned into a destructive power which will overthrow the world.” Chaim Weizmann, Published in “Judische Rundschau,” No. 4, 1920 “We shall try to spirit the penniless population [the Palestinians] across the border by procuring employment in the transit countries, while denying any employment in our own country.” Theodor Herzl, founder of Zionism “I do believe that it might be feasible to secure the good-will of America, Great Britain and France towards the promotion of a large influx, and settlement of our people in Palestine … further it might be possible to obtain from the Powers the formal assurance to our people that they shall obtain autonomy in Palestine as soon as their numbers become large enough to justify this.” Jacob Schiff of Kuhn-Loeb & Co. wrote a letter dealing with the Zionist question, September (1917) “The Arabs will have to go, but one needs an opportune moment for making it happen, such as a war.” Israeli Prime Minister David Ben-Gurion, in a 1937 letter to his son “I favor partition of the country because when we become a strong power after the establishment of the state, we will abolish partition and spread throughout all of Palestine.” Israeli Prime Minister David Ben-Gurion, 1938 “I am for compulsory transfer; I do not see anything immoral in it.” Israeli Prime MInister David Ben-Gurion, June 1938 “We should prepare to go on the offensive. Our aim is to smash Lebanon, Trans-Jordan, and Syria. The weak point is Lebanon, for the Moslem regime is artificial and easy for us to undermine. We shall establish a Christian state there, and then we will smash the Arab Legion, eliminate Trans-Jordan; Syria will fall to us. We then bomb and move on and take Port Said, Alexandria and Sinai.” Israeli Prime Minister David Ben-Gurion, 1948 “We must do everything to ensure they the Palestinian refugees never do return.” Israeli Prime Minister David Ben-Gurion, in his diary, July 18, 1948 “Why should the Arabs make peace? If I were an Arab leader I would never make terms with Israel. That is natural. We have taken their country. Sure, God promised it to me, but what does it matter to them? Our God is not theirs. We come from Israel, it is true, but two thousand years ago, and what is it to them? There have been anti-Semitism, the Nazis, Hitler, and Auschwitz but was that their fault? They only see one thing: we have come here and stolen their country.” Israeli Prime Minister David Ben-Gurion to Nahum Goldman, President of the World Zionist Organization, 1956 “A partial Jewish state is not the end, bur only the beginning. The establishment of such a Jewish state will serve as a means in our historical effort to redeem the country in its entirety…. We shall organize a modern defense force… and then I am certain that we will not be prevented from settling in other parts of the country, either by mutual agreement with our Arab neighbors or by some other means…. We will expel the Arabs and take their place… with the force at our disposal.” Israeli Prime Minister David Ben-Gurion, in a 1937 letter to his son “In 1810, the Rothschilds began to push for a country for the Jews, so they created a new brand of Judaism called Reform Judaism which would establish a new Jewish country, which is now Israel. Only the Rothschilds could do that because to create a worldwide movement costs a lot of money.” Eustace Mullins, 2008 “Between ourselves it must be clear that there is no room for both peoples together in this country. We shall not achieve our goal if the Arabs are in this small country. There is no other way than to transfer the Arabs from here to neighboring countries – all of them. Not one village, not one tribe should be left.” Joseph Weitz, head of the Jewish Agency’s Colonization Department in 1940 “Political Zionism is an agency of Big Business. It is being used by Jewish and Christian financiers in the United States and Great Britain, to make Jews believe that Palestine will be ruled by a descendant of King David who will ultimately rule the world. What delusion! It will lead to war between Arabs and Jews and eventually to war between Muslims and non-Muslims. That will be the turning point of history.” Henry H. Klein, 1947 “Hundreds of thousands of Palestinians, intimidated and terrorized, fled in panic, and still others were driven out by the Jewish army, which, under the leadership of David Ben-Gurion, planned and executed the expulsion in the wake of the UN Partition Plan.” Israeli historian Simha Flapan “By what means has America (and the entire West) been brought to the state that no public man aspires to office, or editor feels secure at his desk, until he has brought out his prayer-mat and prostrated himself to Zion? How have presidents and prime ministers been led to compete for the approval of this faction like bridesmaids for the bride’s bouquet? Why do leading men suffer themselves to be paraded at hundred-dollar-a-plate banquets for Zion, or to be herded on to Zionist platforms to receive “plaques” for services rendered?” The power of money and the prospect of votes have demonstrably been potent lures, but in my judgment by far the strongest weapon is this power to control published information; to lay stress on what a faction wants and to exclude from it all that the faction dislikes, and so to be able to give any selected person a “good” or a “bad” press. Douglas Reed in his book “The Controversy of Zion” [published in the 1950s] “For the most part, Israel is the subcontractor for American arms to the ‘Third World.’ There is no terrible regime – Colombia, Guatemala, Uruguay, Argentina and Chile during the time of the colonels, Burma, Taiwan, Zaire, Liberia, Congo, Sierra Leone – there is not one that does not have a major military connection to Israel. Israel is a key member of the American empire.” Jeff Halper “”It is like what was done by the Nazis to us during the Shoa [the Judeocide of WW II]. … What we are doing in the occupied territories [since 1967] has aroused the Palestinians. I understand them. If somebody had done the same things to us, we would have reacted exactly like them.” Israeli national singer Yafa Yarkoni, comparing the Israeli Occupation Forces (IOF) with the Nazis, April 2002 “Everybody has to move, run and grab as many [Palestinian] hilltops as they can to enlarge the [Jewish] settlements because everything we take now will stay ours… Everything we don’t grab will go to them.” Israeli Prime Minister Ariel Sharon, 1998 “It is the duty of Israel leaders to explain to public opinion, clearly and courageously, a certain number of facts that are forgotten with time. The first of these is that there is no Zionism, colonization or Jewish state without the eviction of the Arabs and the expropriation of their lands.” Ariel Sharon, 1998 “We, the Jewish people control America, and the Americans know it.” Prime Minister Ariel Sharon to Shimon Peres, October 2001 “Tell me, do the evil men of this world have a bad time? They hunt and catch whatever they feel like eating. They don’t suffer from indigestion and are not punished by Heaven. I want Israel to join that club. Maybe the world will then at last begin to fear us instead of feeling sorry. Maybe they will start to tremble, to fear our madness instead of admiring our nobility. Let them tremble; let them call us a mad state. Let them understand that we are a savage country, dangerous to our surroundings, not normal, that we might go wild, that we might start World War Three just like that, or that we might one day go crazy and burn all the oil fields in the Middle East. Even if you’ll prove to me that the present war is a dirty immoral war, I don’t care. We shall start another war, kill and destroy more and more. And do you know why it is all worth it? Because it seems that this war has made us more unpopular among the civilized world. We’ll hear no more of that nonsense about the unique Jewish morality. No more talk about a unique people being a light upon the nations. No more uniqueness and no more sweetness and light. Good riddance.” former Israeli Prime Minister Ariel Sharon “Israel controls the United States Senate. Around 80 percent [of the Senate] are completely in support of Israel; anything Israel wants it gets. Jewish influence in the House of Representatives is even greater.” Senator William Fulbright “Israel’s goal in the Middle East has been to gin up as much conflict and chaos as possible, keeping its Islamic enemies divided, making it impossible for any credible challenge to arise among its Arab neighbors, and aiming the main blow at Tehran, while paying lip service to the awfulness of ISIS and al-Qaeda. Their quarrel isn’t really with the Arabs, anyway, it’s with the Persians, whom they fear and loathe, and whose destruction has been their number one objective since the days of Ariel Sharon.” Justin Raimondo, 2014 “Zionism was willing to sacrifice the whole of European Jewry for a Zionist State. Everything was done to create a state of Israel and that was only possible through a world war. Wall Street and Jewish large bankers aided the war effort on both sides.” Joseph Burg, The Toronto Star,1988 “The control the Jews have over the news media and the barrage which the Jews have built up on congressmen… I am very much concerned over the fact that the Jewish influence here is completely dominating the scene and making it almost impossible to get Congress to do anything they don’t approve of. The Israeli Embassy is practically dictating to the Congress through influential Jewish people in the country.” Secretary of State John Foster Dulles “American Zionists from left to right adopted unanimously, at their last annual convention held in Atlantic City in October 1944, the demand for a free and democratic Jewish commonwealth… which shall embrace the whole of Palestine, undivided and undiminished.” Hannah Arendt, 1945 “Among the most disturbing political phenomena of our time is the emergence in the newly created State of Israel of the Freedom Party (Herut), a political party closely akin in its organization, method, political philosophy and social appeal to the Nazi and Fascist parties.” Albert Einstein, Hanna Arendt and other prominent Jewish Americans, writing in The New York Times, protesting the visit to America of Menachem Begin, December 1948 “I have always said, I always say, I am proud of everything I have done in my past. I do not disown a single step …. I am proud of what I have done and I do not owe an accounting to anyone.” Yitzhak Shamir – leader of the Stern Gang terrorist group in Palestine, 1991 “When we have settled the land, all the Arabs will be able to do about it will be scurry around like drugged roaches in a bottle.” Rafael Eitan, Israel’s military chief of the staff during the 1982 invasion of Lebanon “Israel should have exploited the repression of the demonstrations in China, when world attention focused on that country, to carry out mass expulsions among the Arabs of the territories.” Benyamin Netanyahu, 1989 “We are benefiting from one thing, and that is the attack on the Twin Towers and Pentagon, and the American struggle in Iraq… [these events] swung American public opinion in our favor.” Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, 2008 “It’s very good [bombing of World Trade Center, NYC, 2001]… it will generate immediate sympathy … [and] strengthen the bond between our two peoples.” Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, 2011 “The charge that criticism of Israel is implicitly anti-Semitic is regarded in Israel and the United States as Israel’s trump card. If it has been played more insistently and aggressively in recent years, that is because it is now the only card left. The habit of tarring any foreign criticism with the brush of anti-Semitism is deeply ingrained in Israeli political instincts: Ariel Sharon used it with characteristic excess but he was only the latest in a long line of Israeli leaders to exploit the claim. David Ben-Gurion and Golda Meir did no different. But Jews outside of Israel pay a high price for this tactic. Not only does it inhibit their own criticisms of Israel for fear of appearing to associate with bad company, but it encourages others to look upon Jews everywhere as de facto collaborators in Israel’s misbehavior. When Israel breaks international law in the occupied territories, when Israel publicly humiliates the subject populations whose land it has seized — but then responds to its critics with loud cries of “anti-Semitism” — it is in effect saying that these acts are not Israeli acts, they are Jewish acts: The occupation is not an Israeli occupation, it is a Jewish occupation, and if you don’t like these things it is because you don’t like Jews. In many parts of the world this is in danger of becoming a self-fulfilling assertion: Israel’s reckless behavior and insistent identification of all criticism with anti-Semitism is now the leading source of anti-Jewish sentiment in Western Europe and much of Asia.” Tony Judt, 2006 “Zionist acts of terror, carried out mainly by members of two major groups, the Irgun and Stern Gang, included the 1946 bombing of the King David Hotel in Jerusalem, which killed ninety-one people – forty-one Arabs, twenty-eight British, and seventeen Jews; the 1947 hanging of two British soldiers and booby trapping of their bodies; the 1948 bombing of the Arab-owned Semiramis Hotel in Jerusalem, which killed twenty-two Arabs, including women and children; the 1948 massacre of 254 Arab men, women, and children villagers of Deir Yassin; the massacre of scores of civilians at the village of Dawayima in 1948; and the 1948 assassination of UN Special Representative Count Folke Bernadotte of Sweden. … Menachem Begin led the Irgun, and Yitzhak Shamir was one of the leaders of the Stern Gang. Both men later became prime ministers of Israel.” former U.S. Congressman Paul Findley “A controversial bill that officially defines Israel as the “Nation-State of the Jewish People” was approved by the Israeli cabinet. Finally Israel has acknowledged its true Jewish nature. Instead of pretending to be a ‘Jewish Democracy” – a contradiction in terms, the Jewish State admits that it is a theocracy guided by Jewish racial supremacist ideology. The bill, which is intended to become part of Israel’s Basic Laws, recognises Israel’s Jewish character, institutionalises Jewish law as an inspiration for legislation and delists Arabic as an official second language. As if until now Arabic had been equal to Hebrew. According to some Israeli critics, the new Israeli bill would weaken the wording of Israel’s declaration of independence, which states that the new state would “be based on the principles of liberty, justice and freedom expressed by the prophets of Israel [and] affirm complete social and political equality for all its citizens, regardless of religion, race or gender.” Israel has always been the Jewish State, it has never been a liberal place nor has it been committed to justice or equality. The deepest truth is that universal humanism and ethical culture is foreign to Judaic thinking that is tribal and legalistic.” Gilad Atzmon, 2014 “Israeli psychopaths can steal Palestine, murder Palestinians, and justify it with the Bible, and feel good about it. Of course, they know they are lying. And they know that they will be morally condemned and attacked by the majority of human beings, if they do not conceal their drive for what they want behind a mask of some high sounding justification.”” Laura Knight-Jadczyk “Israel appears to have a special place in the world today. It can ignore international law and not worry that it will be called to account. It can unleash brutal attacks on the Palestinians and yet it is always portrayed as the victim – a typical psychopathic tactic. Attacks against Jews across the globe are catalogued and denounced while the same acts committed against Arabs and Moslems are acceptable – another psychopathic trait. ” Henry See “The purpose of Zionism is to help colonize the Middle East, subvert Islam, and control the oil fields. For this reason Israel continues to receive blank checks. This is why the founding of Israel took precedence over the welfare of the Jewish people. People complain that Israel controls the U.S.. But, Israel is just an instrument of the central bankers who control both.” Henry Makow “Israel is now allied with Saudi Arabia and other Sunni Persian Gulf states, which are, in turn, supporting Sunni militants in Al-Qaeda and the Islamic State. Sometimes directly, sometimes indirectly, this Israel-Saudi bloc sustains Al-Qaeda and, to a somewhat lesser degree, the Islamic State.” Robert Parry “Following the War [World War I] Britain and France carved up the Middle East… Britain obtaining protectorate status over Palestine (Israel) and the important oil-producing areas, especially Iraq. Their protectorate over Palestine set the stage for their planned later creation in that area of a Jewish homeland, which intent was proclaimed to British Zionists in a letter from Britain’s Foreign Secretary Arthur Balfour to Walter Lord Rothschild, representing the English Federation of Zionists. The letter became known as the Balfour Declaration, which was not implemented until after World War II. The British intent was to project their control into the oil-laden Middle East by creating a Jewish-dominated Palestine, beholden to Britain for survival, and surrounded by a pack of squabbling, balkanized Arab states.” F William Engdahl in his book “A Century of War” “Israel controls the United States Senate.” Senator William Fulbright, 1967 “Sir Edmond Rothschild began his personal campaign to create a Jewish homeland in Palestine in order to create a release valve for Jewish émigrés to promote them emigrating to Palestine, and out of Western Europe. As the pre-eminent Zionist in Britain, Sir Edmond Rothschild ‘s proposal for the creation of a Jewish homeland in Palestine served major economic interests of the Rothschilds and of the British Empire, in that several years prior, Rothschild bought the Suez Canal for the British, and it was the primary transport route for Russian oil. Palestine, thus, would be a vital landmass as a protectorate for British and Rothschild imperial-economic interests.” Patricia Goldstone in her book “Aaronsohn’s Maps” “Political Zionism is an agency of Big Business. It is being used by Jewish and Christian financiers in the United States and Great Britain, to make Jews believe that Palestine will be ruled by a descendant of King David who will ultimately rule the world. What delusion! It will lead to war between Arabs and Jews and eventually to war between Muslims and non-Muslims. That will be the turning point of history.” Henry H. Klein, 1947 “In the 1860s, the British-Israelite movement was initiated from within Freemasonry. Its goal was to establish a Jewish-Masonic state in the Turkish province of Palestine… Initially, British Jewish Masonic families like the Rothschilds and Montefiores provided the capital to build the infrastructure for the anticipated wave of immigration. However, luring the Jews to Israel was proving difficult. They liked European life too much to abandon it. So Europe was to be turned into a nightmare for the Jews.” Barry Chamish “There cannot be the slightest doubt that a state of mind very much like that of Israel now prevails among American Jews. There is a fanatical certainty abroad that there is only one truth and that Israel is the sole custodian of it. No distinction is made between the Jews of the world and Israel, and not even between the Israeli government and Israel. Israeli statesmen and their policies are assumed to be inviolate and above criticism. There is a frightening intolerance of opinions differing from those of the majority, a complete disregard of reason, and a yielding to the emotions of a stampeding herd.” William Zukerman, Jewish Newsletter, 1955 EMPIRE OF CHAOS IS THE UNITED STATES THE MOST DESTRUCTIVE EMPIRE IN HISTORY? “They have pillaged the world. When the land has nothing left for men who ravage everything, they scour the sea. If an enemy is rich, they are greedy; if he is poor, they crave glory. Neither East nor West can sate their appetite. They are the only people on earth to covet wealth and poverty with equal craving. They plunder, they butcher, they ravish, and call it by the lying name of ’empire’. They make a desert and call it ‘peace’.” Publius Cornelius Tacitus – a historian of the Roman Empire “America is today the leader of a world-wide anti-revolutionary movement in the defense of vested interests. She now stands for what Rome stood for. Rome consistently supported the rich against the poor in all foreign communities that fell under her sway; and, since the poor, so far, have always and everywhere been far more numerous than the rich, Rome’s policy made for inequality, for injustice, and for the least happiness of the greatest number.” Arnold Toynbee,1961 “Coming to grips with U.S./CIA activities in broad numbers and figuring out how many people have been killed in the jungles of Laos or the hills of Nicaragua is very difficult. But, adding them up as best we can, we come up with a figure of six million people killed-and this is a minimum figure. Included are: one million killed in the Korean War, two million killed in the Vietnam War, 800,000 killed in Indonesia, one million in Cambodia, 20,000 killed in Angola … and 22,000 killed in Nicaragua. These people would not have died if U.S. tax dollars had not been spent by the CIA to inflame tensions, finance covert political and military activities and destabilize societies.” John Stockwell, CIA official in the 1960s and 1970s “The American elite’s unbounded, unquestioned, indeed unconscious sense of imperial entitlement and dominance — based ultimately on war, the threat of war and the profit from war — is one of the defining characteristics of our age. Our political and media elite cannot conceive of an end to empire. Our elites and their courtiers cannot imagine life without a permanent war for global dominance, fueled by a gargantuan war machine spread across hundreds and hundreds of bases implanted in more than 100 countries.” Chris Floyd “Since the late 1940s, the United States has been deliberately engaged in an imperial project, and anyone who would hold the office of the presidency has to be willing to serve that end. All presidents have to promote the national security state, both domestically and in American foreign policy, if they wish to attain and hold on to power.” Morris Berman “We thought we knew what would happen in Libya. We thought we knew what would happen in Egypt. We thought we knew what would happen in Iraq, and we guessed wrong. In each one of these countries the thing we have to consider is that there is some structure that’s holding the society together. And as we learned, especially in Libya, when you remove the top and the whole thing falls apart . . . you get chaos.” former Secretary of State Colin Powell “The basic and generally agreed U.S. plan is unilateral world domination through absolute military superiority.” Anatol Lieven, Carnegie Endowment for International Peace “Because the United States does not look like a militarized country, it’s hard for Americans to grasp that Washington is a war capital, that the United States is a war state, that it garrisons much of the planet, and that the norm for us is to be at war somewhere at any moment.” Tom Engelhardt “Under the banner of nuclear non-proliferation, the US Administration’s [Barack Obama] objective is to gain a monopoly over the stocks as well as the production of nuclear materials.” Michel Chossudovsky “The United States has discarded pretensions to international legality and decency, and embarked on a course of raw imperialism run amok.” William Rockler, Nuremberg Tribunal prosecutor “The world will note that the first atomic bomb was dropped on Hiroshima, a military base. That was because we wished in this first attack to avoid, insofar as possible, the killing of civilians. [The bomb killed more than 150,000 civilians in this Japanese city with a population of 400,000.] President Harry Truman, August 9, 1945 “Since the fall of the Berlin Wall in November 1989, the Pentagon had been pursuing a military strategy for domination of the entire planet. It was called by the Pentagon, ‘Full Spectrum Dominance’ and as its name implied, its agenda was to control everything everywhere including the high seas air, space and even outer space and cyberspace.” F. William Engdahl “The real motivation behind US military interventions during the cold war was not Soviet deterrence but the crushing of popular, indigenous nationalist movements for independence, and the establishment of US control over strategic regions.” Nafeez Mosaddeq Ahmed from his book “Behind the War on Terror” “The U.S. military acts in the interests of the corporate and financial elite, and those countries that do not submit to American economic hegemony are deemed enemies, and the military is ultimately sent in to implement “regime change.” Andrew Gavin Marshall ” America is the largest debtor nation, and at the same time it is the world’s creditor. “Creating money out of thin air”, while at the same time imposing the U.S. dollar as a global currency constitutes the ultimate instrument of conquest and imperial domination. The U.S. monetary system is supported by the most powerful military power on earth. The dollar is backed by U.S. military might, which constitutes a means for displacing national currencies and imposing the U.S. dollar. In this regard, the Federal Reserve’s overwhelming powers of money creation constitute an essential lever of an imperial monetary agenda. … The Western banking system controls a worldwide electronic banking network. The control of money creation at a world level constitutes the ultimate instrument of economic and social domination. The creation of fiat money provides a command over the real economies of countries worldwide. The ultimate lever of the U.S.-NATO imperial design is to override and destroy national currencies.” Michel Chossudovsky in the book “The Global Economic Crisis” “Stop talking so much about democracy and instead support dictatorships of the right if their policies are pro-American.” U.S. Treasury Secretary George Humphrey, 1954 “Through slick Madison Avenue marketing techniques and careful study of genuine protest movements, the US Government had perfected techniques for ‘democratically’ getting rid of any opponent, while convincing the world they were brought down by spontaneous outbursts for freedom.” F. William Engdahl “The CIA is not now nor has it ever been a central intelligence agency. It is the covert action arm of the President’s foreign policy advisers. In that capacity it overthrows or supports foreign governments while reporting “intelligence” justifying those activities… Disinformation is a large part of its covert action responsibility, and the American people are the primary target audience of its lies. … The Agency’s task is to develop an intemational anti-communist ideology. The CIA then links every egalitarian political movement to the scourge of intemational communism. This then prepares the American people and many in the world community for the second stage, the destruction of those movements. For egalitarianism is the enemy and it must not be allowed to exist.” Ralph McGehee in his book “Deadly Deceits” “The “war on terrorism” purports to defend the American Homeland and protect the “civilized world”. It is upheld as a “war of religion”, a “clash of civilizations”, when in fact the main objective of this war is to secure control and corporate ownership over the region’s extensive oil wealth, while also imposing under the helm of the IMF and the World Bank, the privatization of state enterprises and the transfer of the countries’ economic assets into the hands of foreign capital.” Michel Chossudovsky “It is the function of the CIA to keep the world unstable, and to propagandize and teach the American people to hate, so we will let the Establishment spend any amount of money on arms.” John Stockwell, CIA official in the 1960s and 1970s “If the Agency [CIA] actually reported the truth about the Third World, what would it say? It would say that the United States installs foreign leaders, arms their armies, and empowers their police all to help those leaders repress an angry, defiant people; that the CIA-empowered leaders represent only a small faction who kill, torture, and impoverish their own people to maintain their position of privilege.” Ralph McGehee in his book “Deadly Deceits” “Almost from the beginning, the CIA engaged not only in the collection of intelligence information, but also in covert operations which involved rigging elections and manipulating labor unions abroad, carrying on paramilitary operations, overturning governments, assassinating foreign officials, protecting former Nazis and lying to Congress.” former Senator George McGovern, 1987 “In every country, embassies are used for spying. So, it would be dumb for a country to put its real intelligence-gathering officers inside an embassy or consulate or attaché’, because that is the first place a hosting nation is going to look for spies. So, the number one place the United States and other countries place their intelligence-gathering officers and informants is NGOs. In Russia, Central Asia, the Caucasus, and elsewhere in the world, United States’ NGOs – over 90% of them – are operations bases for the CIA.” Sibel Edmonds THE ENDGAME There will be a one-world government run by an oligarchy of banks, corporations and dynastic families. International institutions will replace nation-states as the centers of global power. Cash will be outlawed. All financial transactions will be digital, allowing governments to control people financially. Surveillance will be ubiquitous and privacy will end. Facial recognition, optical scanners and RFID chips will be the norm. CCTV cameras will be everywhere. ID cards will be required at all times. Global population will be reduced by means of anti-fertility drugs imposed on targeted populations using GMO foods and vaccines to carry hormones that will prevent pregnancy, as well as sperm-kllling agents. Political leaders will serve the global oligarchy by enforcing global laws and controlling their populations. Authoritarianism will prevail. Totalitarian government will be the rule. Welcome to the New World Order. THE COMING WORLD ORDER A TOTALITARIAN GLOBAL GOVERNMENT OF, BY AND FOR BANKS AND CORPORATIONS CONTROLLED BY AN INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL ELITE “The plan is a One World Government and one-unit monetary system, under permanent non-elected hereditary oligarchists who self-select from among their numbers in the form of a feudal system as it was in the Middle Ages. In this One World entity, population will be limited … until one billion people who are useful to the ruling class, in areas which will be strictly and clearly defined, remain as the total world population. There will be no middle class, only rulers and the servants. All laws will be uniform under a legal system of world courts practicing the same unified code of laws, backed up by a One World Government police force and a One World unified military to enforce laws in all former countries where no national boundaries shall exist. The system will be on the basis of a welfare state: those who are obedient and subservient to the One World Government will be rewarded with the means to live; those who are rebellious will simple be starved to death or be declared outlaws. Privately owned firearms or weapons of any kind will be prohibited.” John Coleman in his book “Conspirators’ Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300”, 1992 “People, governments and economies of all nations must serve the needs of multinational banks and corporations.” Zbigniew Brzezinski, in his book “Technotronic Era” “Corporate ascendancy is emerging as the universal order of the post-communist world. Corporate ascendancy refers to the rise of a new weakened form of democracy in which the powers of average Americans are being transferred to vast institutions with diminishing public accountability. With the government increasingly unresponsive to popular opinion, and corporations almost entirely unaccountable to the public, corporations have begun acquiring new public powers and acting as unelected partners with governments.” Charles Derber “We are on the verge of global transformation. All we need is the right major crisis and the nations will accept the New World Order.” David Rockefeller’s statement to the United Nations Business Council, 1994 “The conscious and intelligent manipulation of organized habits and opinions of the masses is an important element in a democratic society. Those who manipulate this unseen mechanism of society constitute an invisible government, which is the true ruling power in our country. … We are governed, our minds are molded, our tastes formed, our ideas suggested, largely by men we have never heard of. Whatever attitude one chooses to take toward this condition, it remains a fact that in almost every act of our daily lives, whether in the sphere of politics or business, our social conduct or our ethical thinking, we are dominated by the relatively small number of persons, who understand the mental processes and social patterns of the masses. It is they who pull the wires which control the public mind, and who harness old social forces and contrive new ways to bind and guide the world.” Edward Bernay in his book ‘Propaganda’ “David Rockefeller’s Trilateral Commission aimed for a world order controlled by multinational corporations and banks.” Penny Lernoux “Under the New World Order, the pursuit of profit hinges upon political “manipulations’ the bribing of officials and the routine exercise of covert intelligence operations on behalf of powerful corporate interests. The US-sponsored paramilitary armies in different parts of the world are trained and equipped by private mercenary outfits on contract to the Pentagon. Ultimately, the conduct of war, rather than being controlled by the state, is subordinated to the pursuit of private economic interests. While interfacing with Wall Street, intelligence agencies, including the CIA, have also developed undercover ties with powerful criminal syndicates involved in the drug trade. These syndicates, through the process of money laundering, have also invested heavily in legitimate business undertakings. Under the New World Order, the demarcation between “organized capital” and “organized crime” is blurred. The restructuring of global trade and finance tends to favor the concurrent “globalization” of the criminal economy, which is intricately tied into the corporate establishment. In turn, the state apparatus is criminalized. Amply documented, senior policy-makers in the Bush administration in charge of foreign policy have links to various drug cartels.” Michel Chossudovsky “The earliest attempt to bring about a New World Order was a result of putting into practice the theories of Edward Bernays, the chief theoretician at the Tavistock Institute of Human Relations [London]… Bernays devised the method whereby agents such as Henry Kissinger would be brought into the scheme of things to secretly promote the New World Order as the actual agenda of the United States… From its modest beginnings at Wellington House in London, Tavistock expanded rapidly to become the world’s premier “brainwashing” institute.” John Coleman in his book “Conspirators’ Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300”, 1992 “Just as our banks and corporations have plundered the Third World with rapacious delight over the past three decades, now they will be able to do the same to the populations of the rich nations themselves. The state will transform, as it did in the ‘Third World’, into a typically totalitarian institution which is responsible for protecting the super-rich and controlling, oppressing, or, in extreme cases of resistance, eliminating the ‘problem populations’ (i.e., the people).” Andrew Gavin Marshall “Economic Hitmen [EHM] build a global empire. We are an elite group of men and women who utilize international financial organizations to foment conditions that make other nations subservient to the corporatocracy running our biggest corporations, our government, and our banks. … Despite the fact that the money is returned almost immediately to corporations that are members of the corporatocracy (the creditor), the recipient country is required to pay it all back, principal plus interest. If an EHM is completely successful, the loans are so large that the debtor is forced to default on its payments after a few f. years. When this happens, then like the Mafia we demand our pound of flesh. This often includes one or more of the following: control over United Nations votes, the installation of military bases, or access to precious resources such as oil or the Panama Canal. Of course, the debtor still owes us the money -and another country is added to our global empire.” John Perkins “If the American people ever allow the banks to control the issuance of their currency … the banks and corporations that will grow up around them will deprive the people of all property, until their children wake up homeless on the continent their fathers conquered.” Thomas Jefferson “Real power is unelected. Politicians change, but the power structure does not. The Network (a global Anglophile financial elite power structure) operates behind the scenes, for its own benefit, without ever consulting those who are affected by its decisions. The Network is composed of individuals who prefer anonymity. They are “satisfied to possess the reality rather than the appearance of power.” This approach of secretly exercising power is common throughout history because it protects the conspirators from the consequences of their actions. A primary tactic for directing public opinion and “government” policy is to place willing servants in leadership positions of trusted institutions (media, universities, government, foundations, etc.). If there is ever a major backlash against a given policy, the servant can be replaced. This leaves both the institution and the individuals who actually direct its power unharmed. Historically, those who establish sophisticated systems of domination are not only highly intelligent; they are supremely deceptive and ruthless. They completely ignore the ethical barriers that govern a normal human being’s behavior. They do not believe that the moral and legislative laws, which others are expected to abide by, apply to them. This gives them an enormous advantage over the masses that cannot easily imagine their mind-set. Advances in technology have enabled modern rulers to dominate larger and larger areas of the globe. As a result, the substance of national sovereignty has already been destroyed, and whatever remains of its shell is being dismantled as quickly as possible. The new system they’re building – which they themselves refer to as a New World Order – will trade the existing illusion of democratically directed government for their long-sought, “expert-directed,” authoritarian technocracy.” Joseph Plummer, 2014 “[The plan of the global financial elite was] nothing less than to create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole.” Carroll Quigley in his book “Tragedy and Hope” “What has allowed government to become corrupted today is that it is actually run by the money cartel. Big Business holds all the cards, because its affiliated banks have monopolized the business of issuing and lending the national money supply, a function the Constitution delegated solely to Congress. What hides behind the banner of “free enterprise” today is a system in which giant corporate monopolies have used their affiliated banking trusts to generate unlimited funds to buy up competitors, the media, and the government itself, forcing truly independent private enterprise out. Big private banks are allowed to create money out of nothing, lend it at interest, foreclose on the collateral, and determine who gets credit and who doesn’t. They can advance massive loans to their affiliated corporations and hedge funds, which use the money to raid competitors and manipulate markets.” Ellen Hodgson Brown “Wall Street, multinational corporations, international banks and wealthy people have formed elite groups to serve as vehicles for their interests. These include Think Tanks such as the Council on Foreign Relations, the Trilateral Commission, the Bilderbergers and others, which are interlocked with the Tax-exempt Foundations and the Federal Reserve.” Antony Sutton “[There are several conspiratorial organizations whose] objective is the overthrow of the U.S. constitution so that the U.S. can to play the leadership role in the drive toward a One World International Communist-New World Order Government in a feudal society. Under such a cruel and repressive regime, people of the world will revert to serfdom and conditions far worse than those that existed in the Dark Ages. The New World Order will run on tightly-structured Communist lines. … A new plan for the world … called for an attack upon industrialized nations with advanced mechanized agricultural production in a slow, but sure disintegration of industrial production (and this includes nuclear power generation), the destruction of hundreds of millions of people, referred to by the Committee of 300 as “surplus population,” and the removal of any leader who dares to stand in the way of the Committee’s global planning to reach the foregoing objectives.” John Coleman in his book “Conspirators’ Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300”, 1992 “International banks and multinational corporations are acting and planning in terms that are far in advance of the political concepts of the nation-state.” Zbigniew Brzezinski “The New World Order is powerful offshore corporations and banks that combine forces to bring in tyranny on a society-wide basis. All the New World Order is, is private corporations paying off your government to sign treaties with them, granting them government power to create monopolies and cartels, to control the free market and society.” Alex Jones “[A demoralizing process] will happen in the United States as the economy worsens. This process is necessary to make people accept difficult choices… There will be social chaos on a scale which is currently hard to imagine. The outlook for urban America is bleak… The cities will shrink and the manufacturing base will decline. This will produce social convulsions.” Sir Peter Vickers Hall, of the British Vickers armament manufacturing family, in a speech in 1981 “At the center of the international financial system are the banks, asset management firms, oligarchs and financial dynasties that together control the network – or cartel – of the Global Financial Mafia. A network of roughly 150 of the world’s largest financial institutions collectively control each other and a significant percentage of the network of the world’s largest 47,000 transnational corporations. This unprecedented global financial power concentrated in a relatively small list of banks, insurance companies and asset management firms is itself controlled by rich and powerful individuals and families: the core constituency of the world of Global Financial Governance. As with every imperial system, a form of State Power is needed, as only nations have sovereign authority and accepted legitimacy.” Andrew Gavin Marshall “This world is not run by The Presidents or The Prime Ministers, it is run by the global corporations and the banks. For it is these entities that control the money supply and it is these entities that decide which country lives or falls.” The Daily Bell “Corporations have long been powerful economic and political entities, but in recent decades some have grown to dwarf even middling-sized national economies. According to a ranking published by Global Trends, 58 percent of the world’s biggest 150 economic entities in 2012 were corporations. They include oil, natural gas, and mining majors, banks and insurance firms, telecommunications giants, supermarket behemoths, car manufacturers, and pharmaceutical companies.” Don Quijones “Corporations are ubiquitous parts of our lives, and those that own and run them want them to remain that way. We eat corporate food. We buy corporate clothes. We drive in corporate cars. We buy our fuel from corporations. We borrow from, invest our retirement savings with, and take out college loans with corporations and corporate banks. We are entertained, informed, and bombarded with advertisements by corporations. Many of us work for corporations. There are few aspects of life left that have not been taken over by corporations, from mail delivery to public utilities to our for-profit health-care system. These corporations have no loyalty to the country or workers. Our impoverishment feeds their profits. And profits, for corporations, are all that count.” Chris Hedges “In the first scientific study of its kind, Swiss researchers analyzed the relationship between 43,000 transnational corporations and “identified a relatively small group of companies, mainly banks, with disproportionate power over the global economy.” In their report, “The Network of Global Corporate Control”, researchers noted that this network – which they defined as “ownership” by a person or firm over another firm, whether partially or entirely – “is much more unequally distributed than wealth” and that “the top ranked actors hold a control ten times bigger than what could be expected based on their wealth.” The “core” of this network – which consists of the world’s top 737 corporations – control 80% of all transnational corporations (TNCs). Even more extreme, the top 147 transnational corporations control roughly 40% of the entire economic value of the world’s TNCs, forming their own network known as the “super-entity.” The super-entity conglomerates all control each other, and thus control a significant portion of the rest of the world’s corporations with the “core” of the global corporate network consisting primarily of financial corporations and intermediaries.” Andrew Gavin Marshall “The capacity to assert social and political control over the individual will vastly increase. It will soon be possible to assert almost continuous control over every citizen and to maintain up-to-date files, containing even the most personal details about health and personal behavior of every citizen, in addition to the more customary data. These files will be subject to instantaneous retrieval by the authorities. Power will gravitate into the hands of those who control information. Our existing institutions will be supplanted by pre-crisis management institutions, the task of which will be to identify in advance, likely social crises and to develop programs to cope with them.” Zbigniew Brzezinski in his book ‘Between Ages, America’s Role in the Technetronic Era’ “In 1973, David Rockefeller had created a new Trilateral Commission, with Zbigniew Brzezinski as its director. The commission brought together – from Canada, Europe, Japan, and the United States – investment bankers and multinational corporate directors. It sought, in a Trilateralist paper’s words, to build a new consensus about “the management of interdependence… the central problem of world order for the coming years” – as opposed to the containment of communism, which had dominate elite thinking for the previous quarter century.” Peter Dale Scott “Henry Kissinger produced, in April 1974, the classified National Security Council Study Memorandum 200 (NSSM 200), directed to Washington high officialdom, defining a program aimed at population reduction in Third World countries possessing needed raw materials, since growing populations with aspirations for a better standard of living give rise to high prices for such materials. Kissinger named 13 target countries for population control, including Brazil, India, Egypt, Mexico, Ethiopia, Columbia, and others.” F William Engdahl in his book “A Century of War” “The name of the game is the creation of world banks, regional currencies, multinational trusts, giant foundations, land expropriations, and massive transfers of natural resources – the cartelization of the world’s natural resources – which will ultimately evolve into transfers of national sovereignty.” Larry Abraham with Franklin Sanders in their book “The Greening: The Environmentalists’ Drive for Global Power “A secretive group of “internationalists” are said to have funded, and in some cases, caused most of the major wars of the last 200 years. Their favorite method of shaping public opinion is, primarily, through carrying out false flag attacks to manipulate populations into supporting them. This has allowed them to tighten their grip on the world economy, deliberately causing inflation and depressions at will. The people behind the New World Order are thought to be international bankers, in particular, the owners of the private banks in the Federal Reserve System, Bank of England and other central banks, and members of the Council on Foreign Relations, Trilateral Commission and Bilderberg Group.” Charlie Robinson, in his book “The Octopus of Global Control”, 2017 “The regionalization is in keeping with the Tri-Lateral Plan which calls for a gradual convergence of East and West, ultimately leading toward the goal of one world government. National sovereignty is no longer a viable concept.” Zbigniew Brzezinski “The New World Order cannot happen without U.S. participation, as we are the single most significant component. Yes, there will be a New World Order, and it will force the United States to change its perceptions.” Henry Kissinger, World Action Council, April 19, 1994 “The interests behind the Bush administration, such as the CFR, the Trilateral Commission -founded by Brzezinski for David Rockefeller -and the Bilderberg Group have prepared for and are now moving to implement open world dictatorship within the next five years.” Dr. Johannes Koeppl, former German Ministry for Defense official “The Rockefellers and their allies have, for at least fifty years, been carefully following a plan to use their economic power to gain political control of first America, and then the rest of the world. Do I mean conspiracy? Yes, I do. I am convinced there is such a plot, international in scope, generations old in planning, and incredibly evil in intent.” Congressman Larry P. McDonald, former Chairman of The John Birch Society, 1975 “By the end of this decade, we will live under the first One World Government that has ever existed in the society of nations, a government with absolute authority to decide the basic issues of survival. One world government is inevitable.” Pope John Paul II, 1990 “The New World Order is a more palatable name for the Anglo-American world empire. It’s the planetary domination of London, New York, Washington over the rest of the world. It’s hard to get people to join that or think they have a part in it if you called it the Anglo-American world empire. If you call it the New World Order, then people in India or someplace like that or the European Union might think, “Well, there’s something there for us too.” But that’s not what it is; it’s the Anglo-American New World Order.” Alex Jones, radio talk show host “We shall have world government, whether or not we like it. The question is only whether world government will be achieved by consent or by conquest.” James Warburg, son of CFR [Council on Foreign Relations] founder Paul Warburg, delivered blunt testimony before the Senate Foreign Relations Committee on February 17, 1950 “What we’ve got here for the first time on a global scale is a conspiracy of the governing class, worldwide, against the governed. What we are now facing is the nightmare that every lover of freedom has dreaded that the worldwide governing class would find an excuse to gang up together against the people’s interest, against liberty, against democracy, against prosperity, against capitalism, against every form of the freedoms which we have for too long and too dangerously taken for granted.” Lord Christopher Monckton, British Consultant, Policy Adviser “The influence wielded by banks and corporations is not simply through their direct wealth or operations, but through the affiliations, interactions and integration by those who run the institutions with political and social elites, both nationally and globally. While we can identify a global elite as a wealth percentage (the top 1% or, more accurately, the top 0.001%), this does not account for the more indirect and institutionalized influence that corporate and financial leaders exert over politics and society as a whole.” Andrew Gavin Marshall “The technetronic era involves the gradual appearance of a more controlled society. Such a society would be dominated by an elite, unrestrained by traditional values. Soon it will be possible to assert almost continuous surveillance over every citizen and maintain up-to-date complete files containing even the most personal information about the citizen. These files will be subject to instantaneous retrieval by the authorities.” Zbigniew Brzezinski in his 1970 book “Between Two Ages: America’s Role in the Technetronic Era” “It may be that two America’s are emerging, one a society protected by the corporate umbrella and the other a society whose members have failed to affiliate themselves with the dominant institution… The second America, in part, will consist of small businessmen and other independent spirits who manage to do well without corporate attachments. It will be comprised of the unemployed, the ill-educated and the entire residue of human beings who are not needed by the corporate machine.” professor Andrew Hacker in a speech ‘Toward a Corporate America’, given before The American Political Science Association Conference in New York on September 7, 1963 “The political world of the Open Conspiracy must weaken, efface, incorporate and supersede existing governments. The Open Conspiracy is the natural inheritor of socialist and communist euphemisms; it may be in the control of Moscow before it is in the control of New York. The character of the Open Conspiracy will now be plainly displayed. It will be a world religion. This large loose assimilatory mass of groups and societies will definitely and obviously attempt to swallow up the entire population of the world and become a new human community. … The Open Conspiracy, which will ultimately supply teaching coercive and direct public services to the whole world is the immediate task before all people, a planned World State is appearing at a thousand points. When accident (or crisis) finally precipitates it, its coming is likely to happen very quickly. Sometimes I feel that generations of propaganda and education may have to precede it. There must be a common faith and law for mankind.” H.G.Wells, in ‘The Open Conspiracy’ “The US and UK governments’ relentless backing for the global spread of genetically modified seeds was in fact the implementation of a decades long policy of the Rockefeller Foundation since the 1930’s, when it funded Nazi eugenics research… As some of these circles saw it, war as a means of population reduction was costly and not that efficient. … The Rockefeller Foundation, working with John D. Rockefeller Ill’s Population Council, the World Bank, the UN Development Program and the Ford Foundation, and others, had been working with the WHO (World Health Organization) for 20 years to develop an anti-fertility vaccine using tetanus, as well as with other vaccines.” F. William Engdahl in his book “Seeds of Destuction” “The big international] banks – along with large insurance companies and asset management firms – do not simply act as a cartel in terms of engaging in criminal activities, but they form a functionally interdependent network of global financial and corporate control. These financial institutions are major owners of government debt, which gives them even greater leverage over the policies and priorities of governments. Exercising this power, they typically demand the same thing: austerity measures and “structural reforms” designed to advance a neoliberal market economy that ultimately benefits those same banks and corporations. The banks in turn create the very crises that require governments to bail them out, racking up large debts that banks turn into further crises, pressuring economic reforms in return for further loans. The cycle of crisis and control continues, and all the while, the big banks and financial institutions engage in criminal conspiracies, fraud, manipulation and money-laundering on a massive scale, including acting as the financial services arm of the world’s largest drug cartels and terrorists organizations.” Andrew Gavin Marshall “The global financial elite of the Ford, Carnegie and Rockefeller foundations are making the plans [for a one world government]. The real name of the game is 1984. We will have systematic population reduction, forced sterilization or anything else which the planners deem necessary to establish absolute control in their humanitarian utopia. But to enforce these plans, you must have an all-powerful world government. You can’t do this if individual nations have sovereignty. And before you can facilitate the Great Merger, you must first centralize control within each nation, destroy the local police and remove the guns from the hands of the citizenry. You must replace our once free Constitutional Republic with an all-powerful central government.” Gary Allen in his book “None Dare Call It Conspiracy” “The nation-state as a fundamental unit of man’s organized life has ceased to be the principal creative force: International banks and multinational corporations are acting and planning in terms that are far in advance of the political concepts of the nation-state.” Zbigniew Brzezinski, ‘Between Two Ages: The Technetronic Era’, 1971 “The middle class is targeted for elimination because most of the world has no middle class, and to fully integrate and internationalize a middle class, this would require industrialization and development in places such as Africa, and certain places in Asia and Latin America, and would represent a massive threat to the Superclass, as it would be a valve through which much of their wealth and power would escape them. Their goal is not to lose their wealth and power to a transnational middle class, but rather to extinguish the notion of a middle class, and transnationalize a lower, uneducated, labor oriented class, through which they will secure ultimate wealth and power.” Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research “It was a relatively simple matter for the American public to accept the “fact” that the Rockefellers were the preeminent power in this country. This myth was actually clothed in the apparel of power, the Rockefeller Oil Trust becoming the “military-industrial complex” which assumed political control of the nation; the Rockefeller Medical Monopoly attained control of the health care of the nation, and the Rockefeller Foundation, a web of affiliated tax exempt creations, effectively controlled the religious and educational life of the nation. The myth succeeded in its goal of camouflaging the hidden rulers, the Rothschilds.” Eustace Mullins, 2008 “Seven men in Wall Street now control a great share of the fundamental industry and resources of the United States… These powerful men were themselves answerable to a foreign power which had been steadfastly seeking to extend its control over the young republic of the United States since its very inception. This power was the financial power of England, centered in the London Branch of the House of Rothschild. The fact was that in 1910, the United States was for all practical purposes being ruled from England, and so it is today [1911].” “The Seven Men” an article by John Moody – McClure’s Magazine, August 1911 “Rothschild-controlled Barings Bank bankrolled the Chinese opium and African slave trades. It financed the Louisiana Purchase. The House of Rothschild financed the Prussian War, the Crimean War and the British attempt to seize the Suez Canal from the French. Nathan Rothschild made a huge financial bet on Napoleon at the Battle of Waterloo, while also funding the Duke of Wellington’s peninsular campaign against Napoleon. Both the Mexican War and the Civil War were gold mines for the family.” Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers in the Persian Gulf” “James Rothschild’s wealth had reached the 600 million mark. Only one man in France possessed more. That was the King, whose wealth was 800 million. The aggregate wealth of all the bankers in France was 150 million less than that of James Rothschild. This naturally gave him untold powers, even to the extent of unseating governments whenever he chose to do so.” David Druck in his book “Baron Edmond de Rothschild” [James de Rothschild (1792-1868) was the youngest son of Rothschild dynasty founder Mayer Amshel Rothschild (1744-1812)] [Edmond de Rothschild (1845-1934) was the youngest son of James de Rothschild] “There has been a well-founded notion since America’s inception that the European Rothschild-led Illuminati bankers have sought to bring America to its knees and return it to the fold of the Crown of England.” Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers in the Persian Gulf” POPULATION CONTROL PRESERVING THE WORLD FOR THE .01% “Depopulation should be the highest priority of foreign policy towards the Third World.” Henry Kissinger “The world today has 6.8 billion people. That’s headed up to about 9 billion. Now if we do a really great job on new vaccines, health care, reproductive health services, we could lower that by perhaps 10 or 15 percent.” Bill Gates at the 2010 TED conference “All children who are born, beyond what would be required to keep up the population to a desired level, must necessarily perish, unless room be made for them by the death of grown persons…. Therefore, we should facilitate, instead of foolishly and vainly endeavoring to impede, the operations of nature in producing this mortality; and if we dread the too frequent visitation of the horrid form of famine, we should sedulously encourage the other forms of destruction, which we compel nature to use. Instead of recommending cleanliness to the poor, we should encourage contrary habits. In our towns we should make the streets narrower, crowd more people into the houses, and court the return of the plague. In the country, we should build our villages near stagnant pools, and particularly encourage settlement in all marshy and unwholesome situations. But above all we should reprobate specific remedies for ravaging diseases; and restrain those benevolent, but much mistaken men, who have thought they are doing a service to mankind by protecting schemes for the total extirpation of particular disorders.” Thomas Malthus “The World Health Organization [WHO]/ United Nations International Children’s Emergency Fund [UNICEF] vaccination campaign in Africa is not about eradicating neonatal tetanus, but is a well-coordinated, forceful, population control, mass sterilization exercise using a proven fertility regulating vaccine.” obstetrician/gynecologist Dr. Wahome Ngare, Kenyan Catholic Doctors’ Association president, published a letter in the Kenyan press, November 4, 2014 “From its inception, the Rockefeller Foundation was focused on culling the herd, or systematically reducing populations of “inferior” breeds. … The Rockefeller Foundation, working with John D. Rockefeller Ill’s Population Council, the World Bank, the UN Development Program and the Ford Foundation, and others had been working with the WHO [World Health Organization] for 20 years to develop an anti-fertility vaccine using tetanus as well as with other vaccines.” F. William Engdahl “Advanced forms of biological warfare that can target specific genotypes may transform biological warfare from the realm of terror to a politically useful tool.” Secretary of Defense, William S. Cohen, April 28, 1997 “We do not want word to go out that we want to exterminate the Negro population.” Margaret Sanger, letter to Dr. Clarence Gamble in 1939 “The first task is population control at home. How do we go about it? Many of my colleagues feel that some sort of compulsory birth regulation would be necessary to achieve such control. One plan often mentioned involves the addition of temporary sterilants to water supplies or staple food. With limited distribution of antidote chemicals, perhaps by lottery. Doses of the antidote would be carefully rationed by the government to produce the desired population size.” Paul Ehrlich, The Population Bomb “The present vast overpopulation, now far beyond the world carrying capacity, cannot be answered by future reductions in the birth rate due to contraception, sterilization, and abortion, but must be met in the present by the reduction of numbers presently existing. This must be done by whatever means necessary.” Initiative for the United Nations ECO-92 EARTH CHARTER “War and famine would not do. Instead, disease offered the most efficient and fastest way to kill the billions that must soon die if the population crisis is to be solved. AIDS is not an efficient killer because it is too slow. My favorite candidate for eliminating 90 percent of the world’s population is airborne Ebola (Ebola Reston) because it is both highly lethal and it kills in days, instead of years. “We’ve got airborne diseases with 90 percent mortality in humans. Killing humans. Think about that. “You know, the bird flu’s good, too. For everyone who survives, he will have to bury nine.” Dr. Eric Pianka, University of Texas “Childbearing should be a punishable crime against society unless the parents hold a government license. All potential parents should be required to use contraceptive chemicals, the government issuing antidotes to citizens chosen for childbearing.” David Brower, first Executive Director, Sierra Club “Gradually, by selective breeding, the congenital differences between rulers and ruled will increase until they become almost different species. A revolt of the plebs would become as unthinkable as an organized insurrection of sheep against the practice of eating mutton.” Bertrand Russell, The Impact of Science on Society, 1953 “The development of a long-term sterilizing capsule that could be implanted under the skin and removed when pregnancy is desired opens additional possibilities for coercive fertility control. The capsule could be implanted at puberty and might be removable, with official permission, for a limited number of births.” John P. Holdren, Obama’s Science Advisor, Ecoscience, 1977 “A cancer is an uncontrolled multiplication of cells; the population explosion is an uncontrolled multiplication of people. We must shift our efforts from the treatment of the symptoms to the cutting out of the cancer. The operation will demand many apparently brutal and heartless decisions.” Paul Ehrlich, Stanford professor, “The Population Bomb” “From the beginning, what has become the environmentalist movement, has never been about the environment. The modern day green movement is and has always been a cover for population reduction.” Executive Intelligence Review “The diptheria and tetanus vaccines would function as a social and political mask – to hide the sterilizing intent, as millions of women in the Third World would receive vaccines they’re told would protect them against infections and disease.” Jon Rappoport, 2014 “By 1977, Reimart Ravenholt, the director of AID’s [US Agency for International Development] population program, was saying that his agency’s goal was to sterilize one-quarter of the world’s women.” Alexander Cockburn, 1994 “When challenged in South America in the early 1990’s about the tetanus vaccine used in their camping being laced with HCG, the World Health Organization [WH]O brushed off the claims as unfounded and asked for proof. When proof was provided by the Catholic based bodies in those countries, WHO claimed that the other components of the vaccine production process may have caused false positive results. When pushed further, they accepted that a few vaccines may have been contaminated with HCG during the production process. However, HCG is not a component nor is it used in the production of any vaccine let alone tetanus! It was only after antibodies against HCG were demonstrated in the women who were immunized with the laced tetanus vaccine that the matter was sealed. The immunized women have suffered multiple abortions and some have remained sterile.” cryptogon.com, 2014 “Somewhere, in the vast labyrinth of Gates and Rockefeller-funded alliances of world banks and health organizations, academic institutions, pharmaceutical giants and government ministries, civil society organizations, NGOs and population councils, someone has intentionally kept secret experimental contraceptives in a medicine [tetenus], pretending to save innocent babies.” Celeste McGovern, 2014 “If Fritz [Fritz Leutwiler – chairman, Bank for International Settlements] had his way, he would kill them all, in the Third World, except a few raw materials producers, of course.” one of Fritz Leutwiler’s fellow Geneva bankers “The World Health Organization [WHO] vaccination campaign in Kenya is not about eradicating neonatal tetanus, but a well-coordinated forceful population control mass sterilization exercise using a proven fertility regulating vaccine.” Dr. Muhame Ngare of the Mercy Medical Centre in Nairobi and spokesman for the Kenya Catholic Doctors Association, 2014 “There is a single theme behind all our work – we must reduce population levels. Either governments do it our way, through nice clean methods, or they will get the kinds of mess that we have in El Salvador, or in Iran or in Beirut. Population is a political problem. Once population is out of control, it requires authoritarian government, even fascism, to reduce it. Our program in El Salvador didn’t work. The infrastructure was not there to support it. There were just too goddamned many people…. To really reduce population, quickly, you have to pull all the males into the fighting and you have to kill significant numbers of fertile age females. The quickest way to reduce population is through famine, like in Africa, or through disease like the Black Death.” Thomas Ferguson, State Department Office of Population Affairs, Latin American Desk, February 1981 interview “The mainstream media finds it hard to believe that anyone would deliberately inoculate a woman against pregnancy without her foreknowledge or consent. But as someone who has followed abusive population control programs now for 30 years, and seen repeatedly how such programs violate the fundamental rights of women, I am no longer surprised. It has happened before. It will happen again.” Steven Mosher, president of the Population Research Institute “The Mexican population must be reduced by half. Seal the border and watch them scream. The population will be reduced by the usual means: famine, war, and pestilence.” William Paddock, State Department consultant, 1975 interview “In the mid 1990s, the World Health Organization, in partnership with other international groups, including UNICEF, rolled out anti-tetanus vaccine campaigns in developing countries including the Philippines. Women and girls of child-bearing age only were recruited for multiple tetanus vaccine injections just months apart – not the usual tetanus vaccine schedules several years apart – in order to prevent neonatal tetanus. … Some health workers in the Philippines began to notice that women were miscarrying after the vaccine and they grew suspicious. Eventually, the Philippine Medical Association retrieved 47 vials of the vaccine and had them tested in an FDA-approved laboratory. Nine of the vials were found to contain the hCG subunit. The WHO and other global health organizations involved vehemently denied the claim, but when the PMA sent their lab results in September 1996 they admitted that the hCG anti-fertility drug was there.” Celeste McGovern, 2014 “There are only two possible ways in which a world of 10 billion people can be averted. Either the current birth rates must come down more quickly. Or the current death rates must go up There is no other way There are many ways in which the death rates can go up. In a thermonuclear age, war can accomplish it very quickly and decisively. Famine and disease are nature’s ancient checks on population growth, and neither one has disappeared from the scene.” Robert McNamara, Oct. 2, 1979 “No woman shall have the legal right to bear a child without a permit for parenthood.” Margaret Sanger – founder of Planned Parenthood – in her proposed “The American Baby Code” “We have been the most successful species ever; we are now a species out of control. Population must be stabilized, and rapidly.” Maurice Strong – at the 1992 Earth Summit Conference in Rio “There should be a deliberate quest of poverty … reduced resources and consumption … setting levels of mortality control. … The birth rate is unlikely to be lowered by measures designed to reduce the child death rate by programmes for mass immunization. … Reduced childhood mortality must no longer be promoted. We should refrain from advocating public health policies for other communities … Such desustaining measures as oral rehydration should not be introduced on the public health scale.” Prof. Maurice King, published in the prestigious British scientific journal The Lancet, 1990 “Every promoted so-called “pandemic” is an extended sales pitch for vaccines. And not just a vaccine against the “killer germ” of the moment. We’re talking about a psyop to condition the population to vaccines in general.” Jon Rappoport, 2014 “Total control of conception with a variant of the ubiquitous ‘pill’ via water supplies or certain essential foodstuffs, offset by a controlled ‘antidote’, is already under development.” from “Report from Iron Mountain” “The global agenda of Rockefellers, Gates, Clintons, Bushes and their very rich loveless friends is racist. It calls for elimination of non-white populations, genocide. Their tools of choice include wars everywhere from Afghanistan to Pakistan to Libya to Syria to Ukraine. It includes campaigns of massive select vaccinations in war-torn countries. It includes setting the CIA and Mossad to the job of creating fake Islamic “jihadist” terrorists to kill and maim and create the cover for a Washington “war on terror”.” F. William Engdahl “The most merciful thing that a family does to one of its infant members is to kill it.” Margaret Sanger, 1922 “A part of eugenic politics would finally land us in an extensive use of the lethal chamber. A great many people would have to be put out of existence simply because it wastes other people’s time to look after them.” George Bernard Shaw, Lecture to the Eugenics Education Society, 1910 “In nature the hCG hormone alerts the woman’s body that she is pregnant and causes the release of other hormones to prepare the uterine lining for the implantation of the fertilized egg. The rapid rise in hCG levels after conception makes it an excellent marker for confirmation of pregnancy: when a woman takes a pregnancy test she is not tested for the pregnancy itself, but for the elevated presence of hCG. However, when introduced into the body coupled with a tetanus toxoid carrier, antibodies will be formed not only against tetanus but also against hCG. In this case the body fails to recognize hCG as a friend and will produce anti-hCG antibodies. The antibodies will attack subsequent pregnancies by killing the hCG which naturally sustains a pregnancy; when a woman has sufficient anti-hCG antibodies in her system, she is rendered incapable of maintaining a pregnancy.” from the report by The ThinkTwice Global Vaccine Institute about the program to vaccinate thousands of women in Mexico, Nicaragua and the Philippines with a tetanus vaccine containing human chorionic gonadotropin (hCG) hormone “The World Health Organization (WHO) began its “Special Programme” in human reproduction in 1972, and by 1993 had spent more than $356 million on “reproductive health” research. It is this “Programme” which has pioneered the development of the abortificant vaccine. Over $90 million of this Programme’s funds were contributed by Sweden; Great Britain donated more than $52 million, while Norway, Denmark and Germany kicked in for $41 million, $27 million, and $12 million, respectively. The U.S. contributed $5.7 million.” J. A. Miller, 1995 “We should hire three or four colored ministers, preferably with social-service backgrounds, and with engaging personalities. The most successful educational approach to the Negro is through a religious appeal. We don’t want the word to go out that we want to exterminate the Negro population. and the minister is the man who can straighten out that idea if it ever occurs to any of their more rebellious members.” Margaret Sanger’s December 19, 1939 letter to Dr. Clarence Gamble “The moment we face it frankly we are driven to the conclusion that the community has a right to put a price on the right to live in it If people are fit to live, let them live under decent human conditions. If they are not fit to live, kill them in a decent human way. Is it any wonder that some of us are driven to prescribe the lethal chamber as the solution for the hard cases which are at present made the excuse for dragging all the other cases down to their level, and the only solution that will create a sense of full social responsibility in modern populations?” George Bernard Shaw, Prefaces “The universal requirement that procreation be limited to the products of artificial insemination would provide a fully adequate substitute control for population levels.” from “Report from Iron Mountain” “In the early 1990’s, according to a report from the Global Vaccine Institute, the WHO oversaw massive vaccination campaigns against tetanus in Nicaragua, Mexico and the Philippines. Comite Pro Vida de Mexico, a Roman Catholic lay organization, became suspicious of the motives behind the WHO program. When they tested numerous vials of the vaccine they, like in Kenya today, found they contained the same Human Chorionic Gonadotrophin, or HCG. They found that to be very curious in a vaccine designed to protect people against lock-jaw arising from infection with rusty nail wounds. Tetanus is also rather rare, so why a mass vaccination campaign and that for only women of child-bearing age? HCG is a natural hormone needed to maintain a pregnancy. However, when combined with a tetanus toxoid carrier, it stimulated the formation of antibodies against HCG, rendering a woman incapable of maintaining a pregnancy, a form of concealed abortion.” F. William Engdahl “Eugenics is the most adequate and thorough avenue to the solution of racial, political and social problems.” Margaret Sanger “The Eugenic Value of Birth Control Propaganda.” Birth Control Review, October 1921 “Every promoted so-called “pandemic” is an extended sales pitch for vaccines. And not just a vaccine against the “killer germ” of the moment. We’re talking about a psyop to condition the population to vaccines in general. There is much available literature on vaccines used for depopulation experiments. The research is ongoing. Undoubtedly, we only know a fraction of what is happening behind closed laboratory doors. Depopulation has several objectives. Along one vector, it is an elite strategy designed to get rid of large numbers of people, in key areas of the world, where local revolutions would interfere with outside corporations staging a complete takeover of fertile land and rich natural resources.” Jon Rappoport, 2014 “During the era leading up to World War II, eugenics laws were passed in 27 states which allowed for the forcible sterilization of tens of thousands of Americans. … The Rockefellers funded a eugenics initiative to sterilize 15 million Americans. … For over a century, they have been one of the largest financial backers and drivers of the eugenics and the depopulation agenda.” http://www.blacklistednews.com, 2014 “Population reduction and genetically engineered crops were clearly part of a broad strategy: the drastic reduction of the world’s population. It was in fact a sophisticated form of what the Pentagon termed biological warfare, promulgated under the name of “solving the world hunger problem.” F. William Engdahl in his book “Seeds of Destuction” “Our failure to segregate morons who are increasing and multiplying demonstrates our foolhardy and extravagant sentimentalism. Philanthropists encourage the healthier and more normal sections of the world to shoulder the burden of unthinking and indiscriminate fecundity of others; which brings with it, as I think the reader must agree, a dead weight of human waste. Instead of decreasing and aiming to eliminate the stocks that are most detrimental to the future of the race and the world, it tends to render them to a menacing degree dominant … We are paying for, and even submitting to, the dictates of an ever-increasing, unceasingly spawning class of human beings who never should have been born at all.” Margaret Sanger. The Pivot of Civilization, 1922 – Chapter on “The Cruelty of Charity” “In 1994, the World Health Organization was discovered to be vaccinating females aged between 15 and 45 in developing countries with a tetanus vaccine containing the hCG hormone. The vaccines were given to thousands of women in Mexico, Nicaragua and the Philippines. This was discovered after an organization called Comité Pro Vida de Mexico became suspicious of the protocols surrounding the vaccines and obtained several vials for testing. It was discovered that some of the vials contained human chorionic gonadotropin (hCG). When combined with a tetanus toxoid carrier, the vaccines cause a woman’s body to produce antibodies against pregnancy, forcing her body to abort the fetus spontaneously.” http://www.vactruth.com, 2014 “The Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation, as well as the Gates-Buffett led billionaires’ “giving pledge” are keeping in stride with the groundwork laid and continued by the Rockefeller Foundation and Ford Foundation. Heavily funded initiatives to push vaccines, birth control, population control, Western-oriented “education,” GMO and corporate-dominated agriculture and the like remain some of the most consequential and troubling policies done in the name of “good” by tax-free entities wielding enormous, nearly incalculable wealth and power.” Aaron Dykes and Melissa Melton “Global depopulation and food control became US strategic policy under Henry Kissinger.” F. William Engdahl “Vaccines containing the hCG hormone have been used on women of childbearing ages in Kenya in what can only be described as a deliberate attempt to reduce the population.” http://www.vactruth.com, 2014 GENETICALLY ENGINEERED FOOD Genetically Modified Organisms (GMO) “A 2013 study from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) found that consuming glyphosate [Monsanto Roundup] just at the levels found on food as residue, caused enough damage to the immune system and gut to damage the microbiome and encourage the development of every disease associated with the Western diet, including obesity, diabetes, cancer, heart disease, depression, autism, infertility and Alzheimer’s disease. This insidious effect occurs slowly and steadily over time, the researchers found, due to glyphosate blocking key detoxification enzymes on a cellular level.” David Gutierrez, 2016 “The eight GM food crops are: Corn, Soybeans, Canola, Cottonseed, Suger Beets, Hawaiian Papaya (most), and a small amount of Zucchini and Yellow Squash. GM alfalfa is also fed to livestock.” The Non-GMO Shopping Guide (2012) “The experiments [on GMO food] simply haven’t been done and we now have become the guinea pigs… Anyone that says, ‘Oh, we know that this is perfectly safe’, I say is either unbelievably stupid or deliberately lying. The reality is we don’t know.” Canadian geneticist David Suzuki “Population reduction and genetically engineered crops were clearly part of a broad strategy: the drastic reduction of the world’s population. It was in fact a sophisticated form of what the Pentagon termed biological warfare, promulgated under the name of “solving the world hunger problem.” F. William Engdahl in his book “Seeds of Destuction” “By failing to require testing and labelling of genetically engineered foods, the agency [Food and Drug Administration (FDA)] has made consumers unknowing guinea pigs for potentially harmful, unregulated food substances.” Andrew Kimbrell, Executive Director of the International Center for Technology Assessment “Once released into the environment, genetic mistakes cannot be contained, recalled or cleaned up, but will be passed on to all future generations indefinitely”. Dr Michael Antoniou, senior lecturer in molecular pathology, London “In 2004, more than 85% of all US soybeans planted were genetically modified crops, and most were from Monsanto. 45% of all US corn harvested was GMO corn. Corn and soybeans constituted the most important animal feed in US agriculture, which meant that nearly the entire meat production of the nation as well as its meat exports had been fed on genetically modified animal feed.” F. William Engdahl in his book “Seeds of Destuction” “My worry is that advances in science may result in means of mass destruction, maybe more readily available even than nuclear weapons. Genetic engineering is a possible area. Joseph Rotblat, British physicist who won the 1995 Nobel Prize for battling nuclear weapons “The problems with GM foods may be irreversible and the true effects may only be seen well in the future. The situation is like the tobacco industry. They knew about it but they suppressed that information. They created misleading evidence that showed that the problem wasn’t so serious. And all the time they knew how bad it was. Tobacco is bad enough. But genetic modification, if it is going to be problematic, if it is going to cause us real health problems, then tobacco will be nothing in comparison with this. The size of genetic modification and problems it may cause us are tremendous.” Dr. Arpad Pusztai, researcher and the world’s expert on lectins “Control the food, and you control the people.” Henry Kissinger “Research on GMOs is now taboo. You can’t find money for it. We tried everything to find more financing, but we were told that because there are no data in the scientific literature proving that GMOs cause problems, there was no point in working on it. People don’t want to find answers to troubling questions. It’s the result of widespread fear of Monsanto and of GMOs in general.” Manuela Malatesta, researcher at he University of Pavia, 2006 “Russian biologist Alexey V. Surov and his colleagues, of the Institute of Ecology and Evolution of the Russian Academy of Sciences and the National Association for Gene Security, set out to discover if Monsanto’s genetically modified (GM) soy, grown on 91% of US soybean fields, leads to problems in growth or reproduction. After feeding hamsters for two years over three generations, those on the GM diet, and especially the group on the maximum GM soy diet, showed devastating results. By the third generation, most GM soy-fed hamsters lost the ability to have babies.” Institute for Responsible Technology, April 5, 2011 “National Security Study Memorandum [NSSM] 200 made depopulation in foreign developing countries a strategic national security priority of the United States government. It outlined what was to become a strategy to promote fertility control under the rubric “family planning”. F. William Engdahl in his book “Seeds of Destuction” “The [Bill and Melinda] Gates Foundation has awarded a $10 million grant to develop genetically modified (GM) crops for use in sub-Saharan Africa. The grant is for the John Innes Centre in Norwich, Connecticut, which hopes to engineer seeds for corn, wheat and rice.” http://www.commondreams.org, July 15, 2012 “The Rockefeller foundation scientists developed the idea of molecular biology from the fundamental assumption that almost all human problems could be “solved” by genetic and chemical manipulation… The people in and around the Rockefeller institutions saw it as the ultimate means of social control and social engineering — eugenics.” F. William Engdahl in his book “Seeds of Destuction” “The TRIPS [Trade Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights] agreement was designed by multinational corporations to seize the genetic resources of the planet, chiefly in Third World countries, which have the greatest biodiversity.” Marie-Monique Robin “The hope of the biotech industry is that over time, the market is so flooded that there’s nothing you can do about it. You just sort of surrender.” a biotech consultant – in the book “Seeds of Deception” by Jeffrey M. Smith VACCINES Bill Gates “The United States has the highest number of mandated vaccines for children under 5 in the world (36, double the Western world average of 18), the highest autism rate in the world (1 in 150 children, 10 times or more the rate of some other Western countries), and only places 34th in the world for its children under 5 mortality rate. ” http://preventdisease.com, 2017 [a study conducted by Think Twice Global Vaccine Institute, published in the journal Human & Experimental Toxicology] “In the early 1990’s, according to a report from the Global Vaccine Institute, the WHO oversaw massive vaccination campaigns against tetanus in Nicaragua, Mexico and the Philippines. Comite Pro Vida de Mexico, a Roman Catholic lay organization, became suspicious of the motives behind the WHO program. When they tested numerous vials of the vaccine they, like in Kenya today, found they contained the same Human Chorionic Gonadotrophin, or HCG. They found that to be very curious in a vaccine designed to protect people against lock-jaw arising from infection with rusty nail wounds. Tetanus is also rather rare, so why a mass vaccination campaign and that for only women of child-bearing age? HCG is a natural hormone needed to maintain a pregnancy. However, when combined with a tetanus toxoid carrier, it stimulated the formation of antibodies against HCG, rendering a woman incapable of maintaining a pregnancy, a form of concealed abortion. The global agenda of Rockefellers, Gates, Clintons, Bushes and their very rich loveless friends is racist. It calls for elimination of non-white populations, genocide. Their tools of choice include wars everywhere from Afghanistan to Pakistan to Libya to Syria to Ukraine. It includes campaigns of massive select vaccinations in war-torn countries. It includes setting the CIA and Mossad to the job of creating fake Islamic “jihadist” terrorists to kill and main and create the cover for a Washington “war on terror”.” F. William Engdahl “The world today has 6.8 billion people. That’s headed up to about 9 billion. Now if we do a really great job on new vaccines, health care, reproductive health services, we could lower that by perhaps 10 or 15 percent.” Bill Gates at the 2010 TED conference “Since 1979, all the cases of polio in America come from the polio vaccine. The naturally occurring (or wild type) polio virus has not been shown to cause a single case of polio in the United States since 1979.” Washington Post of January 26, 1988 “Autism rates in the US have been rising since the 1980s. In 1985 autism prevalence was 1 in 2,500, ten years later it jumped to 1 in 500, and today it is an astonishing 1 in 68 children. More and more researchers and doctors are raising red flags as they see more evidence that this epidemic is related not only to environmental, food, and water toxins, but specifically to those in vaccinations. In 1995, the immunization schedule for children had 19 vaccinations before the age of 16. In 2001, that number is now 28 before the age of 18. Following the 2016 schedule, a child can receive up to 72 vaccinations if they have all the doses of the vaccines, all the boosters, and a double-dose of the annual flu shot done. While the state of California has long been in favor of natural medicine and freedom to choose your own method of healing, all that changed in June 2015 when Governor Jerry Brown signed the controversial SB277 bill eliminating personal and religious exemptions for vaccines.” Yelena Sukhoterina, 2016 “Live virus vaccines against influenza or poliomyelitis may in each instance produce the disease it intended to prevent.” Drs. Jonas and Darrell Salk in an article in Scienc magazine, March 4, 1977 “The World Health Organization, the World Bank, the UN environmental department, the UN Population Fund, and the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation are closing in on all of humanity with mass-scale vaccination programmes and genetically engineered food.” Jurriaan Maessen, 2012 “Bill Gates and the Rockefellers, took the polio virus and created a synthetic version of virus, one that twice as deadly as wild polio. … While India has been polio-free for a year, there has been a huge increase in non-polio acute flaccid paralysis (NPAFP). In 2011, there were an extra 47,500 new cases of NPAFP. Clinically indistinguishable from polio paralysis but twice as deadly, The incidence of NPAFP was directly proportional to the doses of [Gates – Rockefeller] oral polio vaccine received.” Indian Journal of Medical Ethics “The Gates-Rockefeller-WHO polio vaccination program in Pakistan killed an estimated 10,000 and crippled tens of thousands more.” F. William Engdahl “There is no question that HIV was introduced into the U.S. male homosexual population via the gay hepatitis B vaccine experiment that took place between 1978 and 1981… Not surprisingly, the government has refused to release data on the number of AIDS deaths that have occured in the large group of gay men who initially volunteered for the vaccine experiment.” Alan Cantwell, MD “Manufacturers of vaccines and thimerosal have never conducted adequate testing on the safety of thimerosal. The FDA has never required manufacturers to conduct adequate safety testing on thimerosal and ethylmercury compounds. … At the same time that the incidence of autism was growing, the number of childhood vaccines containing thimerosal was growing, increasing the amount of ethylmercury to which infants were exposed threefold. … A growing number of scientists and researchers believe that a relationship between the increase in neurodevelopmental disorders of autism and the increased use of thimerosal in vaccines is plausible and deserves more scrutiny. … The CDC’s failure to state a preference for thimerosal-free vaccines in 2000 and again 2001 was an abdication of their responsibility. … Thimerosal should be removed from these vaccines. No amount of mercury is appropriate in any childhood vaccine.” Subcommittee on Human Rights and Wellness in the House’s Committee on Government Reform, May 2003 “The Rockefeller Foundation, working with John D. Rockefeller Ill’s Population Council, the World Bank, the UN Development Program and the Ford Foundation, and others had been working with the WHO [World Health Organization] for 20 years to develop an anti-fertility vaccine using tetanus as well as with other vaccines.” F. William Engdahl “Thimserosal used as a preservative in vaccines is likely related to the autism epidemic. This epidemic in all probability may have been prevented or curtailed had the FDA not been asleep at the switch regarding the lack of safety data regarding injected thimerosal and the sharp rise of infant exposure to his known neurotoxin. Our public health agencies’ failure to act is indicative of institutional malfeasance for self-protection and misplaced protectionism of the pharmaceutical industry.” Subcommittee on Human Rights and Wellness in the House’s Committee on Government Reform, May 2003 “The polio spreading through Syria is “vaccine-derived polio,” specifically, the same strain of “non-polio acute flaccid paralysis” as in India and Pakistan that coincided with the mass vaccinations with Sabin oral vaccines by GAVI [Global Alliance for Vaccines].” F. William Engdahl “The financial health of the industry should never have been a factor in this decision [thimerosal removal]. The financial health of vaccine manufacturers certainly should never have been more important to the Federal health officials than the health and well being of the nation’s children. The CDC has a responsibility to protect the health of the American public. If there were any doubts about the neurological effects of ethylmercury in vaccines on children – and there were substantial doubts – the prevailing consideration should have been how best to protect children from potential harm. However, it appears that protecting the industry’s profits took precedent over protecting children from mercury damage.” Subcommittee on Human Rights and Wellness in the House’s Committee on Government Reform, May 2003 “You couldn’t even construct a study that shows Thimerosal is safe. It’s just too damn toxic. If you inject Thimerosal into an animal, its brain will sicken. If you apply it to living tissue, the cells die. If you put it in a petri dish, the culture dies. Knowing these things, it would be shocking if one culd inject it into an infant without coausing damage. …The biological case against Thimerosal is so dramatically overwhelming anymore that only a very foolish or a very dishonest person with the credentials to understand this research would say that Thimerosal wan’t most likely the cause of autism. Boyd Haley, MD, Professor and Chair, Department of Chemistry, University of Kentucky, 2006 MESSENGERS OF THE NEW WORLD ORDER GLOBAL CORPORATE MEDIA CARTEL A global oligarchy controls the major media worldwide. These media mega-corporations own each others stock, and in turn are owned and controlled by an oligarchy of transnational corporations, international bankers and European dynastic families. In the United States, six global media corporations control 90% of what we see, hear and read. COMCAST (NBC / Universal) NEWS CORP (Fox News / Wall Street Journal) TIME WARNER (CNN) VIACOM DISNEY (ABC) CBS The oligarchy controls the major internet search engine and the major internet social media site. GOOGLE FACEBOOK The oligarchy controls the major print and broadcast media around the world, including: NEW YORK TIMES WASHINGTON POST REUTERS ASSOCIATED PRESS BBC (BRITISH BROADCASTING CORPORATION) THE TIMES OF LONDON The oligarchy also controls the most influential alternative media news sources. “There is no such thing, at this date of the world’s history, in America, as an independent press. You know it and I know it. There is not one of you who dares to write your honest opinions, and if you did, you know beforehand that it would never appear in print. I am paid weekly for keeping my honest opinion out of the paper I am connected with. Others of you are paid similar salaries for similar things, and any of you who would be so foolish as to write honest opinions would be out on the streets looking for another job. If I allowed my honest opinions to appear in one issue of my paper, before twenty-four hours my occupation would be gone. The business of the journalists is to destroy the truth, to lie outright, to pervert, to vilify, to fawn at the feet of mammon, and to sell his country and his race for his daily bread. You know it and I know it, and what folly is this toasting an independent press? We are the tools and vassals of rich men behind the scenes. We are the jumping jacks, they pull the strings and we dance. Our talents, our possibilities and our lives are all the property of other men. We are intellectual prostitutes.” John Swinton, preeminent New York journalist, at a press banquet,1880 “If deliberate distortion of reality by corporate media could be effectively prosecuted in the United States, the entire industry would be behind bars.” Cynthia McKinney “We’ll know our disinformation program is complete when everything the American public believes is false.” CIA Director William Casey (1981-1987) “I’ve been a journalist for about 25 years, and I’ve been educated to lie, to betray, and not to tell the truth to the public. I was supported by the Central Intelligence Agency, the CIA. Why? Because I am pro-American. The German and American media tries to bring war to the people in Europe, to bring war to Russia. This is a point of no return, and I am going to stand up and say it is not right what I have done in the past, to manipulate people, to make propaganda against Russia. British journalists have a much closer relationship [with the CIA and other country intelligence agencies]. It is especially the case with Israeli journalists. Of course with French journalists. It is the case for Australians, with journalists from New Zealand, from Taiwan, well, there are many countries.” Udo Ulfkotte, former German newspaper editor, 2017 “Google has been waging a censorship campaign against news organisations that publish content which conflicts with the narrative of the Washington establishment, along with Facebook and Twitter on the grounds of ‘fake news’.” zerohedge.com “Whatever doubts one may have about the West’s Fox-CNN-NYTimes-Washington Post propaganda bubble can be dispelled by living outside it, and then going back to the United States and talking to the people. It is frighteningly surreal and shockingly evident how disinformed the overwhelming majority is, not only of the world outside America’s boundaries, but in their own backyards. It’s only marginally better in Europe. It is not that they are uninformed. It is that they are actively and aggressively disinformed by myriad intentional omissions, wholesale distortions and outright lies, to keep everybody in line with the official Washington-London-Paris narrative.” Jeff J. Brown, 2016 “American journalism is dead and has been for at least the last ten years. It used to maintain a semblance of objectivity and at least tried to report on the facts on the news of the day without politics distorting everything. But bias and editorializing have polluted our newsrooms for some time now and it is only getting worse. The mainstream media has become a fake news propaganda machine. We cannot trust our mainstream news sources anymore for an honest view of today’s political, economic, cultural, or even international events. There is no more objectivity, no more dedication to the truth, and no more fair-minded analysis of the facts available without taking sides. American journalism is dead today because our news reporters and commentators have let their ideology get the best of them. The mainstream media is on its way out and there’s nothing they can do about it because they can’t even admit there’s a problem.” Bob Shanahan, 2018 “Our power elite are bankrupt, and the press, tethered to the elite, is as bankrupt as those it covers. … Once we lose a system of information based on verifiable fact, we will become disconnected from reality. All totalitarian societies impart their propaganda through manipulated images and spectacles. And, the death of traditional news is one more stage in the terminal illness that is ravaging American democracy. Chris Hedges “If the New World Order types had some kindness, some humanity, some morality, perhaps One World Government is what we need. But mainly these are nasty people with a lust for money and a ruthless disregard for human suffering. Sadly this is all made possible by a mainstream media that is owned and controlled by these very forces. Because the people who own media choose wherever it is that the light is to be shone. So the same stories and the same sound bites across six media conglomerates constitutes what the public is to learn about their world and their country.” Chris Pratt from his movie “Deception” “The major media are large corporations, owned by and interlinked with even larger conglomerates. Like other corporations, they sell a product to a market. The market is advertisers – that is, other businesses. The product is audiences.” Noam Chomsky “Consumers of news, if fed American-exceptionalism junk food long enough, come to feel at home with it, equate it with objectivity, with getting the truth; it appears neutral and unbiased, like the old comfortable living-room sofa they’re sitting on as they watch NBC or CNN. They view the ‘alternative media,’ with a style rather different from what they’re accustomed to, as not being ‘objective’.” William Blum “The main bias is in favor of the thieves who stole our country and economy, and own the mainstream media companies. The omnipresent mainstream media is the greatest weapon of oppression humanity has ever known.” David DeGraw “In March, 1915, the J.P. Morgan interests, the steel, shipbuilding, and powder interest, and their subsidiary organizations, got together 12 men high up in the newspaper world and employed them to select the most influential newspapers in the United States and sufficient number of them to control generally the policy of the daily press….They found it was only necessary to purchase the control of 25 of the greatest papers. An agreement was reached; the policy of the papers was bought, to be paid for by the month; an editor was furnished for each paper to properly supervise and edit information regarding the questions of preparedness, militarism, financial policies, and other things of national and international nature considered vital to the interests of the purchasers.” U.S. Congressman Oscar Callaway, 1917 “Media in the United States convey a remarkably uniform view of the world, and it has been a politically specific one: anticommunist, pro-corporate, and nationalist.” Daniel Hellinger and Dennis R. Judd in their book “The Democratic Facade” “The problem is not that a computer network [Internet] offers an alternative to the information aristocracy. The true crisis is that neither the news media nor the government has enough credibility to be accepted as either truthful or impartial on their own.” military writer William M. Arkin “Americans are too broadly underinformed to digest nuggets of information that seem to contradict what they know of the world . Instead, news channels prefer to feed Americans a constant stream of simplified information, all of which fits what they already know. That way they don’t have to devote more air time or newsprint space to explanations or further investigations. Politicians and the media have conspired to infantilize, to dumb down, the American public. At heart, politicians don’t believe that Americans can handle complex truths, and the news media, especially television news, basically agrees.” Tom Fenton, former CBS foreign correspondent “The people who own and control the mainstream media are never going to risk their salaries to explore the unanswered questions of 9-11 or the money trails of JP Morgan Chase Bank, GoldmanSachs, Citibank, Haliburton, Blackwater and Homeland Security, or the Rothschilds, or the Rockefellers or the secrecy of the Council on Foreign Relations, the Bilderberg Group, the Trilateral Commission, Skull and Bones, the Bushes and the Carlyle Group or our Federal Reserve System and it’s 12 private Federal Reserve Banks or the IMF or the World Bank.” Chris Pratt from his movie “Deception” “The New York Times is the house organ of the Establishment. It is committed, both editorially and in its presentation of the news, to the interests of an Establishment: continuity, security and legitimacy. Therefore they generally support business and finance, the American version of empire, the government and the president, until, and unless, some excess is so egregious that it poses a threat to continuity, security or legitimacy.” Larry Beinhart “The media are a pitiful lot. They don’t give us any history, they don’t give us any analysis, they don’t tell us anything. They don’t raise the most basic questions: Who has the most weapons of mass destruction in the world by far? Who has used weapons of mass destruction more than any other nation? Who has killed more people in this world with weapons of mass destruction than any other nation? The answer: the United States.” Howard Zinn “The media provides a forum for those in power.” Amy Goodman in her book “Exception to the Rulers” “Even open-minded people will often find themselves unable to take seriously the likes of [Noam] Chomsky, [Edward] Herman, [Howard] Zinn and [Susan] George on first encountering their work; it just does not seem possible that we could be so mistaken in what we believe. The individual may assume that these writers must be somehow joking, wildly over-stating the case, paranoid, or have some sort of axe to grind. We may actually become angry with them for telling us these terrible things about our society and insist that this simply ‘can’t be true’. It takes real effort to keep reading, to resist the reassuring messages of the mass media and be prepared to consider the evidence again.” David Edwards in his book “Burning All Illusions” “I never saw a foreign intervention that the New York Times did not support, never saw a fare increase or a rent increase or a utility rate increase that it did not endorse, never saw it take the side of labor in a strike or lockout, or advocate a raise for underpaid workers. And don’t let me get started on universal health care and Social Security. So why do people think the New York Times is liberal?” veteran New York Times reporter John Hess “The rules of mainstream journalism are simple: The Republicans and Democrats establish the acceptable boundaries of debate. When those groups agree – which is often – there is simply no debate. That’s why there is such appalling silence around issues of war and peace.” Amy Goodman in her book “Exception to the Rulers” “Big media in the United States effectively represent the interests of corporate America.” 9/11 and American Empire : Intellectuals Speak Out, edited by David Ray Griffin and Peter Dale Scott “The quality and credibility of reporting has deteriorated so spectacularly that the public, fed-up with the insults and lies, has turned to other sources of news and information.” Ernest Partridge, 2008 SALESMEN FOR THE NEW WORLD ORDER POLITICAL LEADERS Bill Clinton “The corporate-dominated economy and the transnational corporate state had consolidated its power over almost every aspect of public and private life… Footsoldiers like Margaret Thatcher, Ronald Reagan, and the Bush family had diligently kept the faith. Working with the International Monetary Fund, the World Bank and the World Trade Organization, they ensured that the interests of capital were nowhere endangered by the needs of the world’s poor.” William F. Pepper in his book “An Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King” “The dismantling of the nation state began long before the financial collapse of 2008. In the USA and Britain, it began in 1980, with Reagan and Thatcher. Globalisation accelerated the dismantling process, with the exporting of jobs and industry, privatisation programs, ‘free trade’ agreements, and the establishment of the regulation-busting World Trade Organisation (WTO).” “The Elite Plan for a New World Social Order” an article by Richard K Moore “For thirty years the City of London has run huge trade deficits. They dealt with that trade deficit by sucking in money from wholesale markets on the basis of better returns than could be got elsewhere. This was invented by Margaret Thatcher: the idea was that we would become financial dealers for oligarchs and oil people from around the world.” Jim Cousins, a member of the UK Treasury Select Committee “Ronald Reagan was most definitely a global empire builder, a servant of the corporatocracy. He would cater to the men who shuttled back and forth from corporate CEO offices to bank boards and into the halls of government. He would serve the men who appeared to serve him but who in fact ran the government. He would advocate what those men wanted: an America that controlled the world and all its resources, a world that answered to the commands of that America, a U.S. military that would enforce the rules as they were written by America, and an international trade and banking system that supported America as CEO of the global empire.” John Perkins in his book “Confessions of Economic Hit Man” “Bill Clinton embraced a reactionary, pre-New Deal vision of a global future in which corporate investors were unregulated and the social contract was history.” “The Party of Davos” an article by Jeff Faux “As the first president of the new global era, Bill Clinton visited more than 70 countries, set up the WTO, boosted the international budget, maintained high levels of Pentagon spending, militarized the drug wars in South America, continued the military and economic assault on Iraq, laid the groundwork for “humanitarian” interventions, bombed the Sudan and Afghanistan, and carried out protracted aerial raids on Serbia. Enthused by prospects for total surveillance of the world, Clinton raised intelligence spending levels to more than 30 billion dollars, with increasing emphasis on the supersecret National Security Agency. The planned, systematic, and brutal destruction of the Serb infrastructure must be considered one of the great war crimes of the postwar years.” from the book “Masters of War” edited by Carl Boggs “Bill Clinton, and most other contemporary Democrats, did not and will not do what is best for us or the world we live in. We don’t pay their bills – the top 10 percent do, and it is their will that will always be done. So is there a difference between Democrats and Republicans? Sure. The Democrats say one thing and then do another-quietly holding hands behind the scenes with the bastards who make this world a meaner place. The Republicans just come right out and give the bastards a corner office in the West Wing. That’s the difference.” Michael Moore in his book “Stupid White Men” “Tony Blair is a glorified salesman, selling the same snake oil to different customers.” Jonathan Cook – a writer and journalist based in Israel “Tony Blair’s contribution to the betterment of mankind, has included joining the United States in the Afghanistan invasion and between 1997 and 2003, in the silent cull of an average of six thousand Iraqi children a month [sanctions], instructing Britain’s UN officials to veto everything from vaccines to ventolin, insulin to incubators and intubators, paper to pencils, female hygiene appliances, to aids for children at the schools for the blind and deaf. A further million Iraqis have died since the invasion, almost certainly an underestimate. … Tony Blair has profiteered as a result of the Iraq War in which so many hundreds of thousands of people died. in the league of shame, Tony Blair is arguably the worst of them all.” Peter Osborne, March 2010, in an article “Tony Blair – A Bright Shining LIe” by Felicity Arbuthnot “Tony Blair transformed the Labour Party into an institution that the City of London could learn to love. In 1996 Blair quietly dropped Labour’s eighty-year-old pledge to abolish the Corporation of London, replacing it with a vague promise to ‘reform’ the City. Few people in Britain even noticed the capture of Britain’s last major bastion of real opposition to the financial sector. When Blair was elected the following year by a landslide, the Corporation could rest assured that its position was safe.” Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World” MEDIA MOGULS Rupert Murdoch-News Corp “Google is destroying the most glorious gift humanity was granted in the last 300 years [the internet]. The future under Google is a fascist dystopia, their way or the highway, no room for dissidents, no room for free speech. Google is a boot stomping on your face for eternity. Google is the deep state. Forget about conventional wars, forget about spies, forget about intelligence agencies, forget about all of that. It’s all about the internet and Google running the internet. They decide how you feel, what you think, what information you can and can’t look at, and ultimately who does and doesn’t have a voice.” David Bowie’s final message written weeks before he died, 2015 “The American media does not serve the truth. It serves the government and the interest groups that empower the government. The function of the “mainstream media” is to sell products and to brainwash the audience for the government and interest groups. By subscribing to it, Americans support their own brainwashing.” Paul Craig Roberts “The mainsteam media’s view of the world is much the same as the view from the State Department and the Pentagon.” Michael Parenti in his book “Contrary Notions” “To keep information from the public is the function of the corporate media.” Gore Vidal “How the press loves to brag bout its freedom. Yes, the press may be free to lie and distort and suppress and deceive and malign, but is it free to tell the truth? Many have reason to believe that the truth is dead as far as the mass media concerned.” Willis Carto GLOBALISTS Milton Friedman “I believe that the new world order will not be fully realized unless the United Nations and its Security Council create structures authorized to impose sanctions and make use of other measures of compulsion.” Mikhail Gorbachev “Capitalism has been shaped by the Washington Consensus, which was formed around the neoliberal policies that had been imposed on developing countries by Milton Friedman’s Chicago Boys, and on Eastern Europe by Jeffrey Sachs. The Shock Doctrine, as recently described by Naomi Klein, involves cutting back or eliminating social programs, privatization, tax cuts and incentives for the wealthy, and increasing prices on strategic goods – gasoline, fuel oil which affect the poor more than any other segment of society.” William F. Pepper “With the backing of Soviet President Mikhail Gorbachov and Prime Minister Margaret Thatcher, George Soros was asked to assemble a team – including Jeffrey Sachs – to critique the Shatalin Plan, which was based upon IMF-style “shock therapy. … Along with former Federal Reserve chairman Paul Volcker; Citibank vice-chairman H. Anno Ruding, who was formerly with the IMF; and Sachs, Soros had a big hand in creating the Polish model of “shock therapy.” Sachs drew Soros’s attention through his work in implementing IMF-style “shock therapy” in Bolivia. Executive Intelligence Review “Further global progress is now possible only through a quest for universal consensus in the movement towards a new world order.” Mikhail Gorbachev “Few trends could so thoroughly undermine the very foundations of our free society as the acceptance by corporate officials of a social responsibility other than to make as much money for their stockholders as possible.” Milton Friedman “The emerging ‘environmentalization’ of our civilization and the need for vigorous action in the interest of the entire global community will inevitably have multiple political consequences. Perhaps the most important of them will be a gradual change in the status of the United Nations. Inevitably, it must assume some aspects of a world government.” Mikhail Gorbachev “The World Health Organization, the World Bank, the UN environmental department, the UN Population Fund, and the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation are closing in on all of humanity with mass-scale vaccination programmes and genetically engineered food.” Jurriaan Maessen “When it comes to postulating a credible substitute for war … the “alternate enemy” must imply an immediate, tangible, and directly felt threat of destruction. … It may be, for instance, that gross pollution of the environment can eventually replace the possibility of mass destruction by nuclear weapons as the principal apparent threat to the survival of the species. Poisoning of the air, and of the principal sources of food and water supply, is already well advanced, and at first glance would seem promising in this respect; it constitutes a threat that can be dealt with only through social organization and political power. It is true that the rate of pollution could be increased selectively for this purpose …. But the pollution problem has been so widely publicized in recent years that it seems highly improbable that a program of deliberate environmental poisoning could be implemented in a politically acceptable manner. However unlikely some of the possible alternative enemies may seem, we must emphasize that one must be found of credible quality and magnitude, if a transition to peace is ever to come about without social disintegration. It is more probable, in our judgment, that such a threat will have to be invented.” Report from Iron Mountain On the Possibility and Desirability of Peace “We need governance that is adequate to the global world. We need a culture that will be uniform throughout the world. Unless nations change the rules, we will not have global governance.” Mikhail Gorbachev “A corporation cannot be ethical; its only responsibility is to turn a profit.” Milton Friedman MEDIA CELEBRITIES Thomas Friedman “In America, we grew up thinking that the people that we see on the nightly news are journalists. But, there is no journalism happening there, only script reading. That is understood by anyone with a sliver of common sense, and the objectivity to realize that their newsperson is basically an actor.” Charlie Robinson, in his book “The Octopus of Global Control”, 2017 “Blow up a different power station in Iraq every week, so no one knows when the lights will go off or who’s in charge.” Thomas Friedman “Establishment journalists and media stars are not on the outside of the establishment, they are members of the establishment. They work for the largest corporations. They live in Washington. Socio-economically, their colleagues and partners and family members are people within the government, within the establishment. And what they want to do is to protect and defend the establishment, more than anything else. To protect the idea that the establishment is functioning properly. And so, their interest is to minimize the public anger and the public rage.” Glenn Greenwald on Bill Moyer’s Journal, 2009 “For globalization to work, America can’t be afraid to act like the almighty superpower that it is. The hidden hand of the market will never work without a hidden fist. McDonald’s cannot flourish without McDonnell-Douglas, the designer of the F-15, and the hidden fist that keeps the world safe for Silicon Valley’s technology is called the United States Army, Air Force, Navy and Marine Corps.” Thomas Friedman “Newscasters who want to keep their careers afloat learn the fine art of evasion. With great skill they skirt around the most important points of a story. With much finesse, they say a lot about very little, serving up heaps of junk news filled with so many empty calories and so few nutrients. Thus do they avoid offending those who wield politico-economic power.” from the book “Censored 2004” from Project Censored “You can’t believe a word the American media says. If they say anything correct, it’s just an accident.” Paul Craig Roberts “Thomas Friedman’s collected works constitute a veritable dictionary of the market-populist myths of the age, awesome in its inclusiveness: Enthusiasm for the “rebranding’ of Britain, pointless ponderings about the physical weight of each country’s GNP, facile equating of Great Society America with the Soviet Union. Each of them is preposterous in its own way, but thrown together they make a truly dispiriting impression, a feeling akin to the first time I heard Newt Gingrich speak publicly and it began to dawn on me that this is what the ruling class calls thinking, that this handful of pathetic, palpably untrue prejudices are all they have to guide them as they shuttle back and forth between the State Department and the big think tanks, discussing what they mean to do with us and how they plan to dispose of our country.” Thomas Frank “What the press do is they tell you lies, lies they already know you want to hear. The press can figure out what its readers or viewers believe, and make a hell of a living pandering to their egos and telling them that they’re smart. They lie and tell the audience they are right, and they never have to change your mind about anything. And the audience rewards them, lauding them and paying them money to keep hearing those sweet, self-serving lies.” Allan Uthman “It should be lights out in Belgrade: Every power grid, water pipe, bridge, road and war-related factory has to be targeted.” Thomas Friedman “‘The ‘NewsHour With Jim Lehrer'” can be thought of as the Potemkin village of American democracy. Every evening, it presents a prettified version of political debate – ever so civil and high-minded – that thoroughly blots out the substance of dissenting critics or the untamed opinions of mere citizens. ” William Greider “My motto is very simple: Give war a chance.” Thomas Friedman “Journalists rely upon officials for both professional status and information, which is one of the reasons why news is so heavily tilted toward the views and actions of officials. Add to that the economic structure of the news, the profit orientation of the major media and the power of advertising, the broad ideological climate in the post-9/11 era – a narrow version of patriotism, dissent cast as treason – and the news management / intimidation strategies of officials, and you have a news media that often produces shameful reporting.” Vassar College sociology professor William Hoynes “Amy Goodman is not the alternative media. She is the controlled opposition. She’s serving the same 1% that we have been fighting against – the same people who have interests in drones, the intelligence-industrial complex, the corporate media. She is no different than those at the New York Times, Fox News or CBS. But, she is given the freedom to do a bit more real journalism for the sake of the appearance of legitimacy. ” Sibel Edmonds “The U.S. has to make clear to Iraq and U.S. allies that America will use force, without negotiation, hesitation, or UN approval.” Thomas Friedman “Today reporters write the stories that their masters want to hear, or they are out. The function of editors is to make certain that no uncomfortable information reaches the public.” Paul Craig Roberts “The United States has not sent troops to the Saudi desert to preserve democratic principles. The Saudi monarchy is a feudal regime that does not even allow women to drive cars. Surely it is not American policy to make the world safe for feudalism. This is about money, about protecting governments loyal to America and punishing those that are not and about who will set the price of oil..” Thomas Friedman “Many media outlets such as “Democracy Now!” are controlled by the same global elite who control all major mainstream news sources. Conflicts of interest exist that are potentially very dangerous due to their audience’s unsuspecting level of trust and the general lack of criticism such outlets receive. A defining charactaristic of the bias at such media outlets is their supplying of disinformation meant to forward deceptive establishment globalist objectives – including about issues such as the economy, global warming, pharmaceutical corruption, terrorism, liberties and rights, as well as their concealing of the most genuine mechanisms of corruption in the political processes of the United States and the rest of the world.” Edward Ulrich “Amy Goodman has been serving the interests of Soros’ Open Society and the Rockefeller Foundation for a long time… George Soros has a history of screwing nations and people… Why would George Soros, this shady billionaire, whose entire intention is power and money, fund Amy Goodman if she planned to challenge the establishment. George Soros is the establishment; he is the 1%. … But, she has gathered around her a core group of people who refuse to see her as the compromised person she is today.” Sibel Edmonds “Despite the great power that control over wealth gives to Establishment foundations like the Ford Foundation to influence world history and manage social change on behalf of Ultra-Rich power elite interests, the foundation-subsidized alternative media groups rarely report critically on the world of Big Foundations.” Bob Feldman “The Ford Foundation, historically closely linked to the CIA and the military-industrial-academic complex, has in recent years provided substantial funding grants to a number of “alternative” media organizations, such as FAIR, Progressive magazine, and Pacifica. Also participating in this type of funding are other elite foundations such as MacArthur, Soros, Rockefeller, Carnegie, and Schumann. … Is it likely that the Ford Foundation would fund the kind of alternative media which would be inclined to look deeply into the long-running control over US foreign policy exerted by the private and secretive Council on Foreign Relations, given the fact that the CFR counts among its funding sources the Ford Foundation? Or would the Ford Foundation more likely favor those who could be relied upon to toe the party line that the CFR (and other elite policymaking NGOs like the Trilateral Commission and Bilderberg Group) functions only as a stuffy intellectual debate society, and that anyone who argues otherwise is a “paranoid nut”? … The big establishment foundations are likely to seek out “alternative” media that is more bark than bite, which they can rely on to ignore and dimiss sensitive topics as “irrelevant distractions” or “conspiracy theory.” Recipients of funding will always protest that they are not swayed by any conflicts of interest and don’t allow the sources of funding to affect their decisions, but whether or not these claims are actually true is already somewhat of a red herring. The more important question is, what sort of “alternative” journalism garners the goodwill of the Ford Foundation? Or the Rockefeller Foundation? Or Carnegie, Soros, and Schumann?” Brian Salter WILL THERE BE A BRITISH-AMERICAN-EUROPEAN WORLD ORDER, A CHINESE-RUSSIAN WORLD ORDER, A MERGER OF THE TWO, … Russian President Vladimir Putin / Chinese President Xi Jinping “The way things are supposed to work on this planet is like this: in the United States, the power structures (public and private) decide what they want the rest of the world to do. They communicate their wishes through official and unofficial channels, expecting automatic cooperation. If cooperation is not immediately forthcoming, they apply political, financial and economic pressure. If that still doesn’t produce the intended effect, they attempt regime change through a color revolution or a military coup, or organize and finance an insurgency leading to terrorist attacks and civil war in the recalcitrant nation. If that still doesn’t work, they bomb the country back to the stone age.” http://www.russia-insider.com “The regionalization is in keeping with the Tri-Lateral Plan which calls for a gradual convergence of East and West, ultimately leading toward the goal of one world government. National sovereignty is no longer a viable concept.” Zbigniew Brzezinski “As the Western Empire’s decline continues, in desperation, America is trying to take down two colossal civilizations – Russia and China. This, even as Russia and China work openly and secretly to interlock their cooperation and resistance. It is clear they are creating a unified front in the face of Western hegemony and bellicosity.” Jeff J. Brown, 2016 “The world is on the brink of radical changes. We see how the EU is gradually crumbling and the US economy is collapsing. This will end in a new world order. So, in 10 years we will have a new world order unlike anything before in which the key will be the Union of Russia and China.” China’s President XI Jinping in a speech on the 95th anniversary of the Communist party of China, July 2, 2016 “We are now witnessing the aggressive actions by the United States against Russia and China. I believe that Russia and China may form an alliance before which NATO will be powerless and it will put the end to the imperialist aspirations of the West.” China’s President XI Jinping in a speech on the 95th anniversary of the Communist party of China, July 2, 2016 “In China, the tiny but powerful nine-person Politburo Standing Committee (PSC) spend months consulting with the 25 person Standing Committee, (SC), the 300-member Central Committee (CC) and the 1,500 legislators in the National People’s Congress (NPC). This coalesces into the PSC setting the vision, almost a mission statement for where they see the country going and the goals that can be realized with it over the next five years. All of this is hammered out at the different levels of consultation. Once the course has been decided, these powerhouse politicians, in spite of often different approaches and philosophies, dye their hair black and put on identical tailored, coal black suits, sporting red silk ties. All of them, the PSC, the SC and the CC, work and massage the message down through the Party ranks, laws are written for passage in the NPC, all the while drumming up support among their 1,300,000,000 citizens.” Jeff J. Brown, 2016 “They (Rothschilds) do not own the world, and they do not have carte blanche to do whatever they want. If we do not challenge them there will be other issues. We will not be bullied by them.” Russian President Vladimir Putin “The creation of an army that conforms to the international status of our country, is a strategic task. We must combine economic development with the development of defense to modernize the army, to make it modern and standardized. We should comprehensively promote reform in the military sphere, to create an army that is disciplined and can win.” China’s President XI Jinping in a speech on the 95th anniversary of the Communist party of China, July 2, 2016 “It’s for the people of all countries to decide through consultations what international order and global governance systems can benefit the world and people of all nations. … China will work with people of all countries to push the world order and global governance system toward a more just and reasonable direction. … China is willing to expand common interests with other countries, build a new type of international relations with cooperation and mutual benefit as its core values.” China’s President XI Jinping in a speech on the 95th anniversary of the Communist party of China, July 2, 2016 “Globalists have long been advancing what they refer to as ‘convergence’: that the world to be ruled under a single global regime, East and West, Third World and First World. … With all of the alleged points of conflict between Vladimir Putin and the West, the notion that Russia and its allies may someday ‘merge’ or ‘converge’ with the United States might sound ludicrous. Still, that is the ultimate plan.” Alex Newman “The Chinese have taken control of the means of production . What this signifies is that all of the land in China has been nationalized, every square meter of the place. Thus, there is no private real estate in China, only private personal property. “Buying” a house, business or land here is, in actuality, a long term lease (up to 70 years), whose landlord is ultimately the citizens of China… Other anti-West countries, like Russia, Iran and the ALBA group, don’t control all the real estate, but own the means of production (or a majority) of key industrial sectors in their economies. These often include hydrocarbons, nuclear energy, aviation, armaments, utilities, media and the like. China is no different. State owned enterprises (SOEs) dominate or totally control key sectors, such as finance, banking and insurance, telecommunications, steel, aviation, energy, mining, rail, the media, and on and on.” Jeff J. Brown, 2016 “China cannot copy the political system or development model of other countries, because it would not fit us and it might even lead to catastrophic consequences The fruit may look the same, but the taste is quite different… The uniqueness of China’s cultural tradition, history and circumstances determines that China needs to follow a development path that suits its own reality In fact, we have found such a path and achieved success along this path. Starting in early 20th century, The Chinese people then started exploring long and hard for a path that would suit China’s national conditions. They experimented with constitutional monarchy, imperial restoration, parliamentarism, multi-party system and presidential government, yet nothing really worked… Finally, China took on the path of socialism.” Chinese President Xi Jinping “After the fall of the Soviet Union, economists like Jeffrey Sachs, financed by meta-plunderer George Soros, advised Russian President Boris Yeltsin. The disastrous policies of Yeltsin’s economic team implemented wholesale privatization of state assets at dirt-cheap prices to Western investors like Soros. They made drastic state budget reductions, cuts in living standards, elimination of old age pensions. All this was done in the name of ‘free market reform’. After that trauma, beginning with Vladimir Putin’s first Presidency in 1999, Russia slowly began a painful recovery, not because of the shock therapy, but rather despite it, a tribute to the determination of the Russian people.” F. William Engdahl “Chinese leaders have spent their entire lives working up through the ranks, managing billions of yuan and governing millions of their citizens, at the local, regional and national level. They are often highly educated, trained engineers, city planners, business managers of huge state owned enterprises and the like, technocrats all, who understand processes and systems.” Jeff J. Brown, 2016 OR A GLOBAL ORDER AND WORLD GOVERNMENT CONTROLLED BY A CORPORATE/FINANCIAL OLIGARCHY? World Economic Forum (Davos) “There is a transnational power elite which has centralized the control of global capital around the world. This Global Power Elite – less than 400 individuals – are at the core of the policy planning nongovernmental networks that manage, facilitate, and protect the continued concentration of global capital. They are the activist core of the Transnational Capitalist Class (TCC) – 1 percent of the world’s wealthy people. …The TCC cannot find outlets to profitably reinvest the trillions of dollars that it has accumulated. In recent years it has turned to wild financial speculation in the global casino, raiding and sacking of public budgets, war making, and the extension of systems of social control and repression to sustain accumulation and contain the real or potential rebellion of the poor and the marginalized. … The Global Power Elites of the TCC (Transnational Capitalist Class) make every effort to protect their interests through global organizations like the World Bank, World Trade Organization, International Monetary Fund, the G20, G7, World Economic Forum, Trilateral Commission, Bilderberg Group, Bank for International Settlements, and other transnational associations… Within this system, nation-states become little more than population containment zones, and the real power lies with the decision makers who control global capital.” Peter Phillips in his book “Giants” “People, governments and economies of all nations must serve the needs of multinational banks and corporations.” Zbigniew Brzezinski “The New World Order under the UN will reduce everything to one common denominator. The system will be made up of a single currency, single centrally financed government, single tax system, single language, single political system, single world court of justice, single state religion… Each person will have a registered number, without which he will not be allowed to buy or sell; and there will be one universal world church. Anyone who refuses to take part in the universal system will have no right to exist.” Kurk E. Koch “The global financial elite of the Ford, Carnegie and Rockefeller foundations are making the plans for a one world government. The real name of the game is “1984”. We will have systematic population reduction, forced sterilization or anything else which the planners deem necessary to establish absolute control in their humanitarian utopia. But to enforce these plans, you must have an all-powerful world government.” Gary Allen in his book “None Dare Call It Conspiracy” “The history of the Group of Thirty goes back to the Rockefeller Foundation, which provided the organization’s initial funding. The Rockefeller Foundation represents the interests of highly centralized corporate and financial power. The Group of Thirty, originally named the “Consultative Group on International Economic and Monetary Affairs,” was to function as a think tank, lobby, and a consensus-building institution for the global elites. … What makes the G30 and its recommendations so important is not only the fact that they are taken seriously by policymakers and market participants – but that the very individuals making the recommendations are in positions of power to directly implement or support those same recommendations. … The G30 can be thought above all as an exclusive club of financial crisis kingpins. And it is a club that will continue to play a significant and not altogether helpful role in global financial management for years to come.” Andrew Gavin Marshall, 2013 “We need governance that is adequate to the global world. We need a culture that will be uniform throughout the world. … Further global progress is now possible only through a quest for universal consensus in the movement towards a new world order.” Mikhail Gorbachev, former President of the USSR “The master planners devised the strategy of a merger – a Great Merger- among nations. But before such a merger can be consummated, and the United States becomes just another province in a New World Order, there must at least be the semblance of parity among the senior partners in the deal. How does one make the nations of the world more nearly equal? The Insiders determined that a two-prong approach was needed; use American money and know-how to build up your competitors, while at the same time use every devious strategy you can devise to weaken and impoverish this country. The goal is not to bankrupt the United States. Rather, it is to reduce our productive might, and therefore our standard of living, to the meager subsistence level of the socialized nations of the world. Only a fascist-socialist dictatorship would have the power to accomplish such a “redistribution.” Notice that the plan is not to bring the standard of living in less developed countries up to our level, but to bring ours down to meet theirs coming up. You may be assured, however, that the Rockefellers and their allies are not talking about reducing their own quality of life. It is your standard of living which must be sacrificed on the altar of the New World Order. The Rockefeller game plan is to use population, energy, food, and financial controls as a method of people control which will lead, steadily and deliberately, into the Great Merger.” Gary Allen in his book “The Rockefeller File” “The Party seeks power entirely for its own sake. We are not interested in the good of others; we are interested solely in power. Not wealth or long life or happiness: only power, pure power. We are different from all the oligarchies of the past, in that we know what we are doing. All the others, even those who resembled ourselves, were cowards and hypocrites. The German Nazis and the Russian Communists came very close to us in their methods, but they never had the courage to recognize their own motives. They pretended, perhaps they even believed, that they had seized power unwillingly and for a limited time, and that just round the corner there lay a paradise where human beings would be free and equal. We are not like that. We know that no one ever seizes power with the intention of relinquishing it. Power is not a means; it is an end. One does not establish a dictatorship in order to safeguard a revolution; one makes the revolution in order to establish the dictatorship. The object of persecution is persecution. The object of torture is torture. The object of power is power.” George Orwell in his book “1984” “The new phase of the New World Order has been called “a period beyond the conspiracy” in that the managers of the New World Order are so emboldened by their successes, that they do not care that their plans have become quite transparent.” Dr. John Coleman in his book “Beyond The Conspiracy: Unmasking the Invisible World Government -The Committee of 300” “Seventeen asset management firms, each with an excess of one trillion dollars of investment capital under management, have a total capital under management in excess of $ 41 trillion. These firms are the giants of international capitalism. The wealth they manage comes from many thousands of millionaires, billionaires, and corporations, who allow asset management firms to invest their money in the market with the expectation of above-average returns on their capital. They are the central institutions of the financial capital that powers the global economic system. Western governments and international policy bodies tend to work in the interests of these financial giants to protect the free flow of capital investment and insure debt collection everywhere in the world. … The top asset management companies are the most superconnected firms in the world.” Peter Phillips in his book “Giants” “Diet, injections, and injunctions will combine, from a very early age, to produce the sort of character and the sort of beliefs that the authorities consider desirable, and any serious criticism of the powers that be will become psychologically impossible. … Gradually, by selective breeding, the congenital differences between rulers and ruled will increase until they become almost different species. A revolt of the plebs would become as unthinkable as an organized insurrection of sheep against the practice of eating mutton.” Bertrand Russell, The Impact of Science on Society (1953) “The US and its allies will turn into authoritarian police states. They’ll all be perfectly fascist — private ownership of both consumer goods and the means of production topped by state control of both. Fascism operates free of underlying principles or philosophy; it’s totally the whim of the people in control, and they’ll prove ever more ruthless.” Doug Casey, Casey Research “On August 15, 1871 Sovereign Grand Commander of the Ancient & Accepted Scottish Rite of Freemasonry General Albert Pike wrote a letter to Italian P-1 33rd Degree Grand Commander and Mafia founder Guiseppe Mazzini. In the letter Pike talked of a Brotherhood plan for three World Wars. The first, he said, would destroy czarist Russia and create a Communist “bogeyman” which the bankers could employ to justify their foreign interventions around the world. The second, Pike said, would be used to create Israel, which would become a mercenary force for the international bankers, protecting oil interests for Rothschild and Rockefeller combines. The Third World War, stated Pike’s letter, would pit Arabs against Zionists, and would culminate in a New World Order completely controlled by the international bankers and their secret societies.” Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf” “There is a single theme behind all our work. We must reduce population levels. Either they do it our way, through nice clean methods or they will get the kind of mess that we have in El Salvador, or in Iran, or in Beirut. Once population is out of control it requires authoritarian government, even fascism, to reduce it… The quickest way to reduce population is through famine like in Africa. We go into a country and say, here is your goddamn development plan. Throw it out the window. Start looking at your population …if you don’t …then you’ll have an El Salvador or an Iran, or worse, a Cambodia. U.S. Latin American Office of Population Affairs [OPA] case officer Thomas Ferguson “Just as our banks and corporations have plundered the Third World with rapacious delight over the past three decades, now they will be able to do the same to the populations of the rich nations themselves. The state will transform, as it did in the ‘Third World’, into a typically totalitarian institution which is responsible for protecting the super-rich and controlling, oppressing, or, in extreme cases of resistance, eliminating the ‘problem populations’ (i.e., the people).” Jurriaan Maessen, Global Research “The question is not how to get good people to rule; the question is how to stop the powerful from doing as much damage as they can to us.” Karl Popper PREPARE FOR A PLUTOCRAT-CONTROLLED NEOLIBERAL ECONOMIC ORDER AND GLOBAL AUTHORITARIANISM Things are moving rapidly. Inequality in America is extreme. Authoritarianism is increasing. Before we realize it, America’s democratic experiment will have ended in failure, and possibly chaos. Societies with extreme inequality have always come to ignoble ends. The question is whether America will end with a whimper, or with a bang. American hubris has resulted in global economic chaos and strategic confrontation. We are no longer the only superpower. Both Russia and China, once great empires, want a second chance at global prosperity and respect. As the U.S. is forced by circumstances to abandon its role as the sole global policeman and economic powerhouse, others are ready to take its place. But, dying empires are known to flail about and fight viciously to preserve their former hegemony. And, it looks like the United States will not go quietly into the night. U. S. power was at its peak following World War II. America ruled the globe economically and militarily. It’s influence was ubiquitous and its soft power seemingly unlimited. But, arrogance and greed have turned the United States into a pariah. We are feared for our power, but no longer respected for our institutions. Inequality, injustice, corruption, and our projection of violence, have turned much of the world against us. Throughout the 20th century and into the 21st century, the United States rhetorically lauded the benefits of democracy, while undermining democratically-elected governments everywhere. U.S.-sponsored coups and “color revolutions” dressed-up as spontaneous popular uprisings, have shown that democratic governments are not well-suited to withstand 21st century ‘realpolitik’. Developing countries, which once looked to the United States as a model for political and economic development, are re-evaluating whether democracy is their best political choice. As the economic and political might of Russia and China grow, so does their influence. And, as the United States repeatedly demonstrates how easily it can manipulate elections and exploit popular unrest, while hypocritically preaching about democracy, developing countries may conclude that authoritarian government may be their best survival option. The result: democracy will be left in the dustbin of history. On the economic front, a new feudalism is emerging. As work is made contingent and part-time, employee benefits are cut, operations are moved offshore, unemployment increases, well-paying manufacturing jobs become minimum-wage service jobs, family debt grows, inequality increases and opportunities disappear, the United States is beginning to look more like a mal-developed country in the global South, than an economic giant, while American workers, once the envy of the world, struggle to compete with workers in the third world. 21st century neoliberal capitalism is producing chaos, globally. Unabashed greed, absence of effective regulation of business activity, and the growth of global casino capitalism, have caused untold damage. Austerity, privatization, extreme financial risk-taking, endemic fraud and market manipulation have combined to produce a perfect economic storm. Regulators have stopped regulating, plutocrats continue to accumulate wealth, and politicians grab what they can. Nobody trusts anybody, banks won’t lend, unemployment is high and rising, personal debt is staggering, and hardship and immiseration are growing, while the .01% spends with abandon and economic inequality has achieved heights not seen since the Gilded Age of the late 19th century. Business and political elites have shown a willingness to undermine and severely damage their own country’s economy, in order to weaken a populist government that refuses to support neoliberal economic policies that enrich the wealthy. As the economy is covertly sabotaged, the population, unaware that the source of their misery is the business elite, blame the populist leaders, and remove them from office. The result is that neoliberal governments replace populist governments, anti-worker policies are adopted and accelerated, the elites grow richer, and the working class suffers even more. In Asia, China’s growing economic power is transforming global finance. The Chinese yuan may soon take its place as an international reserve currency, joining the dollar – or even replacing it. The global impact of the dollar’s reserve currency displacement would be enormous. Banks have started restricting cash withdrawals. It is now difficult to take out more than a few thousand dollars in cash from some banks. Soon it may be nearly impossible to withdraw cash from bank accounts. Some countries are considering becoming cashless societies, where money will no longer be accepted and all monetary transactions will be digital. The result will be the end of financial privacy. Governments will then have total control over the economic lives of their citizens. In the new “normal” financial environment, banks will prosper by taxing the deposits of savers (rather than paying interest on deposits) or by taking some of the savings of their customers (bail-ins) as needed to enhance their balance sheets. As the economic noose tightens, political turmoil, popular unrest and even global conflict may result. Kleptocratic elites in concert with corrupt political and business leaders, will not be the solution to the probem – they will be the problem. Every person will have to fend for himself or herself, and for their loved ones, in a more chaotic, less fair, less democratic, more authoritarian world. The time to prepare is now.
  12. Hi OZ, No my friend there is no manipulation, this is how the powers work, exactly as shown on the astrological sign for advantages against us all. Be it bullshit or not, they will use this chart anyhow against us because they believe in it, and they will take the action towards the reading of this chart. So our opinion is somewhat worthless as they see themselves winning by taking the action as advantage of the planets in October. Regards
  13. ITS ABOUT OCTOBER SURPRISE,,,,,,,,,,,PREPARE. ### ### Full Throttle Part 10 ### ###
  14. DEADLIER THAT A H BOMB WING COMMANDER LEONARD YOUNG Having fought against tyranny for thousands of years and having been sustained by a strong faith throughout, first, the Druidic and then the Christian, are we now going to let our Christian and British faith and traditions go by default and tamely submit to the worst tyranny the world has ever known? The author claims that we are in the process of destruction by something deadlier than the H-bomb; something which in our blindness, we are allowing to corrode the props of our culture and civilisation. Is there a secret plan for the destruction of the Western way of life? Many famous sailors and soldiers have written on this theme. Here a retired Air Force officer comes to similar conclusions. He quotes from a confidential docu­ ment of the Political and Economic Planning Organisation:— "You may use, without acknowledgement, anything which appears in this broadsheet on the understanding that the broadsheet and the group are not publicly mentioned, either in writing or otherwise. This strict anonymity is essential in order that the group may prove effective." He describes this work of P.E.P. as "Sovietism by stealth." He quotes many famous statesmen in support of his continued on inside back cover 6s. 6d. NET contention. Thus Lloyd George writing in his memoirs about the international bankers' part in the Versailles Conference:— "They swept statesmen, politicians, jurists and journalists all on one side and issued their orders with an imperiousness of absolute monarchs who knew that there was no appeal from their ruthless decrees." Of the New York Stock Exchange collapse between the wars he quotes Senator L. T. McFadden, Chairman of the U.S. House of Representatives Currency Commission, who declared:— "It was not accidental. It was a carefully contrived occurrence . . . . the international bankers sought to bring about a condition of despair here so that they might emerge as the rulers of us all." Whether you agree with all the author's conclusions you will certainly have to admit that there are forces behind the political scene which are DEADLIER THAN THE H-BOMB. BRITONS PUBLISHING SOCIETY DEADLIER THAN THE H-BOMB Copyright July 1956 Printed in England by the B.P.S. Printing Co., London, W.11 and Published by The Britons Publishing Society, Beamish House, 74 Princedale Road, London, W.11 DEADLIER THAN THE H - BOMB by Wing. Commander L. YOUNG LONDON BRITONS PUBLISHING SOCIETY 1956 CONTENTS CHAPTER PAGE Publishers' Note 5 Author's Preface 5 Introduction 6 1. Early British History 7 2. The Jews 12 3. The Khazars 15 4. The Jews in Britain 17 5. Money Lending 22 6. Some Effects of the Usury System 30 7. Two Jewish Plans 33 8. The Poison in Britain 36 9. The Poison in America 44 10. The League of Nations 49 11. Hitler. 51 12. The War 56 13. Winston Churchill 60 14. The Plot in America 62 15. The United Nations 66 16. Post War Britain 68 17. A Hint from the Bible 71 18. Famous Men on the Jews 75 19. Other Means of Assault by the Jews 78 20. The Remedy 80 Bibliography 85 AUTHOR'S PREFACE After the Second World War and twenty-nine years in the Services I retired to civil life. Instead of being able to settle down peacefully, I have found myself in a world in turmoil and in constant dread of the H-bomb being used to terrorise people into all sorts of courses. Like many others, I do not think that an atomic war is inevitable. In trying to assess the situation I have come to realise that we are in the process of actual destruction by something deadlier than the H-bomb; something, which in our blindness, we are allowing to corrode the props of our culture and civilisation; insidiously and relentlessly. In this book I have tried to show the development of the main lines of attack, to sound the alarm and to introduce the reader to a number of other works on the subject which expound various necessary truths and remedies. L. Young Winscombe, May, 1956. Somerset. PUBLISHER'S NOTE In presenting this outspoken book by a patriotic ex-service­ man we do so because we are in agreement with his conclusions on political, economic and agricultural problems. The author's views on religious matters are, of course entirely his own and not necessarily the views of the publishers. BRITONS PUBLISHING SOCIETY. June, 1956 INTRODUCTION THE events of the last half-century, and particularly of the last decade, give us every cause to pause and think where we are going. The transformation which has taken place has been stupendous and very much for the worse. The greatest mistake that can be made is to regard events as episodic and that is just the mistake which our politicians, press, historians, economists, etc., persist in making, although it does not require much investigation to realise that there is a design behind events and that we are in the culminating period of a long and carefully prepared plot, which has been carried out with diabolical cunning and remarkable efficiency. In this booklet an attempt will be made to give an outline of history sufficient to support the above statement. It must be realised that an immense amount of history has been written with the intention of hiding the truth. So a great deal of what is said here may come as a surprise to most people. Also, to cover so much ground in such a small space is very difficult and only an outline can be given. But to enable any reader who may wish to verify what is said or pursue the subject further, a bibliography is given at the end. 6 1 EARLY BRITISH HISTORY FROM some time after the Flood, probably about 2000 B.C. onwards, Nordic peoples, such as Phoenicians, Trojans and Israelites (it always seems to be taken for granted that the Nordic people are descendants of Japheth but, while admitting to not having made any extensive investigation into the subject, the only evidence the writer has come across suggests that they are descendants of Shem) had been sailing west from the eastern Mediterranean and both settling in and trading with the other Mediterranean coastal areas, Spain, the British Isles, Western and North-Western Europe. During the last centuries B.C. quite a number of Jews settled in Spain and they were probably the main ancestors of the "Spanish" or Sephardim Jews. Now let us turn to British history. In about 1800 B.C., Hu Gadarn is said to have led the first colony of Cymri to Britain from Defrobane, where Constantinople stands. In the Welsh Triads he is said to have mnemonically systematised the Wisdom of the ancestors of the people he led west. This is the educational system adopted by the Druids. The members of the order were the states­ men, legislators, priests, physicians, lawyers, teachers, and poets of the country. Britain became the headquarters of the druid religion which appears to have been similar to the old patriarchal religion of the East. The motto of the Druidic world was: "The Truth against the World." Hu Gadarn was regarded as the personification of intellectual culture and to him has been attributed the founding of Stonehenge and the introduction of several arts, including glass-making and writing in Ogham characters. On his standard was depicted the Ox and this may have been the origin of John Bull. In 1185 B.C. Troy fell and most of the survivors joined their kinsmen who were already in this country, but it was not until 1136 B.C. that Brutus set out for Britain and landed at Totnes, the oldest seaport in Devon. Brutus codified the laws of Britain and Lord Chief Justice Coke says: "The original laws of this land were composed of such elements as Brutus first selected from the ancient Greek and Trojan institutions." In passing it may be of interest to note that a Trojan law of Brutus is that the sceptre of this isle may be held 7 by a queen as well as a king. We do not have the Salic Law prohibiting women from ruling. The next king who left his mark upon our history was Molmutius, about 450 B.C., who was famous for his road-making and his laws. Lord Chief Justice Coke, in his Origin of the Common Law of England, says that "the Molmutius laws have been always regarded as the foundation and bulwark of British liberties." At the time of the Roman invasion there were forty Druidic centres of learning, which were also the capitals of the forty tribes. The students at these colleges numbered at times as many as sixty thousand of the youth and young nobility of Britain and Gaul. It required twenty years to master the complete circle of Druidic knowledge, which included natural philosophy, astronomy, mathematics, geometry, medicine, jurisprudence, poetry and oratory. In those days Britain was thickly populated. In 55 B.C., and again in 54 B.C., Caesar tried to occupy Britain because he found that in all his wars with the Gauls they were receiving assistance from Britain, which country seems to have been regarded among the Celtic nations as a sort of Holy Land. But he was so roughly handled that, when, in the following century Rome again decided to invade, the memory of it caused a mutiny of the legions gathered for the purpose. This is an event unparalleled in the annals of Roman obedience, just as the decisive double expulsion of Caesar is still without parallel in British history. Claudius, the emperor, sent his favourite freedman and minister, a eunuch called Narcissus, to the scene and his taunts stung the legions into embarking. There now ensued a tremendous war lasting many years, in which the Britons were fighting the whole might of the Roman Empire, under its finest generals. By this time Britain was becoming Christian. There are grounds for believing that our Lord spent some time in Britain, including a couple of years at Glastonbury, before taking up his ministry. But after the Crucifixion, Joseph of Arimathea led a party to Britain and, in about 37 A.D. started a Christian church at Glastonbury. The Druid religion was one which naturally merged into Christianity and the Christian faith received a ready response here. From the start members of the royal families set an example in embracing the faith and in missionary work. The British had some remarkable leaders, notably the King Caradoc or Caractacus. He was eventually handed over to the Romans in fetters, due to the treachery of the Queen of the Brigantes in Yorkshire and taken to Rome with his family, but such was the reputation he had acquired in seven years of fighting that, when he entered Rome, he did so amidst the excitement of the three million inhabitants who blocked up the line of the procession to obtain a view of the formidable and illustrious captive, and: — 8 " . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rome trembled When she saw the Briton, though fast in chains." The preservation of Caradoc forms a solitary exception to the policy of the Romans of casting captive kings and generals into the Tarpeian dungeons to be done to death. Instead he was spared on condition that he never bore arms against Rome again and a residence of seven years in Rome, in free custody, was imposed on him. He lived in the British Palace with his family, some of whom were already Christians, and thus the British Palace became the centre of Christianity in Rome. So, when St. Paul arrived in Rome, there was already a Christian Church there in which St. Paul ministered. In II Timothy iv, 21, St. Paul mentions Pudens, Linus and Claudia. Linus was Caradoc's second son and he became the first Bishop of Rome. Claudia was daughter of Caradoc and Pudens, a Roman, was her husband. After the capture of Caradoc, the Britons carried on the war under the leadership of his cousin, Arviragus. Eventually, in 120 A.D., Britain was incorporated with the Roman dominions, but, by treaty, not by conquest. The British retained their kings, land, laws and rights but accepted a Roman nucleus of the army for the defence of the realm. Finally, in 410 A.D., the Romans abandoned Britain altogether. Professor Huxley says that, during the occupa­ tion of Britain by the Romans, the British led a life as separate as possible from the invaders and that, when the Romans left, the population was as substantially Celtic as when they came. From the start at Glastonbury the Christian faith spread and endured in the British Isles and, in the second century A.D., the British became the first officially Christian nation. It is significant that the Romans were not in the habit of interfering with the religions they found about the Empire but they went to great lengths at times to try to stamp out Druidism and Christianity. A Druidic triad familiar to the Greeks and Romans was: "Three duties of every man: Worship God; be just to all men; die for your country." It was this last duty which caused Rome to mark Druidism for destruction because it ran counter to the Roman idea of universal dominion and the merging of all nationalities into their conception of one world. They failed in Britain and eventually the Christian faith was carried all over Europe, including Rome, largely by the missionary efforts of the British. Constantine the Great was born and educated in Britain. His mother was Helena, a devout British Christian and daughter of King Coel of Eastern Britain. At one time Constantine served with St. George under Galerius in the Egyptian and Persian campaigns and, between the two young Christian soldiers, a lasting friendship was formed. Later, Constantine was proclaimed Emperor 9 in Britain, at York in 306 B.C. {sc.: A.D.} and set out, supported by native British troops, to conquer and Christianise the Roman Empire and "plant the Cross of Christ on the throne of the Caesars." (See George of Lydda.) Later Britain was invaded by the Jutes and the Angles. The Angles, being the most numerous, gave their name, in this country, to the whole group which was known on the Continent as the Saxons. The Anglo-Saxons were not Christians but neither were they pagans. They believed in a Divine or Infinite Being and had a religion derived, it may be concluded, from the same patriarchal source as the Druids, because the Druidic religion had not yet died out in Britain and the Saxons appear to have found enough similarity between their own form of worship and that of ancient Britain to allow them to unite under the ministrations of a Druidic hierarchy. The Saxons were Nordic like the British, the Danes, the Vikings and the Normans. The Saxons looked with suspicion on the efforts of the people they were trying to subjugate, to convert them to Christianity and so they were still non-Christian when, in 597, Pope Gregory sent the Augustinian mission here to introduce the Latin form of Christi­ anity. It is possible that, the civil power of Rome being dead, the ambitious Romans were anxious to exercise the universal dominion to which they had been accustomed, through the ecclesiastical power which began to rise on its ruins. It is interesting and important to note that, under the Druidic system, the British people had become the most civilised people in the world and the most tolerant and humane. Greek and Roman writers acknowledge the British Druids as world leaders in the study of astronomy and science. The British Church developed directly from the ministrations of the Apostles, Joseph of Arimathea, Simon Zelotes, Aristobulus, St. Paul and possibly St. Peter, and consequently owed nothing to Rome. The British clergy, or Culdees, based their ministry on the Scriptures or Word of God, to which they adhered closely, and strongly objected to the Romish ritual, superstitions and wealth and power gathering hierarchical system. This opposition to the Roman system never ceased and was the main cause of Britain being the first country to throw off the Roman stranglehold at the time of the Reformation and to open up the Word of God to the people again. When Augustine arrived, the British Church was strongly repre­ sented in the province of the Angles by an archbishopric, seven bishoprics and a great number of abbeys with most devout prelates. The British Church strongly resented the intrusion of an emissary of the Pope and, at a Council held shortly after his arrival, they told Augustine that "they knew no other Master than Christ", and 10 that "they liked not his new-fangled customs" and refused sub­ mission. They were as good as their word and maintained the liberty of their Church for five hundred years after his time, being the last of the Churches of Europe to give up their power to Rome. But Augustine met with some success among the Saxons and, by favour of the Saxon king, Ethelbert, the Roman Church was set up at Canterbury. It was the origin of the Church known to-day as the Church of England and it will be noted that it is quite dis­ tinct from the origin of the British Church, which was 560 years earlier. Under Alfred the Great the Gospels had been issued in the native tongue but as the Roman Church gained dominance it took all possible steps to confine the Scriptures to the Latin tongue and to destroy all British manuscripts that fell into its hands. The kings, people and ordinary clergy, or Culdees, of Britain, however, never fully accepted the spiritual suzerainty of Rome and altogether refused to acknowledge political ascendancy. The gradual build up of this resistance ended in the Reformation. Also it was the struggle for religious rights which opened men's eyes to all their rights and led them to withstand political oppression. 11 2 THE JEWS IT is now time to turn our attention to the Jews for a while. Throughout the Bible story is to be found an age-long struggle between Jacob and Esau and their descendants. Even before birth there appears to have been a pre-natal struggle. Esau lost his birthright to Jacob and went off and took unto himself wives of alien stock, Hittites. From him, by these women, were descended the Edomites, or Idumeans and the Amalekites. These people were in continual conflict with the Israelites and, later, the remnant which returned to rebuild the Temple after the captivity. From Josephus we learn that the Jews under Judas Maccabeus temporarily subdued many enemies, including the Idumeans and then, in 125 B.C., when the Jews, under John Hyrcanus were again faced with the hostility of the Idumeans, he reduced their chief cities and compelled them to be circumcised and to be incorporated in the Jewish State in order to be able to stay in the land. So that from that time onwards the Idumeans came also to be known as Jews. Yet true Israelites were reluctant to admit the Idumeans to their community, for the latter were known not to be really converted and, in fact, from then on this seed of Esau-Edom con­ tinued to take advantage of all opportunities to pollute and destroy the Jewish race and faith. The Herods were Idumeans and were responsible for the destruc­ tion of the priestly line, the murder of the infants in an attempt to prevent the coming of the Messiah, the slaying of John the Baptist; and the Herodian party played no small part in the bringing of Our Lord to the Cross. From 66 A.D. onwards the Idumeans were largely responsible, with the Jewish Zealots, for bringing about the destruction of Jerusalem in 70 A.D. It would also appear that the infiltration by the Idumeans into the Jewish nation had been such that the subsequent dispersion of the Jews included Idumean and other proselytes. John viii, verses 33, 37 and 44, suggest that our Lord was addressing Idumean members of the nation because the Jews had been in captivity. The Jewish faith, under the priests, had been based on the O.T. Scriptures and the Temple, but with the destruction of the priestly line the Jews came under the rule of the Kahal, based on the 12 Talmud and the synagogue which had been developed in Palestine after the captivity. The Kahal was a development from the political clubs which existed during the time of the Pharisees and Sadducees and it concealed, under a religious masque, the grasping aims of a clique. By secret society techniques the Kahal obtained complete control over the daily life of the Jews and, with the dispersion and the formation of Jewish communities or fraternities about the world, each community became a miniature Kahal whose aims were inti­ mately related with those of the central body upon which their existence depended. The ruling clique which had started by grinding down its own race, now saw that, by drafting them into its own organisation, it could exploit the Gentiles on a far grander scale. It developed and perfected the system of espionage which it still maintains in order to strengthen its control and advance the interests of the Jews as a whole. For, although the individual Jew is the slave of the Kahal, he is rewarded for his submission by its support in his struggle with non-Jewish competitors. The teaching in the synagogue incited the Jews to a thorough exploitation of their Gentile neighbours and the doctrine was eventually embodied in a book, called the Shulchan Aruk. A few quotations will suffice to show its character: "When a Jew has a Gentile in his clutches another Jew may go to the same Gentile, lend him money and, in his turn, deceive him so that the Gentile shall be ruined. For the property of a Gentile (according to our law) belongs to no one, and the first Jew that passes has the full right to seize it." "When a Jew makes a deal with a Gentile and another Jew comes up and deceives the Gentile no matter in what manner, whether he give him false measure or overcharge him, then both Jews must share between them the profits thus sent by Jehovah." "Although it is not a direct obligation for a Jew to kill a Gentile with whom he lives in peace yet, in no case is he allowed to save a Gentile's life." "It is always a meritorious deed to get hold of a Gentile's possessions." "Marriages taking place among Gentiles have no binding strength, i.e., their cohabitation is just as the coupling of horses, therefore their children do not stand as humanly related to their parents." For success a Jewish community depended upon the absolute subordination of its members and the secrecy of its proceedings. The Kahal concealed its activities from the outside world under the guise of religion and, in order to guard against traitors and renegades, shrouded itself in mystery and mysticism, even from its members. Through the ages the Jewish fraternities have kept 13 their typical character of a secret government disguised under the form of synagogue and schools. They have a heavy heritage, a Jewish conscientiousness, a hatred of non-Jews, a love of deceiving; all this they cannot easily shake off and, with it, the yoke of the Kahal. After the dispersion the Jews, with many Edomites and other proselytes, settled around the Mediterranean and the Black Sea and Caspian areas. During the 8th century A.D. the Khazars of Russia, an unpleasantly aggressive people, adopted Judaism and the result has been large numbers of Jews in Central Europe. These Jews, or more properly, Khazars, known as the Ashkenazim or "Polish" Jews, contain very few Israelites being nearly all descend­ ants of various proselytes and possibly including some Edomite descendants. Throughout the ages the Jews have been great secret society adepts and have infiltrated governmental, financial, secret society and other organisations until they have obtained control behind the scenes but they take great care to try to hide the fact as, if it became known, their ability to retain control would probably be lost. It seems possible, according to the records of secret Jewish Zionism, that Solomon and other learned Jews had, as far back as 929 B.C., thought out a scheme, in theory, for a peaceful conquest of the whole world by Zion and that, as time passed, this scheme was worked out in detail and completed by men who were sub­ sequently initiated into the subject. But these plans were always kept secret even from the Jewish nation itself. The idea was to subdue other countries by an economical conquest. (See Waters Flowing Eastward, by L. Fry and A Short Study of Esau-Edom in Jewry, by C. F. Parker.) 14 3 THE KHAZARS MUCH of the sympathy which many people feel for the people they look upon as Jews is probably due to their thinking of them as descendants of Israel and to not having any idea that they are, in fact, mostly of pagan and aggressive Tartar-Khazar race. Per­ haps it is worth giving the following information about these people from B. Jenzen's The Palestine Plot. "Authorities agree that persons of the Jewish Faith in Eastern Europe are the descendants largely of a non-semitic Turkish- Finnish race which came into Europe from Asia about the 1st century A.D. by a land route north of the Caspian Sea. These people are known in history as Khazars. The Khazars had always been a pagan people. They settled in Eastern Europe and there established the Khazar kingdom. By continuous and successful conquests for which the Khazars became famous in history, their kingdom increased in size until, by the 8th century A.D., it occu­ pied the greater part of Eastern Europe located west of the Urals and North of the Black Sea and extending far westwards into Europe. The Khazar nation was converted to Judaism at about the end of the 7th century A.D. The Khazar king in (ca.) 692 selected Judaism rather than either the Christian or Moslem religions which were striving to convert the Khazar king and the Khazar nation to Christianity or to Mohammedanism. "After the conversion of the Khazars to Judaism, only a Jewish king could occupy the Khazar throne. Conversion of the Khazars to Judaism was very successful. Judaism became the state religion. Synagogues and schools for teaching Judaism to the Khazars and peoples conquered by them were built throughout the kingdom. Rabbis to officiate in synagogues and teachers for the schools, were imported from Spain. These non-Semitic Turkish-Finnish people from Asia, now converted to Judaism, formed the Khazar kingdom which dominated eastern Europe: this great and powerful Jewish kingdom at the peak of its power, was collecting tribute from no less than twenty-five conquered peoples. Conquest was their vocation." "This great and powerful Jewish kingdom flourished for almost five hundred years without a setback. Even the neighbouring mighty Byzantine and Persian empires feared the Khazars and eagerly sought military alliances with them. Towards the end of 15 the 10th century A.D., the Khazars were defeated in a war with the Russians (Varangians) who came down on them from the north. For the first time in their history this Jewish kingdom was defeated and the Khazars were conquered. This conquest of the Khazars was completed in the middle of the 13th century A.D. The Khazar population and former Khazar territory were thus incorporated into the expanded Russian state." "The Khazar kingdom disappears at this time from the history of the world. The conquest of the Khazar kingdom by the Russians accounts for the presence in Southern Russia of the large and con­ centrated population of the Jewish faith. During the next few centuries, large parts of this concentrated Jewish population were included in the newly formed Polish, Lithuanian, Galician, Rumanian and other states which, through conquests were carved out of the former greater Russia. These new states were, in their turn, reconquered by Russia and these large Jewish populations were reunited again as Russians. From the 13th century A.D. to the outbreak of World War II the Eastern European area of Southern Russia underwent very little ethnic change and continued to include the descendants of the former Khazar Jewish Kingdom." Ever since that day Russia has been invading and occupying neighbouring territory: "Conquest was their vocation." Disraeli remarked about the "mysterious Russian diplomacy" which was controlled by his co-racialists. With the 1917 Revolution the Khazars wiped out the Czar and the Russian aristocracy and com­ pletely reconquered Russia which they have kept in subjection ever since with the most appalling cruelty. They are also now well on the way to world domination by a combination of cool cheek and the use of all the dirtiest means which are effective for their purpose. 16 4 THE JEWS IN BRITAIN THE Jews now come into the British story. In 1066 when William of Normandy came to England he had Jews in his train. It is pretty certain that these Jews would have been responsible for the idea of compiling the Doomsday Book in order to acquire a complete inventory of the country to give information to guide them in exploiting it by means of usurious money lending. They became unpopular with the English but appear to have stayed in the country under the protection of successive kings who probably found them useful for revenue purposes until, in 1290, that great king and man of vision, Edward I, decided that it was necessary to expel them from the country for many grave offences endangering the safety of his realm and lieges. Twenty years later, Edward II suppressed the Knights Templar who were the bankers of the period and also the ancestors of Freemasonry. As a result England was prosperous during the 14th, 15th and 16th centuries and was known as Merrie England. Later the Jews were also expelled from France, the Knights Templar having also been suppressed, as in England. The result in France was also great prosperity until the end of the 18th century when the secret societies and Ashkenazim Jews ruined it with the French Revolution. After that the Jews got a grip on the country and it has been in trouble ever since. A study of Nesta Webster's books on Secret Societies and Subversive Move­ ments and on The French Revolution are of the greatest importance in connection with this. They are a most exhaustive study of the subject and one which is essential to our understanding of what is going on in the world. One slight criticism of Mrs. Webster's work is that she does not seem to have realised the anti-Christian significance of British Masonry or of its real connection behind the scenes with other societies, such as Grand Orient. It would probably astonish at least 99 per cent of British Free­ masons to be told that it is anti-Christian and, in essence, Judaic. The vast majority just become Masons and leave it at that. They have no understanding of fundamental values and do not think of investigating. Most of them join because they have been told it is a good thing and that it will help them in their trade or profession. But, like all the other secret societies it is, in the final resort, under Jewish control and can therefore be used to exert influence on men 17 A2 in all walks of life and usually in leading positions, to take courses which are designed to lead, in the long run, to the destruction of Gentile and, in particular, of British and Nordic power and prestige and the eventual complete domination of the world by the Sanhedrin or the inner ring of international financiers or the Elders of Zion or whatever you like to call the body of about 300 men referred to by Disraeli and Walter Rathenau. Investigation shows that movements like Theosophy, Grand Orient, Freemasonry, Illuminism, The Templars, Rosicrucians, etc., derive their ideas from the Jewish Cabala. It is true that many of the leading lights in these movements have been Gentiles and that some of them have apparently been started by Gentiles. In fact, Adam Weishaupt the Bavarian Illuminist, seems to have been the chief architect of the modern secret society movements, but the control in all cases eventually passes into the hands of the Sanhedrin. In fact, in the final analysis, it all comes from Satan, as is proved by the black magic basis although, normally, this is only known to the most secret and advanced adepts. It is to be noted that the works of all these societies never further but are always to the detriment of the Nordic peoples. They are always against individual and national sovereignty. On the other hand they always work to further destructive purposes by means of Nihilism, Socialism or Communism. Also, they are always in favour of World Jewry purposes and were, for some time, of Pan- Germanism, because Germany was the base of the Jew financiers and Pan-Germanism was a means of greatly weakening the Nordic peoples and of spreading the chaos necessary for the breeding of Communism. It has been stated above that the Reformation was really the result in England of the age-long resistance of the British Church to Roman domination but this does not mean that Britain was not influenced in any way by the Continental movements of Luther and Calvin. Calvin went to Geneva from France where his name was spelt Cauin, possibly a French effort to spell Cohen. The Jews claim that he was of Jewish extraction. An unfortunate result of his efforts, as far as Britain was concerned, was that he organised great numbers of revolutionary orators who were spread about Western Europe, with a good sprinkling in England and Scotland. These men laid the ground work for revolution under a cloak of religious fervour. It should be noted that this religious fervour did not show much of the love of Christ. It was much more inclined to display the rigid legalism of the Mosaic Law and of the influence of the Talmud and to contract all religion into rigid observance of the "Sabbath", a Jewish ordinance and regarded as such by Calvin. In fact it was more like Judaism than Christianity. And Judaism, 18 be it remembered, was based on the Talmud and the Shulchan Aruk and inculcated a spirit teaching that all non-Jews are animals. Although they had been expelled, it is clear that the Jews retained, or in time regained contacts in England because, during the reign of Charles I, they organised the English Revolution by similar methods to those used later to organise the French Revolu­ tion. In both cases the revolutions were brought about by the activities of secret societies and the use of "mobs", organised and paid from behind the scenes in London and Paris respectively. In the case of Paris, at least, the men who made up the ruffianly crowd were definitely imported into Paris for the purpose. Cromwell was financed by the Amsterdam Jewish Rabbi Manas­ seh Ben Israel and Fernandez Carvajal, "The Great Jew" as he was called, was the chief contractor of the New Model Army. It was the Jews who insisted upon and had the power to bring about, through the control of money, the execution or really murder of Charles I, in order then to be able to regain admission to England which they did, illegally, under Cromwell. The "Levellers" and the "Rationalists" in the army had the same doctrines as the French Revolutionaries and they were what we, to-day, know as Communists. The evidence for all this is available from Jewish sources, e.g., the writing of Isaac Disraeli, father of Benjamin, Earl of Beaconsfield, the writings of Benjamin himself and in the Protocols of the Elders of Zion which fell into Gentile hands in 1897, is the sentence "Remember the French Revolution, the secrets of its preparation are well known to us for it was entirely the work of our hands." But Cromwell, even with the assistance of his Geneva sym­ pathisers, dispensing Judaic barbarity, failed to subdue Scotland where Charles II was still called King. It is of interest that Charles accepted the Presbyterian form of Christianity for Scotland and that this form is probably more like the old British Church than that of any other kind of modern times. Steadily the feeling in England came round to the Scottish point of view and, on Cromwell's death, all Britain welcomed the restoration of Charles II. Unfortunately, Charles had no idea of the Jewish problem or plans. The wisdom and experience of Edward I had become lost in centuries of segregation from the Jewish poison. And the enemies of Kingship were now entrenched within his kingdom. Charles was, however, aware of the dangers of a "Popish Plot" cry and worked against it but, with the accession of James II the Jews developed propaganda against the Papacy and got the people divided on it, while, under cover of it, plans were prepared for placing control of the finances of both England and Scotland in their hands. 19 The chief figure amongst those who deserted James at the crucial moment was John Churchill, first Duke of Marlborough. According to the Jewish Encyclopaedia this duke, for many years, received not less than £6,000 a year from the Dutch Jew, Solomon Medina. For further evidence on what is said above, reference should be made to The Nameless War by the late Capt. A. H. M. Ramsay, M.P. Nesta Webster's books and Isaac Disraeli's two volume Life of Charles I, published in 1851 and referred to by Ramsay. After the Amsterdam Jews had successfully financed the rebellion against James II, in 1689, the chief of them, Solomon Medina, followed William of Orange to England. The result was to bring about a closer connection between the London and Amster­ dam Jewish communities and the transfer of the centre of finance from the Dutch to the English capital. According to Disraeli its practice in England has been equally injurious. (Sybil, Book I.) The real objective of the "Glorious Revolution" was achieved in 1694 when the Royal consent was given for the setting up of the Bank of "England" and the institution of the National Debt. This Charter handed over to an anonymous and private committee the Royal prerogative of creating money and converted the basis of wealth to gold. The money thus created was "negative money", a book entry, a debt which, by virtue of the mechanism itself could never be repaid. The charter enabled the international money­ lenders to secure their loans on the taxes of the country instead of on the doubtful undertaking of some ruler or potentate which was all the security they could previously obtain. From then on economic machinery was set in motion which ultimately reduced all wealth to the fictitious terms of gold which the Jews control and drained away the life blood of the land which was the birthright of the British peoples. Shortly afterwards the political and economic union of England and Scotland was forced on Scotland with wholesale corruption and, in defiance of the adverse vote of every county and borough. The main objects of the Union, suppression of the Royal Mint in Scot­ land and Scottish responsibility, too, for the National "Debt", were then achieved. The grip of the money-lenders was now com­ plete throughout Great Britain but there was a danger that the members of the new Joint Parliament might, in time, in the spirit of their ancestors, challenge this. So, to provide against this, the party system was brought into being, thus frustrating true national reaction and enabling the wire­ pullers to divide and rule. The financiers used their newly estab­ lished power to ensure that their own men and their own policies should secure the limelight and that they should have sufficient support from their newspapers, pamphlets and banking accounts to carry the day. This state of affairs is still in full blast to-day. 20 As Capt. Ramsay points out, gold was soon to become the basis of loans, ten times the size of the amount deposited. That is £100 in gold would be legal security for £1,000 of loans. At 3 per cent therefore, £100 in gold could earn £30 interest annually with no more trouble to the lender than the keeping of a few ledger entries. The owner of £100 of land, however, still must work every hour of daylight in order to make perhaps 4 per cent. It is inevitable that moneylenders must become millionaires and those who own and work the land, the Englishman and the Scotsman, must be ruined. The process has continued inexorably till now, when it is nearly completed. It has been hypocritically camouflaged by clever propaganda as helping the poor by mulching the rich. In reality it is nothing of the kind. In the main it has been the deliberate ruination of the landed classes, the leaders among the Gentiles and their supplanting by the Jew financiers and their hangers-on. The Whig philosophy, descended from Calvinism and other Puritan movements, is always the attack of the black-coated theorist on the practical man, such as the farmer, the sailor, the engineer and the pioneer. Basically it denies personal initiative and judgments and substitutes a set of transcendental values incapable of and, indeed, almost resenting any attempt at proof. Once this is understood, it becomes clear how the philosophy is essential to the supremacy of the financial system and those who control it. What appear to be failures of policy are really the greatest successes. Words become reversed. Stealing is a crime but un­ necessary taxation is statesmanship. With the return of the Jews, Freemasonry also started and developed to such an extent that the country is now riddled with it, particularly in the higher grades of Government Service and the Church of England. 21 5 MONEYLENDING THE Banking System which was foisted on this country in 1694 and during succeeding years over most of the world, has been the main means by which the Jews have brought misery and im­ poverishment everywhere. By their manipulation of finance, they have been the cause of most wars and economic and social troubles. They have been able to obtain control of governments and of the means of publicity (Press, Radio, Films, Publishing Houses, News Services, etc.) and so have been able to suppress the truth and propagate the lie. This has enabled them to fool and bully the people of the world into following the most suicidal courses until they are now in the position of expecting to clamp final dominion upon the world by means of a supranational organisation and some form of irresistible world police force which they would control. To understand how the banking system has been the main means of enslaving us, it is essential to grasp one or two elementary and all-important facts which have been successfully hidden from the public and even, apparently, from an overwhelming proportion of bank officials and economists. Contrary to general belief, banks, by their own actions, create and destroy money. In his Elements of Banking, H. D. Macleod, the Victorian economist, wrote: "When it is said that a great London Joint Stock Bank has perhaps 25 millions of deposits, it is almost universally believed that it has 25 millions of actual money to "lend out" as it is called. It is a complete and entire delusion. These "deposits" are not deposits in cash at all—they are nothing but an enormous superstructure of credit." More than fifty years later, in 1931, this was confirmed by paragraph 74 of the Report of the Macmillan Committee, set up by the Government to enquire into Finance and Industry. This said: "It is not unnatural to think of the deposits of a bank as being created by the public through the deposit of cash representing either savings or amounts which are not, for the time being, re­ quired to meet expenditure. But the bulk of the deposits arise out of the action of the banks themselves, for, by granting loans, allowing money to be drawn on an overdraft or purchasing securi­ ties, a bank creates a credit on its books, which is the equivalent of a deposit." When a bank grants a loan, the borrower has to provide a 22 guarantee of its repayment. But what does the bank do when it makes its so-called loan, or when it allows an overdraft or buys securities? It does not touch any depositor's account; in general, it parts with nothing and, at the most, it only parts with some promissory notes—promises to pay—and some coin, usually only a small fraction of the "loan". So the total of what banks are said to loan is far in excess of anything with which they part. Financially, debts pile up to them, while they part with very little. The difference between that with which banks part and that which they "loan" is called bank credit, because the public believe in their promises to pay and are willing to give goods and services in exchange for them, although the banks could never honour them all. It is only legal, now, to demand of banks another promissory note or coin which is cumbersome and, therefore, comparatively little used. But the passage of coin complicates the whole thing to the average person as, in ordinary affairs, this means gain or loss to him. Our coin is issued originally by the Treasury to the Bank of "England"; but offset against our continuously growing debt it is infinitesimal. It can be disregarded in the bankers' balances because, overall, the amount of coin which goes into banks, balances, the coin which passes out of them and makes little difference to them or their debts. So, in making a loan, a bank only parts with pieces of paper but, in doing so, it confers the power of drawing on a third party's goods. In reality, i.e., in goods and services, such loans are made by anyone but the banker. He only parts with almost costless symbols of the reality. But financially— by the above means, which the Encyclopaedia Britannica (14th Edition) summarised as "Banks lend credit. They create the means of payment out of nothing"—mounting debts become due to the banker. When a bank debtor has collected enough money in any form to repay a bank loan, the repayment wipes out the debt; and that amount of the banker's permits-to-use, which function as money, goes out of existence. The total money remains diminished to this extent if the banks do not wish to lend or buy for any reason. "Thus all money is bank indebtedness and it is this cardinal fact that gives to the banking system the power to expand or contract the quantity of money by increasing or diminishing the quantity of bank debts." (Midland Bank Review, Feb.-March, 1934). The late Rt. Hon. Reginald McKenna, one time Chancellor of the Exchequer and for long the Chairman of the Midland Bank, said on January 25th, 1924, to a meeting of the bank's share­ holders: "I am afraid that the ordinary citizen will not like to be told that the banks can, and do, create and destroy money." But the ordinary citizen should know so that he may come to under- 23 stand the immense power the banks receive from the function, because, whilst the banks' power and gain from the issuing of money is vast, that from the prerogative of withdrawing it is even greater. This gives them the power to reduce monetary demand and thus to lower all prices and to wreck the whole business world. Then, with their power to create credits in their books, which are the equivalent of deposits, they can buy up industrial securities at slump prices and increase their control of industry, the wheels of which are set turning again by the very credits which have gained them the increased control. "There are enough substantial quotations in existence to prove to the uninitiated that the banks do create credit without restraint and that they do create within themselves the means of repayment", said an editorial in Branch Banking (July, 1938). But, while authorities inform us about bankers' methods, they never refer to the bankers' ends. Thus they tell us only half the truth. Pre-war, investigation showed that an average of 60 per cent. of the receipts of large organisations ultimately go to the banker as debt-charges, but the majority of the debentures of the large industrial concerns have already gone to him. Money is said to be a means of distribution, but it has become, above all else, a means of centralisation; a means that, with minor alterations, has remained unchanged since the days of Greece and Babylon. The end—centralisation—is almost complete. And, be it noted, the centralisation is that of all power and property into the hands of the inner ring of international financiers who, in fact, control the financial and banking systems of the world, including the Soviet part. After the Communists grabbed power in Russia, the country was brought under an orthodox financial system, i.e., the Russian Government bases its currency, as far as possible, on gold and creates bank deposit money or other credit as a debt at interest just as does every other country that has elected to remain within the ambit of the international money system. Russia in spite of its "Socialist" theories became a "super-capitalist" country. The banking system was fastened on to it and the system is still controlled by a Jew, V. Ashberg, and the opposite number to Bernard Baruch in the Western world. It is important to notice that these Jew financiers, whether they be superficially "Dutch", "German" or "American", etc., have always been working for the same end—world dominion. They use nations in turn as best suits their purpose, under the conditions applying at any given time. William Cobbett wrote in The Political Register XVIII, July 14th, 1810: "I set to work to read the Act of Parliament by which the Bank of England was created (in 1694). The investors knew well what they were about. Their design was to mortgage by degrees 24 the whole of the country . . . lands . . . houses . . . property . . . labour, the scheme . . . has produced what the world never saw before starvation in the midst of abundance." How right he was! The British people, by means of the banking system, have been practically robbed of their country and reduced to the position of being wage or salary slaves in it, entirely at the mercy of the international financiers for sustenance in return for their labour. The object of "full employment" is slavery, i.e., to keep everyone toiling for existence with no time to observe and think. The financial system has been thoroughly exposed in books by a number of authors, but it is noticeable that they do not seem to be in general use for educational purposes or even to have been heard of by the general public, or by the people who should be familiar with them, such as bankers, economists, business men, Treasury officials, Chancellors of the Exchequer and politicians. A remarkably good book on the subject is Human Ecology, by Dr. Thomas Robertson, of Glasgow. It is difficult to get hold of because the publishers, William Maclellan, went bankrupt soon after publishing it and the author has not been able to get a publisher to take on the job since. There can be little doubt that the Money Power is responsible for this suppression. There are also books by C. H. Douglas, Vincent C. Vickers, Maurice Colbourne, C. Marshall Hattersley, the late Duke of Bedford, etc., which cover the subject adequately. The money the British Government spends comes from the Bank of "England" and not from taxation. It is money created for the specific purpose of financing government expenditure and it is claimed by the Bank as a repayable loan. Ever since the system started our Governments have acceded to this fraudulent claim— fraudulent because it cannot be a loan unless the Bank gives up or goes without something, which it does not. In an attempt to repay this fictitious loan, the Government taxes the people and the money thus extracted from the people is an arbitrary amount fixed by the Government, as agent for the Bank, just as the Income Tax officials fix the amount of tax on any doubtful income. The amount is as much as the public will hand over without too much protest. The rest of this "debt" to the Bank of "England", which has not been repaid out of taxation, is added to the National "Debt", which is mostly the accumulation of unpaid bank loans. As the National "Debt" ranks as a first class security it is almost entirely owned by, that is owed to, banks. Its repayment to them, as was explained earlier, would cause this amount of money to go out of existence and so would create, absurdly, a national financial crisis. While this unreal debt is represented in the national balance sheet, which the budget is supposed to be, our real national assets are not. 25 The Budget is, therefore, a deception, as is all monetary taxation. Taxation reflected truth when, in a primitive society, without money or a banking system, a tithe of the production was collected to give a non-productive servant of the society the means to live. It deviated from the truth firstly when it became payable in money which was not issued by the owner of the goods. The issuer of the money received a claim on the society's production equal to the difference in the value of the money taken over the cost of its making. Another error arose when the rise in power production enabled enough for all to be produced without taxing society's physical resources to the full. Since the coming of mechanised production, there has been no justification for anyone to be impoverished because this great source of power could be fully exploited for man's benefit if money served to facilitate production and distribution, instead of being used, as it is at present, for building up "debt" to the few, who have acquired the sole monopoly of money creation and manipulation for the satisfaction of their lust for power. Taxation has been supported by the Socialist theory that the "poor are poor because the rich are rich" leading to an attempt to tax the rich for the benefit of the poor but it has only led to the deprivation of the rich without real benefit to the poor. In fact, it has led to the real harm of all classes and is designed to do so by the hidden powers. All classes would have benefited if the real wealth had been produced as abundantly as it could be and its distribution by a satisfactory mechanism, devised to this end, had been permitted. But when workers demand more in wages, financial costs—and therefore prices—are increased. For them to abstain from work in order to get more money increases financial costs in two ways and harms all, even including themselves, when others follow their example, for it sets up a vicious spiral of price, which operates against them. Whatever gain they may have received is negligible in comparison to the wealth which the realities could have bestowed upon them. Had they demanded that prices should drop with new invention while wages remained constant, it would have reflected facts more and been better for all. The Socialist concept is that "Capital" obtains its profits from giving "Labour" less than it is worth; but such words as "Capital" and "Labour", abstracted from reality and used in the vague way they are, lead to misunderstanding. The real position can only be grasped by imagining ourselves deprived of all knowledge of power and production which we have inherited, except our physical strength. The return from the last alone would be almost negligible; and that would be the return from our labour so that "Labour" is seen to receive far more than its due. In contra­ distinction to this, however, we have inherited enormous assets of power, the result of past labour, which goes unrecognised and in 26 respect of this inheritance we are all due for some form of dividend. When, as a result of our labour and our inheritance, goods and services have been produced, the nation needs to bring enough claims on them, money, into existence and to ensure that they are distributed in a manner reasonably representative of the mode of production; wage reflecting the labour and dividend the inheritance. Otherwise, neither the production will be fully employed nor the heritage fully enjoyed. Wages plus this dividend should be sufficient to enable the price of all goods and services produced for sale to be met. The producer, assured of his costs, could then produce to the full or to sufficiency and inventions would not need to be suppressed and there would be no point in having restrictive practices. Abraham Lincoln, U.S. President, 1861-65, in Senate Document No. 23, 76th Congress, page 91, said: "The Government should create, issue and circulate all the currency and credit needed to satisfy the spending power of the consumers. The privilege of creating and issuing money is the supreme prerogative of Govern­ ment, the Government's greatest creative opportunity." During the Civil War, Lincoln made the following statement to Congress: "I have two great enemies, the Southern Army in front of me and the financial institution in the rear. Of the two, the one in my rear is my greatest foe." Thomas Jefferson, the third President of the U.S., about 1800, said: "I believe that banking institutions are more dangerous to our liberties than standing armies. Already they have raised up a money aristocracy that has set the Government at defiance. The issuing power (of money) should be taken from the banks and restored to the Government and to the people to whom it belongs. If the American people ever allow private banks to control the issuance of their currency, first by inflation and then by deflation, the corporations that will grow up around them will deprive the people of all their property, until their children will wake up homeless on the land their fathers conquered." It will be seen that both Cobbett in England and Jefferson in America, at about the same time, fully grasped the evil purpose of the banking system and that, as in each case the system has been allowed to pursue its course, their prophecies have now come to pass and the British and Americans have been dispossessed in favour of the banking system, behind which are the international financiers. Most of the above section on finance has been taken from an essay on the subject by a friend, Mr. R. L. Duck, because it appeared to be very suitable for the purpose, but the whole subject is dealt with exhaustively in the books by Robertson, Douglas, etc., 27 to which reference should be made by anyone anxious to study it. Robertson explains that a study of history shows that the world is an organism suffering from a disease with a wide variety of symptoms which always appear in a definite order. They appear in every part of the globe, except its "uncivilised" parts, and, irre­ spective of race, nationality, climate or position. The symptoms are the whole range of social disorders, the main ones being poverty amidst plenty, civil and political disorder, frustration, loss of liberty and strife of every kind, finally ending in war. They appear under every condition except one, being found in countries on the gold standard or off it, in ones with blocked currencies, managed currencies or on barter; in countries with free trade or on tariffs, in countries full of gold or those with none, in those with access to all raw materials and those with very little, in industrial and in agricultural societies and in countries which chiefly export and those which do not. Also they appear with equal indifference under all political systems, in monarchies (constitutional or not), in pluto­ cracies and democracies, under dictatorships of race or proletariat, under Conservatism, Liberalism, Socialism or Communism, or any other kind of politics so far tried; and also under every religion or none. They also appear under Federal Union. An examination of the factors present in these various cases shows that there is only one which is common to all and that is financial credit—the international money system, which has almost escaped notice. The money system must therefore be the basic cause of all the troubles. This is proved to be true by the fact that where the money system is the most powerful the disease is worst and by the fact that the only communities free from the symptoms are the "uncivilised" ones which have not been fully corrupted by the money system. History shows how disastrous have been the effects on all peasant societies when a usurious money system has been introduced, whether in ancient Rome or, of more recent times, under the British in India, Fiji and Tanganyika, etc. It will be noted that in the Bible and in the Koran, usury is strongly condemned as an evil thing. By usury is meant, not merely the charging of an inordinately high rate of interest, but the charging of any interest at all. If a usurious money system is introduced into a community, it is inevitable that the value of the money must continually depreciate and that the public must come into irredeemable "debt" to the people who have the power of creating and destroying the money. It must also be realised that, as Douglas puts it, "power comes not from charging interest but in creating new claims and appropriat­ ing them." When the usurer lent the original gold coinage, he 28 created a debt claim and appropriated the interest. When, how­ ever, he began to create and lend money, he appropriated both interest and capital. The bankers' wealth and power finally derive from this credit creation and we are now reaching the stage where the bankers can view the disappearance of interest with com­ posure so long as they are left in sovereign control of money creation. So it would be no use just stopping the charging of interest while allowing money only to be made by being lent into existence. History shows that all societies with a usurious money system have collapsed in time. Do not forget that banks operated as long ago as in ancient Greece and Babylon. Rome was destroyed by the same means as those by which we are now being destroyed. Will we never learn? See Guglielmo Ferrero's The Greatness and the Decline of Rome and Dr. G. T. Wrench's The Restoration of the Peasantries and Reconstruction by Way of the Soil. The system always has the effect of destroying the sturdy peasantry, the aristocracy and agriculture and of breeding rootless urban mobs who are ultimately at the disposal of the unscrupulous financiers because of their control of the sources of information, propaganda and bribery. 29 6 SOME EFFECTS OF THE USURY SYSTEM A STUDY of the facts shows that nearly all war and civil strife from the internecine struggles of the Greek City States, through the rise and fall of Athens and of Rome, to the wars of Napoleon were really misdirected efforts to escape the bondage of the usurers. The American War of Independence was caused by the oppressive legislation necessary to sustain the debt structure of the Bank of "England". The Napoleonic wars were the direct outcome of the growing might of the international moneylenders and of Napoleon's realisation of it and of his attempt to break the grip so as to be able to develop France in prosperity and free of the foul debt system. He was beaten because Rothschild, through his control of the City of London, was able to use the British people against him. But the part of Freemasonry in this must not be overlooked. Napoleon was a Mason and had the assistance of the sect in his rise to power. Robespierre, another Mason like nearly all the French Revolutionary leaders, was his earliest patron. Although he remained in spirit and, in effect, a Freemason all his life, Napoleon was eventually betrayed, hoodwinked and led to his ruin by Masonry. An extremely interesting book on the subject is Grand Orient Freemasonry Unmasked as the Secret Power behind Communism. It is a reprint of lectures delivered by Monsignor George F. Dillon, D.D., in Edinburgh in October, 1884. It contains a review of the rise and progress of atheism; its extension through Voltaire; its use of Freemasonry and kindred secret societies for Anti-Christian War; the union and "Illuminism" of Masonry by Weishaupt; its progress under the leaders of the first French Revolution and under Nubius, Palmerston and Mazzini; the control of its hidden "Inner Circle" over all revolutionary organisations; its influence over British Freemasonry; its attempts upon Ireland; oaths, signs and passwords of the three degrees, etc., etc. From it we find that: "In his earlier days, Masonry was on Napoleon's side and, as now, the secret resources of the Order, its powers of hidden influence and espionage were placed at the disposal of the cause which was serving the purpose of its conspiracy. But when 30 Masonry had reason to fear that Napoleon's power might be perpetuated, when his alliance with the Imperial Family of Austria and, above all, when the consequence of that alliance, an heir to his throne, caused danger to the universal republic, it could other­ wise assure itself of at his death; when, too, he began to show a coldness for the sect, and sought means to prevent it from the propagandism of its diabolical aims, then it became his enemy and his end was not far off. Distracting counsels prevailed in his cabinet. His opponents began to get that information of his move­ ments which he had obtained previously of theirs. Members of the sect urged on his mad expedition to Moscow. His resources were paralysed and he was sold by secret and invisible foes into the hands of his enemies. Weishaupt and his party, in Germany, prepared secretly for his downfall. And so he died on the rock of St. Helena, abandoned and persecuted by the dark sect which had used, abused and betrayed him as it has done the same with every usurper or despot whom it lures into its toils." Possibly Mgr. Dillon's estimate of Napoleon was slightly biased by the latter's opposition to the Pope and the Roman Church and by the former's apparent failure to realise the significance of Napoleon's opposition to the international money lenders. The opposition of the people of Ireland to English rule has always been caused by the depredations of the London usurer. In considering the American Civil War it is necessary to remember that American Society, particularly in the Southern States, had developed on lines similar to those that obtained in England before the Revolution, i.e. a cultured society of landed gentry, more or less self-supporting and free of the moneylender's grip. The war was really brought about by the desire of the northern moneylenders, who were Jews, or tools of the Jewish Money Power, to get control of the country and to destroy the aristocratic southerners. The slavery issue was propaganda put out to raise feeling against the south. Abraham Lincoln fought the war to preserve the Union but he would have pursued a policy of reconciliation after it had been won. The Jews knew this and they also knew his ideas on currency. He had financed the war by the issue of Government debt-free money, known as "Greenbacks" and, on the evening of his announcement that he intended in future to finance U.S. loans on a similar debt-free basis and introduce a policy of reconciliation, he was assassinated by the Jew, Booth, obviously acting on the instructions and with the assistance of the secret powers. (See Douglas Reed's Far and Wide.) Lincoln, having been murdered, a policy of the utmost repression was carried out in the Southern States for the next dozen years, in order completely to ruin them but it did not entirely succeed in its object. And, of course, America remained in the grip of the moneylenders. 31 By the time of the revolutions of 1848, the Jews were in control of the system of the Illuminati and we know from Jewish sources that they organised the revolutions. It will be noted that the aim of Masonry and kindred secret societies is to work for the destruction of the Christian faith and the spread of atheism, socialism, internationalism, the destruction of royalty and aristocracy and the eventual setting up of World Government and the rule of Anti-Christ. The same aims as those of the Sanhedrin. It is significant that the "Glorious Revolution" of 1689 in England resulted in the Bank of "England", the French Revolution converted France from a Monarchy into a Bankers' State and the revolutions of 1848 fastened a central banking system on Germany. 32 7 TWO JEWISH PLANS DURING the last half of the 19th century, there grew up side by side among the Jews or Khazars of Russia, two rival schools of thought about how to achieve world dominion. There were those who favoured the Communist revolution method in Russia, to be followed by the spread of Communism about the rest of the world and those who favoured the Political Zionist method, i.e. the establishment of a Jewish State in Palestine which should rule the world through the medium of Jews at the control of affairs in every nation. The protagonists of the two schools were apt to be in bitter opposition but both produced men of energy who met with remarkably good conditions for furthering their purposes. Asher Ginzberg became the leader of the fanatically nationalist Zionists. He met with, but overcame opposition from the much more assimilated Jews further west who were divided into the two camps of the Rothschilds and the German-Jews in Germany and America. The German-Jews had invested a large part of their capital in German industry and shared, or pretended to share in the plans of Pan-Germanism. It was at this time that the Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion came to light. They detail in very direct, forceful language the appalling plan of the Jews for obtaining complete mastery over the Gentiles. The remarkable thing is that they have continued to the present day to be carried out with complete fidelity and diabolical efficiency and all our politicians do about it is to vie with one another in currying favour with the international financiers by doing all they can to help them to destroy us. The Protocols should be studied by everyone and it is helpful to read them in conjunction with such books at Waters Flowing Eastward, by L. Fry, and Hidden Government, by Lt.-Col. Creagh Scott, and B. Jensen's books, listed in the bibliography. It will be noted that the wars and revolutions of this century have all led steadily to the furthering of the Jewish purposes of Communism and Political Zionism. During the last fifty years this comparative handful of Jews have met with astounding success and have completely transformed the world. Probably the most astonishing thing has been the way in which politicians, particularly the British ones, have hastened to help them destroy western 33 A3 civilisation and Christendom. It only goes to show the astonishing control of affairs the Jews have obtained by means of finance, Freemasonry and control of all the means of publicity. Strange to say, the only real opposition these Jews have met with has been from individual Jews, probably mainly Sephardim, who have objected to the foul policy and have seen that it must inevitably end in great harm to the Jews, as being contrary to God's purpose for the return of the Jews to Israel, which they awaited Him to bring about in His own good time. It has been calculated that no more than 8 per cent. of the Jews now living, and known as Jews, can be descendants of Judah or Israel. Consequently, the great mass of those who have gone to Palestine and evicted the Arabs, with the connivance of the United Nations, have not even got in their support the very feeble argument that they are descendants of the original Israelites. Possibly this explains Revelation ii, 9 and iii, 9. The writer is in no way "Anti-Semitic", whatever is meant by that term. Neither is he "Anti-Jew". He is only opposed to the vile circle of power-lusting men who are working for the creation of an Anti-Christian World Government. This Sanhedrin, which has existed throughout the ages, has become remarkably cunning in subverting and using leading Gentiles to serve its purposes and it is quite happy to allow them to enjoy great wealth and power so long as they toe the line. Foul and atheistic Gentiles have been leading lights in the development of Masonry and other secret societies. International Finance is not entirely composed of Jews. In these days, the majority of the Gentiles who rise to high position, particularly in the English-speaking world, do so because they are considered suitable by the Sanhedrin and they are soon removed if they show any signs of getting awkward from the Sanhedrin point of view. While it is ridiculous to suppose that all the Jews in the world spend their time plotting world wars, etc., it is probable that most of them are tools of the Sanhedrin to a greater or lesser extent. And the Sanhedrin would be quite callous and unscrupulous in using them as might be expedient. For example, a large number of the Jews, or rather Khazars, who entered Palestine after the war were almost certainly driven there by fear of the Sanhedrin. The basic purpose of the Sanhedrin being to destroy the Christian faith and set up an atheistic world order, it obviously includes the pollution, perversion and destruction of any truly religious elements in Jewry which might therefore in time turn to the Christian faith and also, probably, the destruction of Nordic- type Jews along with the other Nordic peoples, as it is in the remnant of the Nordic descendants of Shem via Abraham and 34 Israel that the earthly part of God's purpose in Christ is to be worked out, assuming that it is correct that the Israelites were originally Nordic. The stupendous development of recent generations is well covered by a study of the books by Frances E. Newton, C. H. Douglas, A. K. Chesterton, B. Jensen, Douglas Reed, Colin Jordan, etc., mentioned in the bibliography at the end. 35 8 THE POISON IN BRITAIN VERY briefly it should be noted that in Britain we received, during the latter half of the 19th and earlier part of the 20th centuries, an influx of German and Russian Jews, including Ludwig Mond, Sir Ernest Cassel and Chaim Weizmann. Mond and his son, Sir Alfred (1st Lord Melchett) were leading lights in the process of foisting upon this country the policy of monopoly of key industries together with the transference of information and control to so-called international bodies, the focus of which was then German, e.g. Imperial Chemical Industries and I.G. Farben. The Germans received information of our processes, but it was largely a "one-way street". These large monopolistic firms like I.C.I. are a source of great weakness to us. They are under international financial control working for Zionist purposes of procuring a world government for "Israel". In the past, the control of money, gold and credit has been the primary weapon of the Zionist, but as the money myth has been exploded as shown earlier in this paper (although not yet as far as the general public is concerned), legal control of raw materials is essential to the pursuit of the policy to a final and successful issue. Genuine and unfettered private property of any description whatever is absolutely fatal to it; and the liberal financing of any movement, "Commonwealth", "Liberal", "Socialist", "Henry Georgite", "Single Tax", or "Communist" which attacks the idea of private ownership in anything whatever, can be traced, without difficulty, to Zionist bankers. That is why the richest body of individuals in the world subsidises attacks on wealth. Not a single one of the movements mentioned has ever attacked the Money Power or the Jews. But as it was impossible entirely to ignore the subject of finance, after the publicity given it by such events as the election of a Social Credit Government in Alberta, all the Left Wing parties have included the "nationalisa­ tion", i.e. central control of banking in their programmes. The objective is similar to that involved in the "Nationalisation" of coal. The object of the nationalisation of industries is to provide the international loanmongers with control of the assets, rather than the mere taxing power of the country. Nationalisation robs the people of their assets, besides being very inefficient and destructive of individual freedom. The real conflict in the economic world is not between cartels, 36 monopolies and nationalised industries and property, but between all three and small businesses and privately owned property. The three are merely different forms of monopoly. Socialism is monopoly. Monopoly is the policy of the Sanhedrin and it is expressed in the various forms of cartel, "public corporation" like the "British" Broadcasting Corporation, the London Transport Board, the Tennessee Valley Authority, or outright State ownership of the Russian type. They all lead up through the stages to "nationalisation" in the individual states and on through various national groupings, where national sovereignty is surrendered, e.g. European Union, N.A.T.O., the Soviet bloc, Anzus Pact, United Nations, to the ultimate object of World Government. All the stages, as they are achieved, have the effect of bringing the organisations concerned more firmly under the control of the Sanhedrin. In the process all individual sovereignty is wiped out, because all the people are brought into the position of being "wage" or "salary slaves" of the monopoly control. We are well on the way to that state of affairs in this country. The whole of the taxation system has been deliberately designed to produce the result by means of death duties, graduated income tax, etc. The object is to destroy the real aristocracy and its inherited memory of tradition and policy and all individual independence and by an issue of bribery in the form of "social services" corresponding to the "bread and circuses" of Roman days, to persuade the numerous mob to vote for measures which they do not understand and which amount to signing the death warrant of the whole nation. Since the cynically insincere opportunist Disraeli injected his Liberal and Radical Jewish poison into the Tory Party, it has become less and less Tory and more and more Socialist and Inter­ nationalist in effect until it is now for all practical purposes, as completely under the control of the Sanhedrin as is the Socialist Party. The parties are merely used by the Sanhedrin to keep the people divided over unreal issues while all the time they are, in their blindness, being led into complete subjection. No party attacks the Sanhedrin or Dollar Barons. No party mentions, let alone advocates, monetary reform. No party will give heed to any suggestion that an investigation be made into secret societies and subversive movements. It makes no real difference which party is in office, the Sanhedrin is always in power. They all pursue what is fundamentally the same policy of destroying Great Britain and the British Empire. Look at the way we have been running away from our responsibilities of Empire all over the world during the last ten years under the pressure of the hidden forces working on the lamentable figureheads in office. It appears to be impossible 37 to rise in any party without making suitable obeisance to Judaeo- Masonry. It is significant that such organisations as the Fabian Society, the London School of Economics, P.E.P., and the Royal Institute of International Affairs (Chatham House) were richly endowed by Jewish finance and have been largely guided by Jewish influence in instilling the Fifth Column doctrines of Socialism and Interna­ tionalism into our body politic. The Fabian Society, with its associated organisations, is the fountainhead of Socialist ideas in English-speaking countries. Socialist Movements all over the world were dominated by the influence of the Jew Fabian, Harold Laski. After discussions with Stalin, late in 1946, Laski made the very important statement that the English Socialists and the Russian Socialists were approaching the same objective by different roads. Karl Marx, the Jew, had said that the British would never make their own revolution and that foreigners would have to make it for them. But the horde of German and Russian-speaking Jews who poured into this country for the purpose have managed to find a large number of Gentile dupes to work for them. The Society had been formed under the leadership of Professor Thomas Davidson, "an ethical Anarchist Communist", in the winter of 1883-84. But he was superseded by the Webbs and George Bernard Shaw. As indicated by Laski, the policy adopted was not the violent revolution one used in Russia, but a silent revolution based on the undermining of the nation's institutions from within. The idea was to influence all other political groups by permeation and infiltration: Sovietisation by stealth. These infiltrators met with astonishing success, particularly in the Liberal Party and later in the Labour Party which they took over and converted into a Socialist Party; the unfortunate Labour representatives having completely failed to see that Socialism was diametrically opposed to true Labour interests. H. G. Wells described the Fabian leaders as pedants who believe that fair ends may be reached by foul means, and said that Sidney Webb was an "incessant little intriguer". Writing of Webb the Jew historian, Elie Halevey, wrote: "I can still hear Sidney Webb explaining to me that the future belonged to the great administra­ tive nations, where the officials govern and the police keep order." He also mentions Shaw arguing that: "The world is to the big and powerful states of necessity and the little ones must come within their borders or be crushed out of existence." As an example of what happened, George Lansbury relates how the International Financier, Sir Samuel Montagu (Lord Swaythling), gave him financial support to keep strikes going until their partner- 38 ship was broken by Lansbury becoming a definite Socialist. Montagu wanted Lansbury to stay in the Liberal Party and preach his Socialism inside it. The Fabians understood the weakness of most politicians, of all parties, to tend to centralise political power and set to work to get them to support legislation which would so centralise power that a process of delegation of power to a growing bureaucracy became inevitable. Once the bureaucracy was empowered to make regulations and decrees having the force of law, responsible Government was undermined. That is, they deliberately set out to pervert the Parliamentary system and to use it to reach the same objective which the Communists wanted to reach by force. It is worth noting that the introduction of universal suffrage, combined with the secret ballot, inevitably leads to irresponsible voting and to irresponsible politicians who will plead mandates for their actions. The London School of Economics was, according to Mrs. Webb, financed with the help of the Rothschilds, Sir Julius Wernher and similar financial magnates. Lord Rothschild is the "British" head of the most powerful family money trust in the world. He joined the "British" Labour Party in 1945. During the war he was closely connected with the policy of interning British patriots (Gentiles) under Regulation 18b. In 1920, Sir Ernest Cassel gave the School £472,000, when it was in serious financial difficulties, in order to make it a place "to raise and train the bureaucracy of the future Socialist State". Cassel's favourite grand-daughter was Lady Mountbatten, whose Leftist views are supposed to have had a big influence on her husband. We have seen the part they played in the scuttle from India, to say no more. The influence of the School has been world-wide. The "key" members of the bureaucracies in all English-speaking countries have been trained there and its teachings have permeated the universities. The School was much under the influence of Laski, whose philosophy was summed up as follows: "Christianity has failed, and the Russian ideal is taking its place as the inspiration of mankind, and as the standard of public morality." Sir William Beveridge, advocate of a "half-way to Moscow policy" was Director of the School from 1919-1937. The influence of the School has been evil wherever it has permeated. P.E.P. (Political and Economic Planning) is a semi-secret Socialist organisation developed by the Fabians as part of their conspiratorial technique. Lord Melchett of I.C.I. was associated with it. He was a leading advocate of "rationalisation", which Trade Union leaders accepted as a step towards nationalisation. In 39 1920, H. G. Wells said: "Big business is by no means antipathetic to Communism. The larger big business grows, the more it approxi­ mates to Collectivism. It is the upper road of the few instead of the lower road of the masses to Collectivism." Fabians and other Socialists are keen supporters of economic centralisation and the crushing of large numbers of small and medium-sized businesses. The most prominent in P.E.P. has been Mr. Israel Moses Sieff of Marks & Spencer. He is also one of the leading Zionists and a Russian-speaking Jew. P.E.P.'s typic­ ally Fabian conspiratorial methods are shown by the instructions issued on April 25th, 1933, with a broadsheet outlining what can best be called Sovietisation by stealth—"You may use, without acknowledgement, anything which appears in this broadsheet on the understanding that the broadsheet and the group are not publicly mentioned, either in writing or otherwise. This strict condition of anonymity . . . . is essential in order that the group may prove effective . . . ." The broadsheet then went on to out­ line how farmers and manufacturers should be controlled by "duly constituted authority" and that small traders should be eliminated. The broadsheet showed beyond all doubt the totalitarian nature of the policy being pursued by P.E.P. It is hardly surprising that, in connection with the policy of gradual Sovietisation put forward by P.E.P., Mr. Sieff made the claim that: The only rival world political and economic system which puts forward a comparable claim is that of the Union of Soviet Republics." On October 14th, 1938, Planning, the journal of P.E.P. stated that: "We have started from the position that it is only in war, or under the threat- of war, that a British Government will embark on large-scale planning", and went on to say that ". . . . emerg­ ency measures should, as far as possible, be framed in accord with the long-term needs of social and economic reconstruction." It will be seen that the Fabians welcome war conditions to further their ideas, as do their masters the Sanhedrin. It is significant that the Socialists kept working to embroil us in war and, at the same time, voted for disarmament. P.E.P. also infiltrated the "Conservative organisations and it is of interest that Churchill has made great use of Lord Woolton, of Lewis Ltd., and one time fervent Fabian. Churchill himself, of course, has been a lifelong intimate friend of leading Jew financiers like Bernard Baruch, Sir Ernest Cassel and Sir Abe Bailey. He is also a hereditary Whig-Liberal, a life-long Zionist and a worker for World Government, notwithstanding his oath of allegiance to the British Crown. The ideas of P.E.P. have had considerable influence in America, 40 particularly during the Roosevelt régime. In 1934, Mr. Louis T. McFadden, an American Congressman and recognised authority on banking matters, exposed the connection between the New Dealers in America and the English Fabians when he said: "Many serious people in England feel that this Fabian organisation (P.E.P.) practically controls the British Government and that this Govern­ ment will soon be known as "His Majesty's Soviet Government" . . . About three months after the National Recovery Act (the first of the New Deal Socialist measures) of the United States, when Israel Moses Sieff was urged by members of his Committee to show more activity, he said: "Let us go slowly for a while, and wait and see how our plan carries out in America." On March 15th, 1934, in an address criticising the New Deal Socialist legislation for controlling cotton acreage in the U.S.A., Mr. McFadden said: "Their action (the New Deal Planners) in this matter is also assisted and aided through the agency of the Foreign Policy Association of the United States, which is directly connected with the Fabian Society, or a branch of it, in England, which at the present time is attempting to take over the control of agricul­ ture and its operation in England . . . . I call your especial attention to the recent article America Must Choose by Secretary of Agriculture Wallace, a syndicated article put out under the auspices of the Foreign Policy Association of New York and copyrighted by them. This article is quite in keeping with the plan of the British offspring of the Fabian Group." Note that the Foreign Policy Association was sponsored by Paul M. Warburg of Kuhn, Loeb Co., and by Bernard Baruch the continuing "unofficial President" of the U.S.A. Also Mr. James Warburg has openly expressed himself in favour of some nationali­ sation. It is inescapable that Socialism is the policy of the Inter­ national Financiers. George Bernard Shaw said: "Lenin owed a great deal of his eminence to the fact that, in his younger days, he studied the works of Sidney Webb . . . . The success of the Russian experi­ ment means that old words, like Fabianism and Socialism, are all out of date. There is nothing now but Communism." One of the basic features of the Soviet economy is economic conscription. Irrespective of how it is introduced, Socialism in practice inevitably leads to manpower control. Shaw was quite clear about this when he said, in the October issue, 1921, of The Labour Monthly: "Compulsory labour, with death as the final penalty . . . . is the keystone of Socialism." It is clear that the ends of the Socialists and the Communists are the same—the Monopoly State. The only quarrel between them is as to the means of attaining it. The Socialists prefer the 41 "democratic" method of the ballot box, and the Parliamentary system, by which slavery can be introduced just as effectively as by direct violence. What is the difference to an individual between having his property taken away from him by Act of Parliament (as in nationalisation) or at the point of a bayonet? Socialists may argue that their "democratic" methods ensure financial compensation to all persons who have property taken from them by legislation, hut Fabians have made it clear that such compensation will also be taken back from them by crippling taxation. The Scotsman of January 7th, 1946, reported Professor Laski as follows: "Professor Laski said he had never been worried about compensation so long as there was a Labour Chancellor of the Exchequer who could fix the levels of taxation, especially Death Duties, Estate Duties and Legacy Duties. Compensation was a book-keeping transaction." There is ample evidence that the Fabian-trained Socialists are working for the eventual overthrowing of the Parliamentary system in favour of rule by officials on the lines of the Russian plan of Commissars. Also, in the words of Mr. Attlee, they are deliberately putting world order before loyalty to the country. The Fabian-Socialists, in common with the Communists and Zionists, are agents of the Sanhedrin for destroying the power of the British peoples to resist the Satanic plot of world dominion, whether they are conscious of it or not. They have been so successful in poisoning the minds of all classes in the country that even the "Conservatives" have become a dead loss so far as defend­ ing and preserving our institutions and liberties are concerned. Their actions, if not always their words, serve the purposes of the Sanhedrin just about as effectively as do those of the Socialists. Chatham House was also richly endowed by the leading Jewish Industrial Trusts and Banking Houses, such as N. M. Rothschild and Sons, Reuters Ltd., J. M. Schroeder & Co., and their Gentile fellow-travelling associates: the Rockefeller Foundation, the Carnegie Trust and the Prudential Assurance Co. It has proved to be one of the chief centres of the insidious, stealthy propaganda aimed at undermining our National Sovereignty, and its director, Professor Toynbee, is the classical exponent of the sinister Fifth Column doctrines of "Internationalism". In 1931 he delivered a speech at Copenhagen which offered further glimpses of the work­ ings of the International Conspiracy to deprive countries of their political frontiers, and individuals of their rights. In the course of it he said: "In plain terms we have to re-transfer the prestige and the prerogatives of sovereignty from the fifty or sixty frag­ ments of contemporary society. I will merely repeat that we are at present working, discreetly, but with all our might, to wrest this mysterious political force called Sovereignty out of the clutches of 42 the local national states of our world. And all the time we are denying with our lips what we are doing with our hands." Chaim Weizmann, a Jew from Russia, came to this country and, within a few years he had successive British Governments carrying out his plans for setting up a Jewish State in Palestine, such was the powerful influence of Jewry in the country. In fact, the Socialists supported Zionism so strongly that he has stated that he often had to go down on his knees to implore British "Labour" politicians to moderate their demands on behalf of Zionism. The real objective of the Sanhedrin in supporting the Zionists can be imagined from a paragraph in a letter from Mr. Louis Marshall, the legal officer of Kuhn, Loeb & Co., and a leading attacker of Gentiles who have attempted to disclose the Jewish World Plot. The letter was written to a fellow Jew, Max Senior (September 26th, 1918) and this was the paragraph: "The Balfour declaration, with its acceptance by the Powers, is an act of the highest diplomacy. It means both more and less than appears on the surface. Zionism is but an incident of a far-reaching plan; it is merely a convenient peg on which to hang a power weapon." The Sanhedrin is working for complete world dominion and a Jew State in Palestine would be useful because Palestine is the most important strategic centre in the world. Also the mineral wealth of the Dead Sea has been estimated at 5,000,000,000,000 dollars. So one can understand why the British and the Arabs have been ejected with United Nations assistance. B. Jensen's books are a mine of information on these subjects. Most British politicians, from Lloyd George onwards, have been protégés of the Jew financiers or in some way under their influence. For many years the control of our financial policy was in the hands of the Jew-descended and Jew-inspired Montagu Norman. 43 9 THE POISON IN AMERICA IN America we have seen that men like Jefferson and Lincoln saw the menace of the financial system but were unable to prevent its being clamped on their country. In the late 19th and early 20th centuries an outstanding American was William Jennings Bryan, a champion of monetary reform. He was the friend and collabo­ rator of Arthur Kitson, the great Anglo-American engineer who was the pioneer of the modern assault on the bankers. In one of his speeches, Bryan said that humanity was crucified on a cross of gold and also made the following statement: "The money power preys upon the nation in times of peace and conspires against it in times of adversity. It is more despotic than monarchy, more insolent than autocracy, more selfish than bureau­ cracy. It denounces, as public enemies, all who question its methods or throw light upon its crimes." By now it should be agreed that the first big move in obtaining financial control over a country's destinies is to gain control of the issue of currency, which involves two main principles—a single, controllable currency basis, such as gold, and a monopoly of the right to circulate notes and otherwise issue credit on that founda­ tion. In the United States, the bankers attained these objectives by causing Stock Exchange panics that brought ruin to thousands of honest producers. In 1890, there was a monetary stringency and in 1893 the Government introduced the Sherman Silver Pur­ chase Act to provide the means, by Government purchase of silver, of preventing currency contraction. This was a threat to gold, the chosen medium of the bankers and so as to sabotage the Govern­ ment's plan, the American Banking Association circulated the following instructions to members: "Silver, certificates and treasury notes must be retired and national bank notes upon a gold basis made the only money. This will require the authorisation of 500 millions to 1,000 millions of new bonds as the basis of circulation. You will at once retire one-third of your circulation and call in one half of your loans. Be careful to make a money stringency among your patrons, especi­ ally among influential business men. Advocate an extra session of Congress to repeal the purchasing clause of the Sherman Law." Owing to the power of the Sanhedrin, India was brought in to 44 help the campaign by stopping the minting of silver and this, with the panic deliberately caused by the New York Bankers, led to the closing down of silver mines, the shutting of factories, the crashing of banks, widespread ruin—and, of course, the repeal of the offend­ ing Act. Gold was to be the sole basis of currency in future, as the bankers planned. But crashes of this diabolical kind, which often had a political motive, also enabled those in the centre of the conspiracy to turn the chaos to their own advantage. One result of the 1893 panic was that the Union Pacific Railroad came into the hands of Jacob Schiff, head of the banking firm of Kuhn, Loeb & Co. A few years later, Schiff brought the Great Northern Pacific Railway crashing to the ground, and from the ensuing panic his firm emerged as the complete masters of American railway finance and became an acknowledged member of the Money Trust which dominated the entire field of American Capitalism. At this period, the main leaders of international finance were the German-Jew bankers and notably the Warburgs. As they thought William Jennings Bryan and his bi-metallist campaign in America more menacing to the money-power than anything in Europe, Felix and Paul Warburg crossed to Chicago and New York to become "Americans" and Paul joined Jacob Schiff in Kuhn, Loeb & Co. Steps were now taken to gain control of all currency through a central banking system. In 1907 there was another great crisis when the Knickerbocker Trust failed because manipu­ lators of the millionaire class wilfully created a run on the banks, from which they emerged incomparably more powerful, having bought up the stock of the ruined victims which they held to re­ sell at par. At the same time, the Steel Trust was able to com­ plete its absolute monopoly. Solomon Loeb, of Kuhn, Loeb & Co., was a member of the Knickerbocker Trust. Appalled at the ducks and drakes being played with the money system, genuine idealists like Woodrow Wilson and Bryan deter­ mined upon large-scale reforms to create order. Unfortunately they were lacking in technical understanding of the problem and when Paul Warburg assured them that he knew just how to attain their aim of securing stability in the price level by means of a Federal Reserve System, they fell in with his plan. The idea was to hold reserves centrally and despatch supplies of credit to any necessitous bank in the system that might call for them. At the end of 1913, the Federal Reserve Act was passed. When intro­ duced, the vital clause was a provision for fixing the discount rate to promote stability in the price level. When the bill emerged the words "to promote stability in the price level" were surreptiti­ ously dropped. At subsequent investigations, officials of the Federal Reserve Board even denied that such had ever been its function. 45 The attainment of this Act had taken five years of skilful propaganda, backed by unlimited funds and the full influence of Masonic Lodges. And Paul Warburg was head of the Federal Reserve Board so that he and his friends now had exclusive power of note issue to the reserve banks and power to fix the discount rate, meaning power to determine the amount of money in exist­ ence. They had conquered America and were now ready to con­ quer the world. In order to account for the emigration of the immensely wealthy and successful Warburgs to America, it is necessary to understand first that the "City of London" was a very large creditor both of the United States and Russia, and so Great Britain was in a position to make representations on foreign policy to both of them and was interested in constantly improving relations with her debtors, and second, that war with Great Britain had, for some time, been the settled policy of those who controlled Germany. It was therefore most important to minimise the importance of Great Britain's creditor position and to paralyse Russia, the ever-present threat to Germany's eastern flank. Warburg was in control of American credit when the war started in 1914. War has great advantages for the financiers. It places nations at war in urgent need of credits which the financiers can bestow on their own terms. It also unsettles things, making it easier to change the masters of a people. These Jew financiers wished to get rid of monarchs, particularly the Czar, and set up a Bankers' State. Under Warburg's influence, the United States was a serious handi­ cap to the Allies until Jewish influence and bribery brought about the downfall of the Russian Empire and the withdrawal of the Russian Army from the conflict. The Bolsheviks were directly subsidised by Messrs. Schiff, Paul Warburg, Max Warburg and the rest of Kuhn, Loeb & Co., and they were led by Lenin and a bunch of Jews, mostly from New York. The Communist leaders were, always have been, and still are, nearly all Jews or married to Jewesses. (See Fraudulent Conversion, etc.) The financiers gained their first objective with the fall of Imperial Russia. At the same time they succeeded in getting Great Britain hopelessly and inextricably into their debt, largely by guarantees on behalf of other belligerents. The 1st Lord Reading (Rufus Isaacs), a Jew, went to America in 1917 and, on behalf of Great Britain, negotiated a loan of £1,000,000,000, on the quite impossible terms that we should repay on demand, and in gold. This deal was concluded with his fellow Jews of New York and the terms have never been disclosed other than that mentioned above. Isaacs later became Viceroy of India and he and his fellow Jews and their Socialist stooges were responsible for the chain of 46 events ending in our scuttle from that sub-Continent. After the Isaacs deal, Britain was safely "in the bag." The Jew control of finance was now centred in New York. The defeat of Germany and Austria would mean two more crowned heads out of the way of a bankers' world state. So America entered the war and took part in the "Peace" Conference in Paris in 1919, which made the resumption of war inevitable, owing to the financial clauses which were passed. At this conference the chief financial adviser to the German delegation was Dr. Carl Melchior, partner of Max Warburg, whose brothers Paul and Felix were partners of Jacob Schiff, in Kuhn, Loeb & Co. The chief economic adviser to the American delegation was another Jew, Bernard M. Baruch, the dictator of the all- powerful War Industries Board in America during the war and an associate in business of Jacob Schiff. The British economic delega­ tion was headed by Lord Cunliffe, former Governor of the Bank of "England" and a partner in the international Jewish banking house of Goschen (ancestral city—Leipzig, Germany). In connection with this conference, Lloyd George wrote in his memoirs: "They (the international bankers) swept statesmen, politicians, jurists and journalists all on one side and issued their orders with an imperious­ ness of absolute monarchs who knew that there was no appeal from their ruthless decrees." The 1st world war had ended in a great victory for the Wall Street financiers and they began to gather the fruits by extending their power to Britain and the Dominions, forcing us to surrender our command of the seas, to break our alliance with Japan and to return to the gold standard. Then their associated concerns, such as General Electric, began to acquire our capital assets. They penetrated into every part of Europe and Africa. In China they were supreme in the financial consortium formed to exploit that country. They were active in India and conquered all South America, except the Argentine. In the United States, they went from strength to strength by using the mechanism of the Federal Reserve Board for purposes diametrically opposed to that for which it had supposedly been formed; that is, instead of forwarding supplies of credit when necessary to avoid a panic, they used the opportunity again and again to cut off credit supplies altogether. By such means, in the early twenties, they encouraged the farmers under boom conditions to borrow and expand their enter­ prises, and then promptly called in the loans, delivering thousands into bankruptcy. The same technique caused the panic of 1929, which led to the great crash of 1931. Orthodox economists attribute this later disaster to the failure of the Creditanstalt in Vienna, arguing that 47 it set in motion the whole succession of breakdowns which followed throughout the world. That, however, is a very incomplete picture of the actual situation. Mr. Louis T. McFadden, Chairman of the U.S. House of Repre­ sentatives Banking and Currency Committee, referring to the New York Stock Exchange collapse which began the American end of the slump, declared: "It was not accidental. It was a carefully contrived occurrence . . . . the international bankers sought to bring about a condition of despair here so that they might emerge as the rulers of us all." Nothing could be less [un]equivocal than that. What cannot be denied is, that in 1928 the Federal Reserve Board was feverishly expanding credit to create a boom and next year as feverishly restricting credit to create a slump. (See A. K. Chester­ ton's writings and those of C. H. Douglas, B. Jensen, etc., in whose works are an immense amount of information and penetrating obser­ vations on what has been happening.) After World War I, during the Weimar regime in Germany, the "American" financiers, with their associates in Germany, had been conducting a colossal fraud at the expense of the American people. Enormous advances in return for more or less worthless German scrip poured into Germany, and through Germany into Russia. Steps were taken to re-arm Germany and Russia, while the British were weakened in every possible way, by calling in loans, credit squeeze, returning to the gold standard and disarmament. Central Banks were set up all over South America and in the British Dominions, following visits by Sir Otto Niemeyer, a friend of Professor Guggenheim, who was a Sir Ernest Cassel Reader of Economics in the University of London. In 1930 the keystone of the financial system was set in place. The Bank of International Settlements was founded. This was a world central bank to control the "national" central banks. 48 10 THE LEAGUE OF NATIONS OSTENSIBLY, the League of Nations had been sponsored by President Wilson, of America, a high mason and nominee of Kuhn, Loeb & Co. It was, in fact, an entirely Jew conception for leading up to World Government. A few days before the Paris Treaty was signed, Jacob Schiff, who had continuously urged a speedy ratification of the Covenant of the League, wrote to a friend: "Unless we all get together . . . . and co-ordinate requirements, both in materials, etc., and credits, in a large way with a view to properly controlling European requirements as well as the resources of our own country, we shall have become impotent and be no longer in a position to adapt our great resources to the need of Europe." This contained the policy carried out ever since by International Finance. The League served the double purpose of training the International bureaucrats needed for the final implementation of the policy (the Cecils, Toynbees, Noel-Bakers, Zilliacuses, etc.) and served as a smoke-screen behind which suitable arrangements could be made for the continuation of the world war. Mr. Henry Morgenthau, Sen. (ancestral city—Mannheim, Ger­ many), was attached to the U.S. Peace Delegation "in a capacity suited to his versatile accomplishments" and the German-American- Jewish diplomat, Mr. Oscar Straus, "was among the unofficial delegates . . . . he was chiefly active in connection with the Covenant of the League of Nations which bears the impress in all its main provisions of his rich, political experience and his wise spirit of conciliation."—(Wolf: Essays in Jewish History.) All important decisions were taken by the "Big Four." Presi­ dent Wilson's "alter ego" was Colonel Edward Mandell House and his secretary was the Jew Brandeis. Clemenceau's omniscient secretary was the Jew M. George Mandel-Rothschild, now known as Mandel; Lloyd George's private secretary was the Jew, Sir Philip Sassoon, whose mother was Aline de Rothschild of Paris. The military adviser was a Jew called Kish and a Jew, Professor Mantoux, was head of the political department of the League and was also the interpreter and only outside person present at the 49 A4 meetings of the "Big Four". Lloyd George and others were hazy about geography but the Jew secretaries most certainly were not. These Jews met at 6 p.m. in the evenings and mapped out the decisions for the following day's conference of the "Big Four". The results were disastrous for humanity, and designedly so. A Jew, Lord Levy-Lawson-Burnham, owner of the Daily Tele­ graph, etc., was in charge of the Press Bureau of the League, and another Jew was President of the Council. The Rothschilds controlled the price of gold in the City of London, and the first act of the League was to hold the Brussels Financial Conference which drew up the principles of financial recovery and stabilisation according to the tenets of capitalist statesmanship of those days by budgets balanced by retrenchment, return to the gold standard, etc. There was a Rothschild connected with the League of Nations Commission responsible for the financial stabilisation of Austria, an operation from which that unhappy country never recovered. 50 11 HITLER THE world-wide crashes produced by the policy of the Federal Reserve Board group had strengthened the power of the big com­ bines everywhere and greatly increased bank holdings of industrial stock while ruining small businesses and farmers in enormous num­ bers, but the financiers over-reached themselves. The slump went much further than it was meant to go and led to reactions. For one thing, Great Britain, in a desperate attempt to extricate her­ self, was forced off gold, in common with 34 other nations, and obliged to insulate her economy with a sterling area and a system of Imperial Preference. Ever since, the financiers of Wall Street have been trying to smash the sterling area and destroy the policy of Imperial Preference. Then Hitler arose out of a Germany which had been devastated by the international financiers and practically stolen from the Germans by the Jews, and adopted a policy which challenged the entire concept of international lending by establish­ ing as the basis of trade, the mutual exchange of goods, without recourse to the usurers. There had been pioneers before him—Kemal Ataturk had carried through the reconstruction of Turkey without borrowing a penny from abroad and Mussolini had safeguarded Italian currency against foreign speculators and tried, as far as possible, to build up for his people a self-contained economy. Spain and Portugal have been trying to do the same. The revolt of Hitler was on a par with that of Napoleon and the Jews' world-wide empire, built and maintained by debt, was in mortal danger of crashing to the ground. The Jews had succeeded with their Communist Revolution in Russia and afterwards had attempted to seize power in other European countries, but without success. In most of the countries concerned, a few voices were raised, unavailingly, to try to expose the true nature of the evils, but in Germany was the only case where a leader, Hitler, and his group, the National Socialist Party, arose who grasped the full significance of events and saw behind the mobs of native hooligans the organisation and driving power of world Jewry. So Germany was the first country in history to face up to the fact of the Jew plot against the rest of mankind. Hitler put his thoughts in "Mein Kampf", which book the 51 Jews took great care to present to the British public in a false light by all the means of publicity, which they controlled, by quoting passages out of their context, publishing abridged editions, distorting meanings and by downright misrepresentation. Its two main themes were the realisation and exposure of the Jewish scheme for world Marxism and admiration of and longing for friendship with Great Britain. Hitler described how he came over the years to grasp the existence of deliberate Jewish hostility and of the close relationship between Judaism and Marxism. Of how the Jewish people was always a State within a State. Of how their doctrine rejects the aristocratic principle in nature, denies the value of the individual among men, combats the importance of nationality and race, thereby depriving humanity of the whole meaning of existence. He gives, in great detail, the outlines of the Jewish disruptive machine. Here are a few extracts: "By means of the Trades Unions which might have been the saving of the nation, the Jew actually destroys the nation's economics." "By creating a press which is on the intellectual level of the least educated, the political and labour organisation obtains force of compulsion enabling it to make the lowest strata of the nation ready for the most hazardous enterprises." "The Jewish press . . . tears down all which may be regarded as the prop of a nation's independence, civilisation and its economic autonomy. It roars especially against characters who refuse to bow the knee to Jewish domination, or whose intellectual capacity appears to the Jew in the light of a menace to himself." "The ignorance displayed by the mass . . . and the lack of instinctive perception of our upper class make the people easy dupes of this campaign of Jewish lies." "But the present day is working its own ruin; it introduces universal suffrage, chatters about equal rights, and can give no reason for so thinking. In its eyes, material rewards are the expression of a man's worth, thus shattering the basis for the noblest equality that could possibly exist." "It is one of the tasks of our Movement to hold out prospects of a time when the individual will be given what he needs in order to live; but also to maintain the principle that man does not live for material enjoyment alone." "The political life of to-day alone has persistently turned its back on this principle of nature, (i.e. quality). . ." 52 "Human civilisation is but the outcome of the creative force of personality in the community as a whole, and especially among its leaders . . . the principle of the dignity of the majority is beginning to poison all life below it; and, in fact, to break it up." "We now see that Marxism is the enunciated form of the Jewish attempt to abolish the importance of personality in all departments of human life; and to set up the mass of numbers in its place . . ." "The principle of decision by majorities has not always governed the human race; on the contrary, it only appears during quite short periods of history, and those are always periods of decadence in nations and States." "We must not forget that the international Jew, who continues to dominate over Russia, does not regard Germany as an ally, but as a State destined to undergo a similar fate." At the end of Mein Kampf was the following: "The Party, as such, stands for positive Christianity, but does not bind itself in the matter of creed to any particular confession. It combats the Jewish materialistic spirit within us and without us." Looking around the world for help in the battle against the Jew menace, Hitler's mind constantly reverted to Britain and the British Empire. He always longed for their friendship and declared that no sacrifice would have been too great in order to obtain England's alliance. He always declared England to be one of the greatest bulwarks against chaos and that her interests and those of Germany were complementary and not contrary to one another. He stated that the Jew was organising his measures for the conquest of England as well as for the destruction of Germany. Hitler's eagerness for friendship with Britain continued through the years and even at Dunkirk he saved the British Army from destruction by halting the Panzer Corps, informing his surprised Generals the while that he regarded the British Empire and the Catholic Church as necessary bulwarks of peace and order, which must be safe­ guarded. More details about all this can be found in that most illuminating book, The Nameless War, by the late Capt. A. M. Ramsay, a former Conservative Member of Parliament and friend of Neville Chamberlain. Mein Kampf was first published in October, 1933. Before it had left the printers, the floodgates of Jewish hatred and lies had been opened full against Hitler and the Third Reich all over the world. English-speaking people everywhere were deluged with fabrications, distortions and atrocity stories, drowning the voices of the few who understood the real situation. Forgotten amid it all was Marx's slogan that, before Communism could triumph, the British Empire must be destroyed; and entirely suppressed, as far as the British people were concerned, was Hitler's repeated 53 declaration of his willingness to defend the British Empire, if called upon to assist, by force of arms, if necessary. In 1936, the Jews organised a revolution in Spain which, fortunately for Europe, was frustrated by General Franco and his supporters who instantly took the field in opposition to the revolutionary forces and eventually succeeded in crushing them. This was a remarkable achievement in view of the fact that the International Brigades were assembled in Spain in considerable numbers by October, 1936. They were recruited from 52 different countries, mysteriously transported and assembled in Spain within a few weeks of the outbreak of disorder, uniformed in a garb closely resembling our battle dress, and armed with weapons bearing the Jewish five-pointed star. This star and the Seal of Solomon were on the signet rings of N.C.O.s and Officers of this Communist horde of ill-disciplined ruffians. The British public was kept in total ignorance of the true significance of what was happening, but Germany and Italy had each in turn been through the throes of Communist revolution and knew who had financed and organised the International Brigades; and with what evil purpose Barcelona had been declared, in October, 1936, the capital of the Soviet States of Western Europe. At the critical moment they intervened in just enough strength to counter the International Brigade and enable the Spanish people to organise their own army which, in due course, easily settled the matter, as far as Spain was concerned. But International Jewry had been seriously thwarted and from henceforth would not rest until they could, by hook or by crook, turn the guns of the rest of the world against Germany and Italy, which States, in addition to thwarting their designs in Spain, were in the process of placing Europe upon a system independent of gold and usury, which, if permitted to develop, would break the Jewish power for ever. What has been said about Hitler should in no wise be construed as showing any liking on the part of the writer for the Nazi Police State system or of the concentration camps, etc. We have been so filled with lying propaganda that it is difficult for one who has never been in Germany or able to talk with Germans, to know the truth. Hitler must have done a great deal of good in Germany, but that country had been rife with Jewry, Masonry and Illuminism for many generations and he would have been faced with a tremendous problem. All the forces of evil would have been brought to bear on tripping him up and he would inevitably have had traitors around him, like Napoleon had men such as Tallyrand and Fouche working for his destruction. 54 He was engaged in such a desperate fight that desperate measures would probably have appeared to be necessary or have been forced on him by enemies in his system. It would be interesting to know why it was that when the Germans invaded Russia and were welcomed by the Russians as liberators and the latter surrendered wholesale, the Germans then embarked on the suicidal policy of cruelty which turned the Russian people from friends into enemies and made them rise, as Russians, to defend themselves from the invaders. Hitler was, in effect, if not in intention the tool of the Sanhedrin. (Douglas Reed seems to have thought his primary object was to kill Germans.) There appears to be no doubt that the persecution of the Jews, such as it was, was enormously exaggerated by the Jews for propaganda purposes. And there is no doubt that the troubles led to the deaths of countless millions of Gentiles and widespread chaos in Europe which is what the Sanhedrin was working for. The Sanhedrin is completely callous and would not hesitate to allow a number of Jews to be slaughtered for propaganda purposes if considered worth it. 55 12 THE WAR NEVILLE CHAMBERLAIN was the last British Prime Minister this country has had and he was also an honest man. He tried to prevent war but he failed, partly because he was not clear enough about all that was going on and partly because he was not strong enough to withstand the forces of evil up against him. When he met Hitler at Munich and they succeeded in coming to a peaceful arrangement, there was a howl of rage from the two chief Khazar cities, Moscow and New York, and all the available forces were brought to bear to force a war, with the result that many Gentile persons and groups were brought into the war-making moves under the influence or pressure exerted. In this country, a vigorous and uncompromising clique was growing in all Parties under the leadership of Churchill and his friends. The Versailles "Peace" Conference had been so efficiently manipulated by the Jews that there were plenty of causes available over which to provoke a war. Czechoslovakia and Poland contained parts in which the population was overwhelmingly German and which had been taken from Germany in the dictated peace. As Lord Lothian said in his last speech at Chatham House: "If the principle of self-determination had been applied in Germany's favour as it had been applied against her, it would have meant the return of Sudetenland, Czechoslovakia, parts of Poland, the Polish Corridor and Danzig to the Reich." Hitler's demands all rested on a foundation of reasonable fairness, contrary to Press reports to the British public and he did not keep breaking his word over further demands as the British public was deluded by its press into supposing. In March, 1939, Mr. Chamberlain was tricked into giving Poland a British guarantee on the strength of a false report to the effect that a 48-hour ultimatum had been delivered by Germany to the Poles. This report subsequently turned out to be false but the guarantee had been given and the decision of war or peace was no longer in British hands and the Khazars now had the ball at their feet. Poland was encouraged to be intransigent. Incidentally, both Poland and Czechoslovakia were practically owned by the Jews. A state of war began in September between Britain and Germany 56 but it soon became clear that no war was being conducted by Germany against this country, which was in accordance with Hitler's repeated declarations, and with the Siegfried Line strongly held and no German intention of appearing west of it, it was clear that the war between the two countries must peter out altogether in the absence of bombing of civilian populations. But the bombing of civilians would have been inconsistent with the pledges given at the beginning of the war. The pro-Jewish warmongers and their friends inside and outside the House of Commons began pressing for bombing of Germany to be started. Chamberlain flatly refused. The Churchill-cum- Socialist caucus in the House eventually caused his downfall by saddling him with the blame for the Norway blunder, for which Churchill was really responsible. But instead of being broken, he became Prime Minister and on the evening of his first day as Prime Minister, he tore up our pledge about not bombing civilians by starting to bomb them in Germany and from then on did all he could to ensure that a full out and quite unnecessary war should follow between Britain and Germany. Churchill became Prime Minister on May 11th, 1940. On May 23rd, 1940, many hundreds of British subjects were suddenly arrested and thrown into prison, under Regulation 18B, and kept in prison for years without charge or trial. A high proportion of them were ex-servicemen and there is no shadow of doubt that they were very patriotic Britons. They included Captain Ramsay, M.P., one of Churchill's more outspoken political critics, who was a strong supporter of Neville Chamberlain and who was working on providing the latter with information about the Jew plots in connection with provoking the war. There is no doubt that the persons detained under the Regulation were ones who were alive to the Jewish plot or, for some reason, unpopular with the Jews, as there is also no doubt that the Regulation was introduced earlier under Jewish influence, in connection with the activities of Com­ munist members of the I.R.A., for use when the war came, against people the Jews would want to put out of the way. Also the Regulation was really administered by the Jews, notably Lord Rothschild. Captain Ramsay was also in touch with Tyler Kent, a young code-clerk in the American Embassy, who had been to see him about some extraordinary code messages going to Roosevelt. The reader is referred to The Nameless War by Ramsay and to From Admiral to Cabin Boy by Admiral Sir Barry Domvile for further information on 18B, but the following extracts from Jensen's The Palestine Plot are worth recording here: "In October, 1939, Kent [Tyler Kent, young American code- clerk—EDITOR] was transferred to our Embassy in Grosvenor 57 Square, London, and placed in a position of the highest trust and confidence—the code room. Almost immediately he encountered the amazing secret messages which are the key to the whole affair. Kent had scarcely taken over his London duties when he was given a message to be sent at once. This message was in code . . . (it) was from a subject of His Majesty's British Government to the Chief Executive of the United States. This message was from Mr. Winston Churchill, the First Lord of the Admiralty in the Cabinet of Neville Chamberlain. The message by-passed, it went over the head of the legal chief of the British State . . . the message that Kent had been obliged to send that day read, in effect: 'I am half American and the natural person to work with you. It is evident we see eye to eye. Were I to become Prime Minister of Britain we could control the world.' " (From John Howland Snow: The Case of Tyler Kent, Chicago, 1946, p. 6.) "From the outbreak of war the President has been under fire for permitting, if not encouraging, William C. Bullitt, American Ambassador to France, and other diplomats, to encourage France and Poland to get into war with promises of American support." (Arthur Sears Henning: Washington Times Herald, November 12th, 1941.) "It has taken a war and a military disaster to produce govern­ mental changes long overdue. From the Jewish point of view the changes may prove far-reaching . . . . all the new Labour Cabinet Ministers have time and again supported the Zionist point of view . . . . Mr. Winston Churchill, the Prime Minister, voted against the Palestine White Paper of May, 1939, and even abstained from voting on the Land Regulations in March, although he was a member of the Government." (The Jewish Standard, May 17th, 1940.) "One of my colleagues at Brixton Prison was maitre d'hotel at the Savoy, and he had an interesting tale of constant dinner parties in a private room at which Lord Southwood (né Elias, of Odhams Press, etc.—Ed.), Lord Bearstead (né Samuel of the Oil Trust, etc. —Ed.), Sir John Ellerman (Jewish associate of the Rothschilds, etc.—Ed.), Mr. Israel Moses Sieff (of Marks & Spencer Ltd., etc.— Ed.) and Mr. Churchill generally formed the company. Possibly a great deal of the inner history of these stirring times would have been gleaned by any eavesdropper at these convivial little parties of 'British' leaders." (Admiral Sir Barry Domvile: From Admiral to Cabin Boy, London 1948, p. 39). "As soon as Winston Churchill had gained the Prime Ministry in May of 1940, he ordered the seizure and imprisonment, without trial, of hundreds of his more outspoken political critics including Captain Ramsay, Member of Parliament. From all that can be learned, Captain Ramsay has never been officially charged with any 58 offence or tried in any way . . . . . "My son, Tyler Kent, was ordered tried. Here the more out­ rageous features of the case begin to appear. My son was entitled to trial by an American Court alone, by virtue of his Embassy position. By the laws of our country, he was entitled to an open trial. He got neither an American trial, which would have required sending him back to this country, nor an open trial, wherein his offence, if any, could be publicly weighed by the American people. "Why this strange procedure? "Who was it who did not want the American people to know what Tyler Kent knew?" (Ann H. P. Kent: Appeal presented to the Democratic National Convention.) For more information also see pages 18-20 World Dictatorship by 1955? It appears that Churchill had been enlisting Roosevelt's support in removing Mr. Chamberlain by means of secret code messages through the American Embassy in London and that Kent took these messages to Capt. Ramsay. Roosevelt immediately waived Kent's diplomatic immunity and he was tried in camera by a British Court under the Official Secrets Act, sentenced and im­ prisoned in Britain for seven years. As an example of C. H. Douglas' clear-headedness, it is worth quoting the following extract from his Whose Service is Perfect Freedom, published in The Social Creditor, Sept. 23rd, 1939: "It is therefore, I think, quite possible to state the real as distinct from the proximate objectives of the present war. "They are: (1) The establishment of the International Police State on the Russian Model, beginning with Great Britain. 'Can we finally rid Europe of barriers of caste and creed and prejudice? . . . . our new civilisation must be built through a world at war. But our new civilisation will be built just the same.' (Mr. Anthony Eden broadcasting to America, September 11th, 1939). This contemplates the complete abolition of civil rights. (2) The Restoration of the Gold Standard and the Debt System. (3) The elimination of Great Britain in the cultural sense, and the substitution of Jewish-American ideals. (4) The establishment of the Zionist State in Palestine as a geographical centre of World Control, with New York as the centre of World Financial Control." 59 13 WINSTON CHURCHILL IN the Autumn of 1954, one of Churchill's greatest friends, Bernard Baruch, was making a birthday eulogy to Churchill and in the course of it he revealed that he and Churchill were in Paris at the Peace Conference after the first World War, and then addressing himself to "the greatest Englishman who ever lived", he said: "One day we were walking through the Bois de Boulogne, talking of the problems which burdened a world exhausted by war and groping for peace. Suddenly you broke your brisk stride, paused, and lifting your walking stick, pointed to the East. Your voice rumbled ominously: 'Russia! Russia! That's where the weather is coming from!' " Now, to enlarge on that we will quote the following extract from a long article written by Churchill in the Illustrated Sunday Herald of February 8th, 1920, in which he described Communism as Jewish: "It would almost seem as if the gospel of Christ and the gospel of anti-Christ were destined to originate among the same people; and that this mystic and mysterious race had been chosen for the supreme manifestations, both of the divine and the diabolical . . . . From the days of Spartacus-Weishaupt to those of Karl Marx, and down to Trotsky (Russia), Bela Kun (Hungary), Rosa Luxembourg (Germany) and Emma Goldman (United States), this world-wide conspiracy for the overthrow of civilisation and for the re­ construction of society on the basis of arrested development, of envious malevolence and impossible equality, has been steadily growing. It has been the mainspring of every sub­ versive movement during the 19th century; and now, at last, this band of extraordinary personalities from the underworld of the great cities of Europe and America have gripped the Russian people by the hair of their heads and have become practically the undisputed masters of that enormous empire. There is no need to exaggerate the part played in the creation of Bolshevism and in actual bringing about of the Russian Revolution by these international and, for the most part, atheistical Jews. It is certainly a very great one; it probably outweighs all others." It is quite clear that Churchill knew where the menace to the 60 human race lay as long ago as thirty-five years. How is it, then, that twenty years later, when all the indications were that Hitler wanted to fight that menace, Churchill bent all his energies into getting him involved in a war with Britain and the West instead, and then when Hitler did strike East, Churchill immediately, and without in any way consulting the British peoples, flung the whole of our resources into battle against Hitler in order to preserve the deadly menace of Communism. Except, perhaps, for F. D. Roose­ velt, he would appear to be the most irresponsible politician in history (such men cannot be described as statesmen). Churchill has been a life-long Zionist and bosom friend of the International Jew financiers so, if he possesses any sincerity at all, it is only to be supposed that he had not realised that both the Zionists and the Communists are under the control of the Sanhedrin, which should have been obvious to him. Possibly it is significant that he appears to have kept quiet about the Jewishness of Communism and subversive activities since February 8th, 1920. And it should be noted that his wholehearted support for, and appeasement of Russia was given, although Rudolf Hess had re­ cently made his remarkably self-sacrificing and heroic bid to stop the war between Britain and Germany, knowing that Hitler did not want to fight or harm Britain. Churchill kept the self-appointed envoy a prisoner and gave the public no information. (See Prisoner of Peace.) If Churchill had had any sense of responsibility he would have allowed Hitler to get on with destroying Communism and the Jew menace, while he (Churchill) concentrated on building up the strength of Britain and the Empire. 61 14 THE PLOT IN AMERICA WE might now turn to America again for a moment. In 1931 the financiers had persuaded President Hoover to stand by with a moratorium to tide their friends in Germany over the worst of their difficulties resulting from the gigantic feast of international usury in which they had been indulging. Mr. McFadden, speaking of the moratorium, said: "If the German international financiers of Wall Street had not had this job waiting to be done, Herbert Hoover would never have been elected President of the United States", and, in describing how the business had been done, he told Congress: "We have in this country one of the most corrupt institutions the world has ever known. I refer to the Federal Reserve Board and Federal Reserve Banks. This evil institution has impoverished and ruined the people of the United States . . . . They have been peddling the credit of this Government and the signature of this Government to the swindlers and speculators of all nations. This is what happens when a country forsakes its constitution and gives its sovereignty over public currency to private interests. Give them the flag and they will sell it." In 1933, Bernard Baruch & Co., achieved a master stroke by getting their stooge, Franklin D. Roosevelt, installed as President and such was the immense power derived from their control of money and propaganda that they were able to keep him in that position until his death in 1945, in spite of the fact that he spent practically the whole time taking actions diametrically opposed to his words, and actions whose sole effect was to further subject the American people to the Sanhedrin, in the form of Bernard Baruch & Co., and Socialism or Communism. In 1932, the "economic blizzard" in the U.S. had approached its height and President Hoover was completely discredited, most of the smaller industrial firms were wrecked and attacks on the banking system, both as a system and as a credit monopoly, were increasing to a great volume. There were over 12 million un­ employed. Before assuming office, Roosevelt deliberately ignored Hoover's appeals to him for support in measures to stop the rot, measures which he could not very well take if he did not know that Roosevelt would continue them. The result is that when 62 Roosevelt took over there was a condition of nation-wide panic and, in many towns, not a single bank was open for business and all over the country money substitutes of the token class were in daily use. Probably 60 per cent of the banks were insolvent. During the depression, hundreds of thousands of American farmers had been ruined. Roosevelt's first action was to close every bank, a financial step, not an industrial one, it is significant to note. Under the American Banking Laws, the English system of Branch Banking was for­ bidden and most American Banks, outside New York, were in real and active competition with each other, both for customers' accounts and for re-discount facilities. The prohibition of Branch Banking had been a great safeguard against the mammoth Wall Street Banks, but its fatal weakness was the need to borrow in order to lend. The freezing of re-discount loans by the Reserve Banks, ultimately controlled by the Federal Reserve Board, had put the country banks in the position of being helpless against a "run", which took place in nearly every case. Hundreds of small banks, and some large, but none of the largest, banks had closed, never to re-open. So the largest banks were relieved of a good deal of competition. Obviously in accordance with a carefully prepared programme, selected banks were reopened, and the Federal Reserve Banks, which had kept quiet until then, poured out credits for them on dictated terms which removed any danger of revolt. The financiers had obtained, by financial methods, virtual con­ trol of the economic life of the country and they now set about consolidating their position by acting more and more directly through Government officials in charge of the various Public Bodies or Governmental Monopolies set up by the administration. Large contracts for public works were placed with contractors; and State Employed agencies, whose barely concealed object was the lavish spending of money, rose and expanded. At the same time "controls", the groundwork of the Planned Monopolistic State, were imposed on each main industry. One effect was to create vested interests and a large number of State employees to vote for a continuance of the administration. The Roosevelt administration became riddled with Jews and Communists or fellow-travellers. Speaking in Congress on June 8th, 1934, Mr. McFadden said: "The people of the United States have been propagandised into a belief that the N.R.A. is a product of the political genius of Franklin Delano Roosevelt. There is no greater popular fallacy . . . . It required 15 years of hard work on the part of Mr. Baruch and his associates to foist this act on the American people, and it was only through their sufferings over a period of great stress that he was able to do it . . . . It might be added that practically every 63 year since the war, Baruch has been going to the Army War College and giving our future generals lectures along these lines." It is of interest that, when General Hugh Johnson was appointed head of the N.R.A., he was still on Baruch's Wall-Street pay-roll. IT is also noteworthy that Eisenhower has been Baruch's protégé ever since he went to Baruch for advice when a Major. That is why he was made Supreme Commander for the invasion of Europe and also why he has been made President. Every one of Roose­ velt's 'state-controlling' policies helped to strengthen existing Combines and Trusts. By 1939 the immense inefficiency of the New Socialist Deal had almost resulted in the ruin of America's economic life, but the war in Europe gave the administration a new lease of life. (For much further information about Roosevelt and his admini­ strations see The Roosevelt Myth, by John T. Flynn, B. Jenzen's books, The Brief for the Prosecution, by Douglas, and The Name­ less War, by Ramsay). In brief, Roosevelt now concentrated on spending money on armaments and worked to get America involved in the war, which be had had a hand in provoking anyway. He tricked the Japanese into attacking America and so tricked the American people into supporting the war. Throughout, he conducted the war from the angle of doing all he could to support Communist requirements and to destroy the British Empire, making full use of the strength of the American people for these purposes. Also, of course, he did everything from the point of view of his own advantage, regardless of what it might cost the American or any other peoples. To attain his ends, he would double-cross Churchill. He was acting under the influence of his Jewish counsellors all the time, which accounts for allowing Russia to obtain control of Eastern Europe and so much of Germany, and the acceptance of the Morgenthau Plan to destroy German industry. The idea of "Unconditional Surrender" was to ensure that the Germans would resist to the end so that such chaos and destruction would result in Europe that it would become a wonderful breeding ground for Communism and that Germany would be destroyed in the process. The advance of the British and American Armies was delayed deliberately in order to ensure that the Russians would get control of so much of Europe and wreck it. Since Roosevelt's death, all succeeding American Governments have remained firmly in the grip of Bernard Baruch & Co. The Japanese War was prolonged so as to bring Russia in at the last moment and hand a lot of the Far East over to her and in order to be able to test the atomic bombs on Japan. The American Government deliberately handed China over to the Communists and 64 stopped McArthur and Van Fleet from turning the Communists out of Korea and has been a main agent in ousting the British, French and Dutch from all possessions and concessions in Asia. It will be noticed that New York finance or the Communists always move in. The same policy is being pursued in Africa. Aggression, supported by the United States Government and the U.N.O., created a State of Israel after liquidating the Arab inhabitants of the land. Everything that is happening recently in Cyprus, Suez, Sudan, Kenya, etc., is having the effect of getting the British out of the way of a Communist advance through Africa. Possibly the hostility between Egypt and Israel may be taken with a pinch of salt. The Jews seem to remain prominent in law, finance and business in Egypt through it all. Arms are being placed in the hands of the Egyptians and Communists are moving in. The arms could be used for a drive with instead of against Israel. Israel and Russia seem to be at loggerheads just now, but how real is it? It is true that there is, or has been rivalry between the Zionist and the Communist Jews for the allegiance of world Jewry but it is the opinion of the writer that both are effectively under the control of the Sanhedrin. Some Jews are purged in Russia, but they are purged by Jews and for personal reasons, not because they are Jews. There are bound to be quarrels between individual Jews in struggles for power and disagreements between groups as to the best means of attaining the aim at different times. But they are all working to the same end of world domination by Jewry. The Jews are remarkably cunning at throwing dust into Gentile eyes. 65 A5 15 THE UNITED NATIONS LIKE the League of Nations, the United Nations has been created by the Jews as a step to World Government as are all the other supranational organisations such as N.A.T.O., European Union, S.E.A.T.O., etc. One of the main arguments being used to frighten the Western peoples into giving up sovereignty to supranational organisations is the threat of the horrors of atomic warfare, which are painted in lurid terms by fellow-travelling "scientists" like Bertrand Russell and broadcast with the full blast of all the publicity under Jew control. The writer has heard of no such propaganda being broadcast to the people under Communist tyranny. The colours of the United Nations flag are pale blue and white, the same as those of the new State of Israel. All, or nearly all the key positions in the U.N.O. are held by Jews or fellow-travellers and they always have been. The U.N.O. Charter was drawn up by the Jew, Leo Pasvolsky, special assistant Secretary of State, U.S.A., and the Secretary-General of the San Francisco Conference which brought this Jew-planned "U.N.O." into being, was Alger Hiss. Although the latter was a Gentile he owed his political career entirely to the influence of the Red New Deal Jew, Justice Felix Frankfurter, and he has been proved to be a spy for Soviet Russia. Incidentally, Fuchs and Pontecorvo were Jews. U.N.O. only seems to function in any unanimous sense when a Jewish interest is at stake. For example, both America and Russia voted for admitting Israel to U.N.O., although she was well 'to the bottom of the waiting list and had just been brought into existence by one of the most glaring examples of treacherous aggres­ sion in history. Both America and Russia had armed and abetted Israel against the Arabs. Also, when U.N.O. decided, by bribing and bullying the small nations for their votes, on partitioning Palestine, it included the rich oil-bearing Negeb area in the Jewish part. But Count Bernadotte's proposals, submitted to U.N.O. reversed this decision. He was murdered and the Jews forced their way into the Negeb. This outrage led to U.S.A., Britain and China putting forward a resolution at U.N.O. for sanctions against the Jews if they did not withdraw from the area. But the resolution was soon squashed. The Jew, Morgenthau, ex-Secretary of the 66 U.S.A. Treasury, cabled President Truman about it and Truman ordered the U.S.A. representative at U.N.O. to stop voting on the resolution. The resolution was dropped by the three powers and the Jews kept the Negeb and its oil. Atomic Energy in the U.S.A. is run by Jews: Bernard Baruch, L. L. Strauss, J. R. Oppenheimer, etc. Eisenhower, Baruch's stooge puts out ideas about Atomic World Banks. Obviously the Jews wish to obtain full control of the world's supplies of atomic energy because this, combined with their control of finance, which might get shaky, would greatly strengthen their grip on national governments throughout the world. General Sir Frederick Morgan, head of the European U.N.R.R.A. Mission discovered and stated that the organisation was being used: (1) to feed and clothe the mass exodus of Jews from Russia and Communist Eastern Europe to Israel, and later (2) that the Communists were using U.N.R.R.A. for espionage purposes. For (1) he was made to cross the Atlantic and apologise to the U.N.R.R.A. Director-General, the Jew, Herbert Lehman, Wall Street Banker. For (2) he was curtly dismissed by the half-Jew fellow-traveller, La Guardia, and replaced by the Jew, Meyer Cohen. Morgan was then placed on the retired list by the 'British' Government and was later proved to be right on both statements. Statistics have revealed that U.N.R.R.A. operated mainly behind the Iron Curtain although financed solely by America and Britain. 67 16 POST WAR BRITAIN DURING the last half-century, Britain has produced a number of outstanding people in various fields, e.g., Richard St. Barbe Baker, A. K. Chesterton, C. H. Douglas, Sir Albert Howard, Arnold Leese, J. C. Thomson, Prof. L. A. Waddell, Nesta Webster and C. H. Welch. Unfortunately, they tend to remain more or less unheard of because they stand for the truth in their various fields. On the other hand, our Judaeo-Masonic, Financial, "Democratic" system, imposed on us during the last 300 years, has the inevitable tendency to bring only the froth to prominence in Church and State. For example, we have leading members of the Church of England, a supposedly Christian organisation, who are also Free­ masons, i.e., members of what is, in fact, an anti-Christian secret or semi-secret society. They hobnob with Jews in a so-called "Council of Christians and Jews", apparently quite oblivious of the fact that the Jews have frequently announced, during the last nineteen hundred years, that their primary aim is to destroy the Christian faith. They also support other Jew-sponsored suicidal policies such as miscegenation, designed to produce a race of mongrels, devoid of the best qualities of all races and one which will prove subservient to a world government, composed of Jews, who will themselves be careful to avoid such miscegenation. Could muddle-headedness go further? It is not surprising that the Church of England makes so little appeal to the British people, containing as it does ministers ranging over all stages of belief from Christian to Communism and Atheism. Since the war, Wall Street has tied up Britain and the British Empire very thoroughly by means of the Bretton Woods, the American Loan Agreement and G.A.T.T. They are designed to prevent the members of the British Empire from combining in any way to help each other by Imperial Preference. For example, G.A.T.T., compels us to submit to the dictation of a bunch of foreigners as to how we should trade within the Empire. It compels the Dominions to treat one another as foreign countries. It prevents Britain from helping the West Indian parts of the Empire to com­ pete with Cuba by giving enough preferential treatment in the home market. This leads to unemployment in Jamaica, etc., and this again to an influx of coloured people into Britain in search of employment. There are reasons to believe that many of these 68 people are persuaded and financed to come here by representatives of Wall Street. The Jews have taken care to see that our laws are framed so that, as they stand, we cannot restrict or stop the influx. Our feather-weight politicians do nothing about it. The hordes of Jews, Negroes, Indians, Pakistanis, Cypriots and other non-Nordic aliens flooding into this country are being deliberately introduced by Sanhedrin policy in order to pollute our race and provide alien and degenerate urban mobs which can be used for revolutionary purposes under the "democratic", i.e., Jewish or Communist system. Appalling things are happening in our largest cities where there are these large coloured invasions but these facts can only be learnt by reading such clear-sighted British periodicals as Candour and Free Britain because our press and "B".B.C. keep the public in complete ignorance or very ill-informed. The writer would like to know why our press behaves like it does. Is it because of fear of the crack of the Jew-wielded financial whip or because of blind­ ness and ignorance? Our "British" Governments of the last decade have cravenly submitted to all these Jewish moves for destroying us. They now appear to be proposing to import Maltese M.P.s to help the process of centralisation and mongrelisation. It is quite obvious that all these American loans, Marshall Aids, etc., about the world are made with the express purpose of keeping nations from standing on their own feet and of keeping them in pawn to Wall Street. The "Conservative" administration in Britain is now headed by Eden, Macmillan and Butler. Eden has been a protégé throughout of financial Jewry, a friend of the Sassoons and Sieffs and an appeaser of Soviet Russia. He has the remarkable qualities of many modern politicians in this country which enable him to describe wholesale scuttles from Persia, Suez Canal, Sudan, etc., as British victories or Conservative triumphs. A man who can invite Bulganin and Kruschev, two of the most appalling thugs and murderers in history, to pay a visit to this country, which involved their being received by our young Queen, must have lost all sense of Britain's past greatness and traditions. Macmillan is intimately connected with P.E.P. and a friend of Sieff. He has come out as an advocate of World Government, although to do so is in direct contravention of the Parliamentary oath of allegiance to the Queen. Butler is either completely ignorant of the basic facts about money, the banking system and international finance, or he is 69 deliberately concealing any knowledge he may possess while pursu­ ing a course which can only subjugate us entirely to Wall Street. All he seems to be able to think of, like his colleagues, is hanging round Wall Street, cap in hand, instead of taking steps to enable this country and Empire to develop their own resources and take the lead in the world, which we could do, without doubt, if we could only wake up and do something sensible about it. Butler, though, seems to be happy to stay in G.A.T.T. and to help break up the Empire by doing such things as telling the Australians, at the 1952 meeting of the Dominion Premiers that, as their country was the only large source of non-dollar wheat, it was their duty to grow more wheat. The Australians responded to this appeal to duty and then Mr. Butler remained a leading member of a Govern­ ment which, after making the appeal, used hard currency to buy wheat, subsidised at ten shillings a bushel, from the Argentine while leaving Australian storehouses full of wheat for which there was no market. 70 17 A HINT FROM THE BIBLE IN order to understand the world situation it is absolutely essential to refer to the Bible and it must be realised that the Bible, as written in the original Hebrew and Greek, is without any doubt at all, the Word of God. In these days of "education" this may appear to be an amazing statement to the vast majority of people. One of the main reasons for this, of course, is that great care is taken to see that people do not get educated and that they are only turned into technological specialists with no general knowledge of fundamental subjects which would enable them to form sound opinions about anything of vital importance. The best way to get a sound idea of the Bible is to get a copy of the Companion Bible and to study it with the aid of C. H. Welch's Dispensational Truth as a beginning. It then becomes clear that the core of our earthly history is Satan's attempt to destroy God's purpose in Christ and that this amounts, in general, to substituting everywhere he can, the Lie for the Truth. As far as the present creation is concerned, this process started in the Garden of Eden and has continued ever since. Satan has corrupted the Jews and their proselytes into being his main earthly instru­ ment as shown throughout this booklet. In view of modern trends to world government, a very interest­ ing study is that of Nimrod. It was God's intention to scatter the seventy nations about the earth and Satan tried to oppose this purpose by getting Nimrod (Hebrew marad—to rebel) the son of Cush (or Chaos) to build Babel. Nimrod's people said, Gen. XI, 4: "Go to, let us build a city, and a tower, whose top with the heavens (i.e., the signs of the Zodiac as in the ancient temples of Denderah and Esneh in Egypt) and let us make us a name (the word 'name' is 'Shem'—let us usurp the destined blessings of Shem), lest we be scattered abroad upon the face of the whole earth." But before they had completed the building the Lord confounded their language and scattered them abroad upon the face of the whole earth. In Nimrod, Satan produced a type of anti-Christ and the idea behind the building of Babel was to unify the human race, as opposed to having separate nations, so it was an attempt to set up a world government under which men would worship false religion, 71 just as he is now trying to bring about a world government under which mankind will be persuaded, in due course, by deception or force, into worshipping antichrist. The expression "whose top with the heavens" is of the utmost importance. The words "may reach" were added to the A.V. with the idea of making sense. From earliest times we read of "star- gazers", "astrologers" and "monthly prognosticators." These men were those who had learned something of the secrets that lay behind the confused and twisted legends of Paganism. Jehovah refers to the "twelve signs" (Job XXXIII 31, 32, R.V. margin). Psalm XIX, shows us that God has two books of revelation. The one was the book, written in the heavens. The message of this book became corrupted, and the beginning of its corruption is traced to Babel. The other book is written Scripture, and again Satan has done all that he can to destroy, corrupt and distort its message. Josephus tells us that the astronomy of the "twelve signs" was invented by Adam, Seth and Enoch. The Babylonian "creation tablets" refer to them, so also does Greek mythology. For over 2,500 years the world was without any written scripture, but the hope of Gen. III, 15, and its promise of triumph over the serpent was kept alive in the minds of men by the " book of the heavens". But the "confusion of tongues" enabled Satan to spread his false teaching with ease and Paganism sprang into being at his direct institution. Nimrod had a wife named Semiramis and Nimrod and his wife were later worshipped under the title of "the mother and child". Their names varied according to the countries whither the "scattered" nations with their "confounded" tongues went. In Egypt we have Isis and Osiris. Osiris was the son of Isis, yet he has the strange title "the husband of the mother". It is a case of fact (Nimrod and his wife) and fiction (that these were "the mother and child" of prophecy) being blended together. In India we have Isi and Iswara. Iswara is both the husband and infant. In Asia there is both Cybele and Derius. In Rome, Fortuna and the boy Jupiter. In Greece, Ceres and babe. In China we have Sing Moo, the mother with her child, having a "glory" in the orthodox Babylonian and Roman Catholic style. The strange ideas involved in such mixtures as "the husband of the mother", naturally led to the most obscene rites, and Babylon became the mother of all the harlot abominations of the earth. Here we have the origin and purpose of idolatry, a carefully laid plan to turn the hopes of the people away from the promised Seed to Satan and his agents; to mutilate and confuse the witness of the heavenly signs and so prevent men from seeing in the serpent their vindictive but doomed enemy. And idolatry includes all "religion", other than true worship of God, through Christ, the only way to God. A study of history, archaeology, ethnology, etc., shows that the 72 cradle of civilisation was in the Middle Eastern area of Mesopotamia and the people concerned, the Sumerians, were Nordic. (See The Five Races of Europe.) These Nordics were the natural aristocrats among the human races. They emigrated and formed civilisations and the ruling races in such widely dispersed places as Mexico, China, India and Egypt. In the course of time the Nordic people have been greatly reduced by wars and the natural tendency not to breed so rapidly as the other races, with their lower standards of living, and have gradually been edged further and further west and north until they are now practically confined to the N.W. of Europe, the British Empire and the United States. A major factor in this movement seems to have been the break up of agriculture in each civilisation in turn, due partly to the introduction of a usurious money system which broke the farmers and partly to their being killed off in wars. All this led to the abandonment of the proper and natural methods of husbandry, which, in turn, led to the erosion of the soil and the formation of deserts. It is clear that the Jews have had a lot to do with all this. As Jensen points out, one of their main objects has always been to convert the maximum possible number of free "men of the land" into financially and bureaucratically enslaved "men-in-the- streets" at the same time keeping the two kinds at loggerheads by their method of unjust, i.e., unscientific price-fixing. This urbanisation or industrialisation of the world is a policy pursued by the world planners everywhere. It is amongst the industrial proletariat of large cities, cut off from the health giving wind, rain and sun of the countryside that our "productive socialist planners" find the best soil "for sowing their intellectual seed". The Jewish people are unique in that they congregate almost exclusively in large towns. Most, if not all, disturbances are town phenomena and are everywhere dominated by members of the Jewish race. Their actions and many Jewish quotations show that the Jews are infected with a great hatred for Christ and for Christians. They regard Gentiles as cattle and they have polluted everything they have touched. They are really a secret society and one which is an enemy of the rest of the human race, and apparently of the Nordic peoples especially. A study of history for the last nineteen hundred years also 73 shows that, for all practical purposes the Christian faith has been accepted mainly by the Nordic peoples. Read Gen. IX 26, 27— "And he said, 'Blessed be the Lord God of Shem; and Canaan shall be his servant. God shall enlarge Japheth and He shall dwell in the tents of Shem; and Canaan shall be his servant.'." It appears that He in italics should have a capital H, referring to God, not to Japheth. Otherwise, if it should refer to Japheth and dwell should be understood as worship, as suggested in the Companion Bible, it would still imply the same thing. This suggests that the Nordic peoples must be descendants of Shem. 74 18 FAMOUS MEN ON THE JEWS THE following quotations on the Jews are very much to the point: Cicero 106-43 B.C: They are a nation of rascals and deceivers." Seneca 4 B.C.-65 A.D.: "These pestilential people have known how to acquire such influence that they, the vanquished, dictate laws to us, the victors." St. Justin 116 A.D.: "The Jews were behind all the persecutions of the Christians. They wandered through the country everywhere hating and undermining the Christian faith." Mohammed 571-632: "Their aim will be to abet disorder on the earth. It is incomprehensible to me, why one has not long ago expelled these death-breathing beasts . . . . are these Jews anything else but devourers of men?" St. Thomas Aquinas 1227-1274: "The Jews should not be allowed to keep what they have obtained from others by usury; it were best that they were compelled to work so that they could earn their living, instead of doing nothing but become more avaricious." Abbot Tritheim of Wurzburg 1462-1516: "I approve of lawful methods of preventing the exploitation of the people by Jewish usury . . . . Shall these people dare to fatten themselves without punishment on the sweat of the peasant and the craftsman?" Martin Luther 1483: "How the Jews love the book of Esther, which is so suitable to their bloodthirsty, revengeful, murderous appetite and hope. The sun has never shone on such a bloodthirsty and vindictive people, who cherish the idea of murdering and strangling the heathen. No other men under the sun are more greedy than they have been, and always will be, as one can see from their accursed usury. They console themselves that, when their Messiah comes, he will collect all the gold and silver in the world and divide it among them." Erasmus 1487: "What robbery and oppression of these is by the Jews, so that they cannot suffer any longer. God have mercy on them! The Jewish usurers are fast-rooted even in the smallest 75 villages, and if they lend five gulden they require a security of six times as much. They charge interest upon interest, and upon this again interest, so that the poor man loses everything that he owns." Pope Clement VIII 1592: "All the world suffers from the usury of Jews, their monopolies and deceit. They have brought many unfortunate peoples into a state of poverty, especially farmers, working-class people and the very poor." Voltaire 1694: "The Jews are nothing but an ignorant barbaric people, which have, for a long time, combined the most loathsome avarice with the most abominable superstition and inextinguishable hatred of all people by whom they are tolerated, and through whom they are enriched." Napoleon: "I decided to improve the Jews: but do not want any more of them in my kingdom: indeed, I have done all to prove my scorn of the vilest nation in the world." Benjamin Franklin 1789: in a statement in the Convention con­ cerning Jewish Immigration: "There is a great danger for the United States of America, this great danger is the Jew. Gentlemen, in every land which the Jews have settled, they have depressed the normal level and lowered the degree of commercial honesty. They have remained apart and unassimilated—they have created a state within a state, and when they are opposed they attempt to strangle the nation financially as in the case of Spain and Portugal. For more than 1,700 years, they have lamented their sorrowful fate—namely, that they were driven out of their motherland, but, gentlemen, if the civilised world to-day should give them back Palestine and their property, they would immediately find pressing reasons for not returning there. Why? Because they are vampires—they cannot live among themselves; they must live among Christians and others who do not belong to their race. If they are not excluded from the United States by the Constitution, within less than 100 years, they will stream into this country in such numbers they will rule and destroy us and change our form of Government for which we Americans shed our blood and sacrificed life, property and personal freedom. If the Jews are not excluded, within 200 years our children will be working in the fields to feed the Jews while they remain in the Counting House gleefully rubbing their hands. I warn you, Gentlemen, if you do not exclude the Jews for ever, your children's children will curse you in your graves. Their ideas are not those of Americans, even when they have lived among us for ten generations. The leopard cannot change its spots. The Jews are a danger to this land and if they are allowed to enter 76 they will imperil our institutions—they should be excluded by the Constitution." Von Moltke 1832: "It is seldom that the Police investigate in which the Jew is not found to be an accomplice or a receiver." General Grant 1861: "The Jews are a class of people violating every regulation of Trade established by the Treasury Department and also Department Orders." Paul Kruger 1900: "If it were possible to eject the Jew Mono­ polists from this country, without incurring war with Great Britain, then the problem of everlasting peace would be settled in South Africa." Now let us take some evidence from the Jews themselves: Bernard Lazare, the Jewish author, in his book L'Antisemitisme, said: "This race has been an object of hatred to all the peoples among who it has established itself . . . . Why was the Jew, in turn, equally maltreated and hated by the Alexandrians and the Romans, by the Persians and the Arabs, by the Turks and by the Christian nations?" Kadmi Cohen, in his book Nomades, said: "To live for 2,000 years in a state of permanent rebellion against all the surrounding populations, to insult their customs, their language, and their religions, is a monstrosity . . . . when it is so easy to avoid con­ tempt, hatred and the opprobrium of twenty centuries, it is . . . madness." Oscar Levy in a long letter to Capt. G. Pitt Rivers wrote: "Your anti-Semitism is only too well grounded . . . . We have erred, my friend, we have most grievously erred. We who have promised to lead you to a new Heaven, have finally succeeded in landing you in a new Hell . . . . I look at this world and I shudder at its ghastliness . . . . We are the world's seducers, destroyers, incendiaries and executioners." Israel Zangwill, the author, wrote of the Jews: "Pious, fanatical zealots, throttled by Talmud coil. Impious, lecherous sceptics, cynical stalkers of spoil, Wedded 'neath Hebrew awning, buried 'neath Hebrew sod, Between not a dream of duty, never a glimpse of God. Blarneying, shivering, crawling, taking all colours and none, Lying a fox in the covert, leaping an ape in the sun." Theodore Herzl, leader of the Zionists in 1897 in his book A Jewish State, said: "When we sink, we become a revolutionary proletariat, when we rise, there rises also our terrible power of the purse." 77 19 OTHER MEANS OF ASSAULT BY THE JEWS THE attack by the Jews is made in every conceivable way. Besides the power of finance and wars being used to destroy the aristocracy, the farmers and agriculture and to give the Jews control of the financial and industrial systems; financial control of all the means of publicity and advancement has enabled the Jews to distort or delete truth in education and insert lies. For example, the evolution theory is normally referred to as though it was a proved fact, whereas, in fact, there is a remarkable dearth of any real evidence in support of it. On the other hand, there is unlimited evidence in favour of the idea of special creation, as told in Genesis. (See Is Evolution Proved?) Men with any scientific attainments who support the evolution theory do so not because they can produce the necessary evidence in support of it but because they are atheists, or something of the sort, and have a fanatical objection to the theory of special creation. They therefore jump at the evolution theory because it offers a plausible explanation with which to try to dodge the fact of special creation. A whole string of leading scientists have stated that the evolution theory is non­ sense. (Also see Protocol No. 2 of the Elders of Zion.) In the same way the false theories of the Jew, Louis Pasteur have been blazoned forth to the world as truth and used to mislead the medical profession in inflicting much harm on the human race and the Nordic peoples in particular, by injecting harmful filth into them. (See Protocol No. 10.) At the same time, the truly scientific findings of the very great French chemist, Béchamp, which prove the falsity of Pasteur's theories, are kept quiet and Béchamp is not even mentioned in the 14th Edition of the Encyclo­ paedia Britannica, such is the power of the Jew. The same thing applies to the land. A little fragmentary knowledge of chemistry backed by finance is being used to destroy the natural fertility of the land; which is being soured and the natural life in the soil destroyed by mixing great quantities of chemical fertilisers with the soil instead of using the natural organic methods of husbandry which have always proved to be correct through the ages. Financial measures are used to encourage or compel farmers to use these fertilisers. In the same way, subsidies 78 are paid to encourage the use of refined and adulterated flours but the natural, wholesome wholemeal flours do not get the subsidy and are therefore, absurdly, much more expensive. Consequently, only a few "cranks" go to the trouble and expense of obtaining the whole natural flour. By this process of drugging the land and our bodies with in­ organic substances, we are becoming more and more the prey of all sorts of disease and, with the mental doping we are subjected to in all sorts of ways by press, radio, false teaching, false religions (such as spiritism, theosophy, Order of the Cross, etc.) we are getting an enormous overcrowding of hospitals with neurotics and mental cases. This, of course, means that the general level of the spiritual, mental and physical health of the population is rapidly degenerat­ ing. That is why it has now become customary for us to accept with complete apathy or docility, things which would have had our people in instant and furious uproar any time until recent decades. The vast majority of people seem to have lost the habit and, with the habit, also, to a great extent, the ability to do any individual thinking. The Jews, in their efforts to destroy all true faith and knowledge have been remarkably successful and seem to have succeeded in Great Britain, in producing, in most people, a sense of frustration and of the selfish tendency only to think of rights and what they are going to get out of life, and to forget all about duties and about what they can put into life. 79 20 THE REMEDY BUT, in spite of the rotten state to which the politicians, the national press and many of the people appear to have sunk, it is the writer's opinion that there is still a spark of the old sturdiness of British character left in the country which is capable of being fanned into a blaze again, if the people can be given honest leader­ ship. But if this is not done very soon, we will be sunk beyond hope of recovery. World Government is what Satan and his instruments, the Jews, are working for. It would be a Police World. It is the Beast of Revelation. It is absolutely essential that we regain and retain our national British sovereignty. We must build up our strength on decentralised lines in alliance with the Dominions and Empire and any other nations with common interests and outlook that may be available. Remember that, for about 1,800 years before the Christian era, Britain was the centre of the Druid religion and of the great learn­ ing and civilisation that went with it and was responsible for the development of the Common Law. The British were the first people to accept the Christian faith and, for the next 1,800 years, were the people mainly responsible for keeping it a live faith and for spreading it about the world. But about 300 years ago, the Jewish poison began to be injected and, during the last 100 years, this injection has been greatly accelerated so that we are now on the point of collapse. But the point to be noticed is that, if only we as a people can be brought to diagnose the poison correctly, before it is too late, there is no reason why we should not remove it from our system and revive as a great people. This would involve a return to our old faith, the Christian faith, and a return to our old ideas of individual sovereignty and responsibility. We need a return to the vision and decision of men like Edward I. We need to bring the Crown and the Lords back into an effective part in our Constitution, in order to have a balanced one, and to make the House of Commons effective again. The latter has become a House of Pawns, who dance to the tune of the Jew financiers acting through various mediums, e.g., Bank of "England", Masonry, T.U.C., Fabian Society and allied organisa­ tions, and the Party organisations. Meanwhile, the country is despotically misgoverned by the bureaucracy, as required and plotted for by the Jews. 80 The signs that we are coming to the end of this dispensation in God's dealing with us and approaching the times of the prophecy of "Revelation", are such things as the great turning away from the Christian faith to false religions and to atheistic ideologies like Socialism, the enormous acceleration in technological advance com­ bined with a great reduction in education and wisdom or common sense, the spate of world wars and the moves for centralisation and world government combined with the virtual enslaving of mankind under one sort of organisation or another. It is significant that the special teaching for this Gentile dispensation committed to St. Paul in the "Prison" Epistles seems to have been lost very soon after he gave it and only to have come to light during the last century as a result of the tremendous and devoted research work of men like Dr. E. W. Bullinger and C. H. Welch. Another pointer is that (as the writer has been told) there is now a small sect of Messianic Jews in Palestine, i.e., Jews who believe that Christ was the Messiah and are waiting for his return. They will have nothing to do with Gentile Christians. They are a re-birth of the believing Jews of Pentecost and the Acts period, when Israel was still "My people", the Gentile dispensation not having then begun. It is interesting that the great success that the Jews have met with during the last hundred years in spreading the lie in connection with all vital subjects has been matched by the great advance in the knowledge of the same subjects which has been attained by a few men who have worked with great integrity and selflessness. For example, Bullinger and Welch in Bible Scholarship, C. H. Douglas and others in finance and economics, Sir Albert Howard and others in organic husbandry, J. C. Thomson and others in human health. The result is that the truth is available to guide us as soon as we are willing to turn to it. For nearly four thousand years the British have been a learned and civilised people. They have been great fighters but, at the same time, a humane people. On a number of occasions they have kept the world from going under to some tyranny or other. But recently we have been so weakened and blinded by the Jewish plots and lies that we seem to have reached the stage where about the only thing we can think of doing (as exemplified by our politicians, press and 'B'.B.C., and leaders in Church and other organisations) is to lie down and ask anyone who cares to trample on us to do so. For example, about the beginning of October, 1955, the "British" Foreign Secretary spoke to Americans at a New York dinner held in his honour. The following extracts of what he said are a faithful indication of the quality of the persons we get in high office under modern conditions: "Though there are necessarily still restrictions on the dollar, our dollar trading, taking imports together, has risen by nearly 81 A6 10 per cent. We would be very grateful if you would allow the exports of our goods to you to rise still more." "We hope you will reduce any barrier or dam so that we may, as it were, go on pedalling our way to prosperity. I do not think our slender share of your vast internal market can do you any harm. It means a great deal to us. Pray do not be too rigid in your self- protection." "No doubt you have been reading about some of our economic difficulties and anxieties. I suppose your first reaction will be to say: 'Oh, Lord, the poor old English are in a mess again. It seems to happen every two or three years.' A new sense of buoyancy and hope has returned to the British people. Let us sing to you, in the words of the old song: 'And you'd look sweet, upon the seat, of a bicycle built for two.' " That sort of thing, combined with Malcolm Macdonald's strip­ tease acts for the edification of Malays, Chinese and Indians make it obvious that we must find men to put into our high offices of State if we do not wish to continue to be looked upon with con­ tempt all over the world. Now read the following extract from St. Paul in Britain? about Boadicea, cousin of the Claudia mentioned earlier: "Dion Cassius gives us a sister picture of her cousin the Druidic Queen, under very difference circumstances, during the same year in Britain. It is a grand and imposing composition, quite unique in history. Greece and Rome show us nothing like it. The Maid of Orleans, in more modern times, is the only approach to it, but all the terrible features are supplanted by gentler ones. We see a queen stung to madness by the wrongs which most nearly affect womanhood, leading a whole nation to battle; the sense of injury has changed her whole nature into that of a Bellona, an incarnate goddess of war, and she lives only for revenge. In her eyes every Roman is a monster already doomed. She would have been less than a woman not to have felt her dishonour, more than human not have panted for the hour of retribution. 'Boadicea', writes Dion, 'ascended the general's tribunal; her stature exceeded the ordinary height of woman; her appearance itself carried terror; her aspect was calm and collected, but her voice had become deep and pitiless. Her hair falling in long golden tresses as low as her hips, was collected round her forehead by a golden coronet; she wore a tartan dress fitting closely to her bosom, but below the waist expanding in loose folds as a gown; over it was a chlamys, or military cloak. In her hand she bore a spear. She addressed the Britons as follows'—We give only her peroration: 'I thank thee! I worship thee! I appeal to thee a woman to a woman, O Andraste! I rule not, like Nitocris, over beasts of 82 burden, as are the effeminate nations of the East, nor, like Semi­ ramis, over tradesmen and traffickers, nor, like the man-woman Nero, over slaves and eunuchs—such is the precious knowledge these foreigners introduce amongst us—but I rule over Britons, little versed indeed in craft and diplomacy but born and trained to the game of war; men, who, in the cause of liberty, stake down their lives, the lives of their wives and children, their lands and property. Queen of such a race, I implore thine aid for freedom, for victory over enemies infamous for the wantonness of the wrongs they inflict, for their perversion of justice, for their contempt of religion, for their insatiable greed; a people that revel in unmanly pleasures, whose affections are more to be dreaded and abhorred than their enmity. Never let a foreigner bear rule over me or these my countrymen; never let slavery reign in this island. Be thou for ever, O goddess of manhood and of victory, sovereign and queen in Britain.' " Having fought against tyranny for thousands of years and having been sustained by a strong faith throughout, first, the Druidic and then the Christian, are we now going to let our Christian and British faith and traditions go by default and tamely submit to the worst tyranny the world has ever known, just because we have allowed ourselves to become too drugged and bribed by the enemy to be able to recognise or to be willing to resist the enemy? It is clear from all signs that the second coming of our Lord, Jesus Christ, cannot be long delayed—(in the opinion of the writer probably not beyond the end of this century); so it is only a question of fighting on for a short time if we decide to keep our colours flying. And it is still really largely a question of deciding because, so far, we have been giving everything away through blind stupidity and giving in to all the insidious assaults on the weakest links in our characters. But it is essential that we decide quickly before we have surrendered our power to resist to the supranational organisations designed to subject us to the Jew- Khazar tyranny of World Government and Antichrist. What we have to decide is, whether we stand for Christ or for antichrist, whether we stand for our Queen and Country or for World Jewry, whether we stand for individual freedom and human decency or for the worst form of slavery the world has ever known. And let there be no doubt about the fact that our surrender or defeat would eventually mean torture and death for all the Christians and possibly for all the Britons and other Nordics the enemy could lay their hands on, and slavery for the rest of the human race. Obviously there is only one possible solution. We must fight. 83 Once we have recognised the danger and decided to fight, the action to be taken is fairly obvious. Generally speaking, it is one of reversing most of the trends of recent years. One of introducing truth into our education and way of life. We need to introduce a sane economic and monetary system based on the Divine instruc­ tions to Moses and some such proposals as the Douglas Social Credit ones. We must pursue a policy of decentralisation and return to the common law of Britain. A sane system of finance and national dividends would remove the need for Social Services. An enormous reduction in bureaucracy and the removal of all excuses for restrictive practices in industry would mean an immense increase in productivity combined with the possibility of releasing very large numbers of men for agri­ culture and emigration to the other Dominions. Agriculture is a vocation, not an industry. It requires men, not mechanisation, relatively speaking. And, as far as possible, men working their own land. Agriculture breeds men. It is largely a question of giving up wounding ourselves and, instead, we must stand up for ourselves, on conservative and Christian principles. 84 BIBLIOGRAPHY The following list of books is in no sense exhaustive of the subjects dealt with, but it is enough to cover them with reasonable adequacy and the various books give references to other works and authorities which can be consulted by anyone wishing to pursue any subject further. COVENANT PUBLISHING CO. E. O. Gordon. Pre-historic London. Rev. R. W. Morgan. St. Paul in Britain? Rev. L. S. Lewis, M.A. St. Joseph of Arimathea. Rev. C. C. Dobson, M.A. Did Our Lord Visit Britain? Rev. H. A. Lewis. Christ in Cornwall? Isabel Hill Elder. Celt, Druid and Culdee. Isabel Hill Elder. George of Lydda. F. Wallace Conlon. British History, A Challenge to Reason. Rev. Alban Heath. The "Painted Savages" of England. C. F. Parker. A Short Study of Esau-Edom in Jewry. C. F. Parker. Israel's Migrations. Brig.-Gen. W. H. Fasken, C.B. Israel's Racial Origin and Migrations. Brig.-Gen. W. H. Fasken, C.B. Cimmerians and Scythians. Dr. D. S. Milne. Economics a Phase of Divine Law. C. F. Parker. Moses the Economist. W. E. Filmer, B.A. God Counts. BRITONS PUBLISHING SOCIETY Alan V. Insole. Immortal Britain. George Pile. The Five Races of Europe. V. Marsden. The Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion. Lt.-Col. J. Creagh Scott. Hidden Government. L. Fry. Waters Flowing Eastward. G. F. Green. The International Jew. Colin Jordan. Fraudulent Conversion. Capt. A. H. M. Ramsay, M.P. The Nameless War. Admiral Sir Barry Domvile. From Admiral to Cabin Boy. Arthur Rogers. The Palestine Mystery. Frances E. Newton. Fifty Years in Palestine. Hillary Cotter and Ride Roiste. World Government by 1955? B. Jenzen. The World Food Shortage: a Communist-Zionist Plot. B. Jenzen. The Palestine Plot. A. K. Chesterton. The Menace of the Money Power. A. K. Chesterton. Sound the Alarm. A. K. Chesterton. Stand by the Empire. A. K. Chesterton. Beware the Money Power. John T. Flynn. The Roosevelt Myth. Nesta H. Webster. Secret Societies and Subversive Movements. Nesta H. Webster. The French Revolution. Nesta H. Webster. World Revolution. Nesta H. Webster. The Surrender of an Empire. Mgr. George E. Dillon. Grand Orient Freemasonry Unmasked. Walton Hannah. Darkness Visible. Walton Hannah. Christian by Degrees. Rev. C. Penney Hunt, B.A. The Menace of Freemasonry to the Christian Faith. 85 Hess. Prisoner of Peace. Duke of Bedford. Poverty and Over-Taxation. Duke of Bedford. Debt-Free Prosperity. Duke of Bedford. The Absurdity of the National Debt. Duke of Bedford. I Can't Understand Finance. PUTNAMS Guglielmo Ferrero. The Greatness and Decline of Rome (5 vols.). Guglielmo Ferrero. The Ruin of Ancient Civilisation and the Triumph of Christianity. JONATHAN CAPE Douglas Reed. From Smoke to Smother. Douglas Reed. Somewhere South of Suez. Douglas Reed. Far and Wide. WILLIAM MACLLELLAN Dr. Thomas Robertson. Human Ecology. K.R.P. PUBLICATIONS Major C. H. Douglas. Social Credit. Economic Democracy. Major C. H. Douglas. Credit Power and Democracy. Major C. H. Douglas. The Control and Distribution of Production. Major C. H. Douglas. The Monopoly of Credit. Major C. H. Douglas. TheThe PolicyPolicy ofof aa Philosophy.Philosophy. Major C. H. Douglas. ThisThis "American""American" Business.Business. Major C. H. Douglas. The "Land for the (Chosen) People" Racket. Major C. H. Douglas. Programme for the Third World War. Major C. H. Douglas. The Big Idea. Major C. H. Douglas. The Brief for the Prosecution. Major C. H. Douglas. Whose Service is Perfect Freedom. Major C. H. Douglas. Realistic Position of the Church of England. Major C. H. Douglas. Money and the Price System. Major C. H. Douglas. The Use of Money. Major C. H. Douglas. The Tragedy of Human Effort. Major C. H. Douglas. Reconstruction. Major C. H. Douglas. Security, Institutional and Personal. Major C. H. Douglas. SOCIAL CREDIT Maurice Colbourne. The Meaning of Social Credit. CO-ORDINATING CENTRE C. Marshall Hattersley. This Age of Plenty. Wealth, Want and War. C. Marshall Hattersley. The Community's Credit. C. Marshall Hattersley. The Politics of Plenty. H. Norman Smith, M.P. C. W. DANIEL Co. LTD. G. T. Wrench, M.D.(Lond.). The Wheel of Health G. T. Wrench, M.D.(Lond.). The Restoration of the Peasantries. E. Douglas Hume. Béchamp or Pasteur? 86 FABER & FABER G. T. Wrench, M.D.(Lond.) Reconstruction by Way of the Soil. Sir Albert Howard. Farming and Gardening for Health or Disease. Lady Eve Balfour. The Living Soil. Friend Sykes. Humus and the Farmer. Friend Sykes. Food, Farming and the Future. F. Newman Turner. Fertility Farming. F. Newman Turner. Herdmanship. LUTTERWORTH PRESS Richard St. Barbe Baker. Green Glory. OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS The Companion Bible. Sir Albert Howard. An Agricultural Testament. KINGSTON CLINIC J. C. Thomson. Constipation and Our Civilisation. J. C. Thomson. Nature Cure from the Inside. HOLLIS & CARTER Shelton and Dewar. Is Evolution Proved? THE LAMP PRESS LTD. Dr. E. W. Bullinger. Number in Scripture. Dr. E. W. Bullinger. The Witness of the Stars. BEREAN PUBLISHING TRUST C. H. Welch. Dispensational Truth. C. H. Welch. The Apostle of the Reconciliation. C. H. Welch. Life Through His Name. C. H. Welch. Just and the Justifier. C. H. Welch. Testimony of the Lord's Prisoner. C. H. Welch. The Prize of the High Calling. C. H. Welch. This Prophecy. C. H. Welch. Parable, Miracle and Sign. C. H. Welch. The Form of Sound Words. C. H. Welch. Ecclesiastes. PERIODICALS Candour CANDOUR PUBLISHING CO. Free Britain BRITONS PUBLISHING SOCIETY. The Social Crediter ... K.R.P. PUBLICATIONS. Voice ... ... ,, The Farmer FERNE FARM, Shaftesbury, Dorset. 87 88 Wing Commander LEONARD YOUNG THE AUTHOR Educated at Cheltenham College and the Royal Military Academy, Woolwich, the Author joined the Royal Engineers in 1919. Three years later he transferred to the Royal Air Force where he remained until his retirement in 1946. He served in the Aircraft carriers Hermes and Eagle in the Home, Mediterranean and China stations. In 1932 he formed the No. 803 Fleet Fighter Squadron. From 1938 to 1940 he commanded No. 50 Bomber Squadron. In 1941 he became Senior Training Officer at Kirkham and Cosford. From 1942 to 1945 he was appointed Flying Acci­ dent Investigator, first in Bomber Command and later in India. In the last year of his service he commanded R.A.F. Hakimpet, Secunderabad. During the later years of his service, his thorough investigations and candid comments produced a number of clashes with the authorities. Born in Plymouth early in the century, he is now settled in Somerset where this book has been written. BRITONS PUBLISHING SOCIETY LONDON
  15. PLEASE READ THIS…………IMPORTANT TO UNDERSTAND. ### https://www.ukcolumn.org/community/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/H-Bomb.pdf
  16. The End of Reality? ### Edward Curtin September 18, 2020 In 1888, the year before he went insane, Friedrich Nietzsche wrote the following in Twilight of the Idols: We have got rid of the real world: what world is left? The apparent world perhaps? … But no! Along with the real world we’ve done away with the apparent world as well. So, if you feel you also may be going insane in the present climate of digital screen life, where real is unreal but realer than real, the apparent is cryptic, and up is down, true is false, and what you see you don’t, it has a history. One hundred and thirty-two years ago, Nietzsche added that “something extraordinarily nasty and evil is about to make its debut.” We know it did, and the bloody butcher’s bench known as the twentieth century was the result. Nihilism stepped onto center stage and has been the star of the show ever since, straight through to 2020. Roberto Calasso puts it this way in Literature and the Gods: Here we are, announces Nietzsche, and it would be hard not to hear a mocking ring in his voice. We thought we were living in a world where the fog had lifted, a disenchanted, ascertainable, verifiable world. And instead everything has gone back to being a ‘fable’ again. How are we to get our bearings … This is the paralysis, the peculiar uncertainty of modern times, a paralysis that all since have experienced. Obviously, we haven’t gotten our bearings. We are far more adrift today on a stormy electronic sea where the analogical circle of life has been replaced by the digital, and “truths” like numbers click into place continuously to lead us in wrong, algorithm-controlled directions. The trap is almost closed. Of course, Nietzsche did not have the Internet, but he lived at the dawn of the electric era, when space-time transformations were occurring at a rapid pace. Inventions such as photography, the phonograph, the telephone, electricity, etc. were contracting space and time and a disembodied “reality” was being born. With today’s Internet and digital screen life, the baby is full-grown and completely disembodied. It does nothing but look at its image that is looking back into a lifeless void, whose lost gaze can’t figure out what it’s seeing. Take, for example, the phonograph, invented by Thomas Edison in 1878. If you could record a person’s voice, and if that person died, were you then listening to the voice of a living person or one who was dead? If the person whose voice was recorded was alive and was miles away, you had also compressed earthly space. The phonograph suppressed absence, conjured ghosts, and seemed to overcome time and death as it captured the flow of time in sound. It allowed a disembodied human voice to inhabit a machine, an early example of downloading. “Two ruling ambitions in modern technology,” writes John Durham Peters in his wonderful book, Speaking into the Air, “appear in the phonograph: the creation of artificial life and the conjuring of the dead.” Many people started to hear voices, and these people were not called deluded. Soon, with the arrival of cinema, they would see ghosts as well. Today, speaking ghosts are everywhere, hiding in hand-held devices. It’s Halloween all year round as we are surrounded by electronic zombies in a screen culture. This technological annihilation of space and time that was happening at a frenetic pace was the material background to Nietzsche’s thought. His philosophical and epistemological analyses emerged from German intellectual life of his time as well, where theologians and philosophers were discovering that knowledge was relative and had to be understood in situ, i.e., within its historical and social place or context. Without going into abstruse philosophical issues here, suffice it to say, Nietzsche was suggesting that not only was God dead because people killed him, but that knowledge was a fiction that changed over time and was a human construction. All knowledge, not just science, had to be taken “as if” it were true. This was a consoling mental trick but falsely reassuring, for most people could not accept this, since “knowledge” was a protection racket from pain and insanity. It still is. In other words, not only had people murdered God, but they had slain absolutes as well. This left them in the lurch, not knowing if what they knew and believed were really true, or sort of true – maybe, perhaps. The worm of uncertainty had entered modern thought through modern thought. While the average person did not delve into these revolutionary ideas, they did, through the inventions that were entering their lives, and the news about Darwin, science, religion, etc., realize, however vaguely, that something very strange and dramatic was under way. Life was passing from substance to shadow because of human ingenuity. It is similar to what so many feel today: that reality and truth are moving beyond their grasp as technological forces that they voluntarily embrace push everyday life towards some spectral denouement. An inhuman, trans-human, on-line electronic life where everything is a parody of everything that preceded it, like an Andy Warhol copy of a copy of a Campbell’s soup can with a canned mocking laugh track that keeps repeating itself. All this follows from the nineteenth century relativization of knowledge, or what at least was taken as such, for to say all knowledge is relative is an absolute statement. That contradiction goes to the heart of our present dilemma. This old feeling of lostness is perhaps best summarized in a few lines from Mathew Arnold’s 19th century poem, “Dover Beach”: The Sea of Faith Was once, too, at the full, and round earth’s shore Lay like the folds of a bright girdle furled. But now I only hear Its melancholy, long, withdrawing roar, Retreating, to the breath Of the night-wind, down the vast edges drear And naked shingles of the world. But that was then. Today, the Joker’s sardonic laughter would suffice. *** I am sitting outside as I write, sipping a glass of wine before dinner. Although New England fall weather is approaching, a nasty mosquito is buzzing around my head. I hear it. I am in killer mode since these bastards love to bite me. This is real life. If I went into the house and connected to the Internet on the computer screen – news, social media, anything – I would be entering another dimension. Screen life, not real life. The society of the spectacle. No real mosquitoes, no wine, no trees swaying in the evening breeze. In his novel, The Sun Also Rises, written between Nietzsche’s time and now, Ernest Hemingway, a man who surely lived in the physical world, writes of how Robert Cohn, the boxing champion from Princeton University, wants Jake Barnes, the book’s protagonist, to take a trip with him to South America. As they sit and talk in Paris, Barnes says no, and tells Cohn, “All countries look just like the moving pictures.” Whether Hemingway was being ironic or not, or simply visionary, I don’t know. For in the 1920s, before passports and widespread tourism, there were many places you could only see if you traveled to them and they would never appear in moving pictures, while today there is almost no place that is not available to view beforehand on the internet or television. So why go anywhere if you’ve already seen it all on a screen? Why travel to nowhere or to where you have already been? Déjà vu all over again, as Yogi Berra put it and everyone laughed. Now the laugh is on us. *** This is neither an argument nor a story. It’s real. I am trying to get my bearings in a disorienting situation. Call it a compass, a weather-vane, a prayer. You can call me Al or Ishmael. Call me crazy. Perhaps this writing is just an “as if.” *** About fifteen years ago, I was teaching at a college where most communication was done via email. I was, as they say, out of the loop since I didn’t do email. I was often asked why I didn’t, and I would repeatedly reply, like Melville’s Bartleby, because “I prefer not to.” Finally, in order to keep my job, I succumbed and with the laptop computer they provided me, I went “on-line.” There were 6,954.7 emails in my in-box from the past three years. In those three years, I had performed all my duties scrupulously and hadn’t missed a beat. Someone showed me how to delete the emails, which I did without reading any, but I had entered the labyrinth. I went electronic. My reality changed. I am still searching for Ariadne’s thread. *** But I am not yet a machine and refuse the invitation to become one. It’s a very insistent invitation, almost an order. Neil Postman (Oh such a rich surname!) sums it up well in Technopoly: The Surrender of Culture to Technology: The fundamental metaphorical message of the computer, in short, is that we are machines – thinking machines, to be sure, but machines nonetheless. It is for this reason that the computer is the quintessential, incomparable, near perfect machine for Technopoly. It subordinates the claims of our nature, our biology, our emotions, our spirituality. The computer claims sovereignty over the whole range of human experience, and supports its claim by showing that it ‘thinks’ better than we can…John McCarthy, the inventor of the term ‘artificial intelligence’…claims that ‘even machines as simple as thermostats can be said to have beliefs…What is significant about this response is that it has redefined the meaning of the word ‘belief’ … rejects the view that humans have internal states of mind that are the foundation of belief and argues instead that ‘belief’ means only what someone or something does … rejects the idea that the mind is a biological phenomenon … In other words, what we have here is a case of metaphor gone mad. Postman wrote that in 1992, before the computer and the internet became ubiquitous and longer before on-line living had become de rigueur – before it was being shoved down our throats as it is today under the cover of COVID-19. There is little doubt that we are being pushed to embrace what Klaus Schwab, the Executive Chairman of the World Economic Forum (WEF), calls COVID-19:The Great Reset, that involves a total acceptance of the electronic, on-line life. On-line learning, on-line news, on-line everything – only an idiot (from Greek, idiotes, a private person who pays not attention to public affairs) would fail to see what is being promoted. And who controls the electronic life and internet? Not you, not I, but the powers that be, the intelligence agencies and the power elites. Goodbye body, goodbye blood – “I don’t think we should ever shake hands ever again, to be honest with you,” said Dr. Anthony Fauci, the director of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID) in support of human estrangement. Peter Koenig, one of the most astute investigators of this propaganda effort, puts it this way: The panacea of the future will be crowned by the Pearl of the Fourth Industrialization – Artificial intelligence (AI). It will be made possible by a 5G electromagnetic field, allowing the Internet of Things (IoT). Schwab and Malleret [Schwab’s co-author] won’t say, beware, there is opposition. 5G could still be blocked. The 5G existence and further development is necessary for surveillance and control of humanity, by digitizing everything, including human identity and money. It will be so simple, no more cash, just electronic, digital money – that is way beyond the control of the owner, the truthful earner of the money, as it can be accessed by the Global Government and withheld and / or used for pressuring misbehaving citizens into obeying the norms imposed from above. You don’t behave according to our norms, no money to buy food, shelter and health services, we let you starve. No more travel. No more attending public events. You’ll be put gradually in your own solitary confinement. The dictatorial and tyrannical global commandeering by digital control of everything is the essence of the 4th Age of Industrialization – highly promoted by the WEF’s Great Reset. *** Like everything, of course, this push to place life under the aegis of cyberspace has a history, one that deifies the machine and attempts to convince people that they too are machines without existential freedom. Thus the ongoing meme pumped out for the past three decades has been that we are controlled by our brains and that the brain is a computer and vice versa. Brain research has received massive government funding. Drugs have been offered as the solution to every human problem. So-called diseases and disorders have been created through the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM) and matched to pharmaceutical drugs (or the revers) for scandalous profits. And the mind has been reduced to a figment of deluded imaginations. People are machines; that’s the story, marvelous machines. They have no freedom. If one wishes an example of techno-fascism, there is one from the art world. Back in the 1920s and 1930s there was an art movement known as Futurism. Its leader proponent was an Italian Fascist, friend of Mussolini, Filippo Tommaso Marinetti. The futurists claimed that all life revolves around the machine, that the machine was god, that it was beyond human control and had to be obeyed. They extolled war and speed and claimed that humans were no more significant than stones. Patriotism, militarism, strength, method, and the kingdom of experts were their blueprint for a corporate fascist state. The human eye and mind would be re-educated to automatically obey the machine’s dictates. Now we have cyberspace, digital machines, and the internet, an exponential extension of the machine world of the 1930s and the rise of Mussolini, Fascism, and Hitler. That this online world is being pushed as the new and future normal by trans-national elite forces should not be surprising. If human communication becomes primarily digitally controlled on-line and on screens, those who control the machines will have achieved the most powerful means of mind control ever invented. That will be MKULTRA on a vast scale. Surveillance will be complete. Yes, there are places on the internet where truth is and will be told, such as this site where you are reading this; but as we can see from today’s growing censorship across the web, those power elites and intelligence forces who control the companies that do their bidding will narrow the options for dissenting voices. Such censorship starts slowly, and then when one looks again, it is a fait accompli. The frog in the pan of slowly heating cold water never realizes it is being killed until it is too late. Free speech is now being strangled. Censorship is widespread. The purpose of so much internet propaganda is to confuse, obsess, depress, and then repress the population. The overlords accomplish this by the “peculiar linking together of opposites – knowledge with ignorance, cynicism with fanaticism – [which] is one of the chief distinguishing marks of Oceanic society,” writes Orwell in Nineteen Eighty-Four. “The official ideology abounds with contradictions even where there is no practical reason for them.” One look into one’s life will suffice to see how the overlords have set people against each other. It’s a classic tactic. Divide and conquer. Trump vs. Biden, Democrats vs. Republicans, whites vs. blacks, liberals vs. conservatives. Pure mind games. Contradictions every day to create social disorientation. Orwell describes Doublethink as follows: Doublethink means the power of holding two contradictory beliefs in one’s mind simultaneously, and accepting both of them. The Party intellectual knows in which direction his memories must be altered; he therefore knows he is playing tricks with reality; but by the exercise of doublethink he also satisfies himself that reality is not violated. The process has to be conscious, or it would not be carried out with sufficient precision, but it also has to be unconscious, or it would bring with it a feeling of falsity and hence of guilt…To tell deliberate lies while genuinely believing them, to forget any fact that has become inconvenient, and then, when it becomes necessary again, to draw it back from oblivion for just as long as it is needed, to deny the existence of objective reality and all the while to take account of the reality which one denies – all this is indispensably necessary…If one is to rule, and to continue ruling, one must be able to dislocate the sense of reality. [author’s emphasis] Nietzsche said that along with the real world we have done away with the apparent as well. Digital online life has accomplished that. It has allowed the rulers – through the media who are the magicians who serve them – to create counterfeit news and doctored videos at will, to present diametrically opposed points of view within the same paragraph, and to push breaking news items so fast that no one half-way sane could keep up with their magic shows. Nietzsche obviously didn’t foresee this technology, but he sensed the madness that the relativity of knowledge and the technology of his day would usher in. *** The popular 1990s term “Information Superhighway,” meaning the internet and all digital telecommunications, was the perfect term to describe this lunacy. Get on that highway and go as fast as you can while trying to catch the meaning of all the information flashing past you as you speed to nowhere. For not only does censorship, propaganda, disinformation, mixed messages, and contradictions line the road you are traveling, but contextless information overload is so heavy that even if you were stopped in a traffic jam, there is too much information to comprehend. And if you think this Superhighway is a freeway, think again, for the cost is high. No one puts out their hand and asks you to pay up; but the more you travel down this road you’ll notice you are missing a bit of flesh here and some blood there. And without a speed pass, you are considered road kill. To make matters much worse, they say we need 5G to go much faster. Paul Virilio, who has devoted himself to the study of speed (dromology), puts it this way in Open Sky: The speed of the new optoelectronic and electroacoustic milieu becomes the final void (the void of the quick), a vacuum that no longer depends on the interval between places or things and so on the world’s very extension, but on the interface of an instantaneous transmission of remote appearances, on a geographic and geometric retention in which all volume, all relief vanishes. *** And yet I don’t have a simple answer to the internet dilemma. You are reading it on-line and I am posting it there. It is very convenient and quick. And yet…and yet…. Can we just walk away from it? Maybe. Perhaps like those few who, in Ursula K. Le Guin’s excruciating story, “The Ones Who Walk Away From Omelas,” we may decide the price for our conveniences and so-called happiness is too high and that there are hidden victims that this techno-scientific “progress” creates beneath its veneer of efficiency. Others, us, our children, all children, who are reaching out not for speed and machines, but for the human touch that the on-line propagandists hope to destroy. In Le Guin’s story, the price nearly all the citizens of Omelas are willing to pay for their happiness and comfort is the imprisonment of a single child. Perhaps we should consider what we are doing to all the world’s children and their futures. My friend Gary recently sent me this letter. I believe it sums up what many people feel. There is a vast hunger for reality and truth. The analog life. How to live it – the question hangs in the air as the artificial intelligence/digital controllers try to reduce us to machines. Although apparently it isn’t clear if Twain ever said this, it’s still a great quote: (“If you don’t read the newspaper, you’re uninformed. If you do, you’re misinformed.”) To which “amen” is the only appropriate response. I continue to daily stay abreast of events through the web, and these days much of what passed for “progressive media” simply regurgitates the covid madness as if it had been delivered on stone tablets – rather than by the same MSM that lie to us daily about literally ANYTHING of any importance. There are days I wonder “why” I continue to bother to follow the unfolding madness as if it made some “difference.” I could certainly play guitar more, and I might even get it together to write a few pieces on the nature of our collective madness, for which I have studiously assembled copious notes. I really don’t need any more information or examples – I think I have things covered on that front. Instead I find myself daily doing the little dance we’re all familiar with – uncomfortable with being “uninformed” – yet at almost every turn finding myself being routinely – “misinformed” – and so having to sift through the endless debris to have any chance at developing any coherent understanding of the world. So yes, I totally get the draw of just saying to hell with the internet. After years of shifting through the endless propaganda operations our generation has been subject too, I have no doubt you and I see through most the nonsense for what it is before we even have the proof in hand. Once the rose-colored glasses of ‘American exceptionalism’ are off, one can almost sense and see through the lies in real time even as they are being uttered. Reading Gary’s words reminded me of those of the Trappist monk Thomas Merton’s definition of the Unspeakable: It is the void that contradicts everything that is spoken even before the words are said, the void that gets into the language of public and official declarations at the very moment when they are pronounced, and makes them ring dead with the hollowness of the abyss. It is the void out of which Eichmann drew the punctilious exactitude of his obedience… Yes, real time, real life – as we do our little dances. Can we do our little dances and preserve reality? I’m not sure. ### http://edwardcurtin.com/the-end-of-reality/
  17. Unusual Features of the SARS-CoV-2 Genome Suggesting Sophisticated Laboratory Modification Rather Than Natural Evolution and Delineation of Its Probable Synthetic Route Yan, Li-Meng; Kang, Shu; Guan, Jie; Hu, Shanchang The COVID-19 pandemic caused by the novel coronavirus SARS-CoV-2 has led to over 910,000 deaths worldwide and unprecedented decimation of the global economy. Despite its tremendous impact, the origin of SARS-CoV-2 has remained mysterious and controversial. The natural origin theory, although widely accepted, lacks substantial support. The alternative theory that the virus may have come from a research laboratory is, however, strictly censored on peer-reviewed scientific journals. Nonetheless, SARS-CoV-2 shows biological characteristics that are inconsistent with a naturally occurring, zoonotic virus. In this report, we describe the genomic, structural, medical, and literature evidence, which, when considered together, strongly contradicts the natural origin theory. The evidence shows that SARS-CoV-2 should be a laboratory product created by using bat coronaviruses ZC45 and/or ZXC21 as a template and/or backbone. Building upon the evidence, we further postulate a synthetic route for SARS-CoV-2, demonstrating that the laboratory-creation of this coronavirus is convenient and can be accomplished in approximately six months. Our work emphasizes the need for an independent investigation into the relevant research laboratories. It also argues for a critical look into certain recently published data, which, albeit problematic, was used to support and claim a natural origin of SARS-CoV-2. From a public health perspective, these actions are necessary as knowledge of the origin of SARS-CoV-2 and of how the virus entered the human population are of pivotal importance in the fundamental control of the COVID-19 pandemic as well as in preventing similar, future pandemics. Download PDF report,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, https://zenodo.org/record/4028830/files/The_Yan_Report.pdf?download=1 Covid virus developed in Wuhan lab, highly mutant — Hong Kong virologist says she has evidence In an interview to a UK channel, Dr Li-Meng Yan claimed she was assigned to a team that was undertaking a 'secret investigation' about the outbreak in Wuhan in December 2019. KAIRVY GREWAL 14 September, 2020 7:14 pm IST https://theprint.in/world/covid-virus-developed-in-wuhan-lab-highly-mutant-hong-kong-virologist-says-she-has-evidence/502237/
  18. Germany Stops Harvest, "Temporarily Bans Agriculture" as African Swine Fever Reaches Europe ### https://youtu.be/9HZPyCN6PLQ
  19. Operation Moonshot: Get Ready for Millions of New COVAIDS Positives in the UK! ### ### https://dollarvigilante.tv/
  20. CANADIAN COMMON LAW ASSEMBLY ISSUES STAND DOWN ORDER TO GOVERNMENT ### https://www.bitchute.com/video/e6BacniZmDiZ/ ###
  21. Top Conclusions After 9 Months Of Reporting On Covid-19 ###
  22. Ice Age Farmer Report: HOLODOMOR 2.0: Man made famine & Election chaos ### ### https://www.sott.net/article/440879-Ice-Age-Farmer-Report-HOLODOMOR-2-0-Man-made-famine-Election-chaos ### ### What we are also seeing here is that not only are there world climatic changing going on, but more so weather manipulation, they are playing god with the weather behind the scenes on top of everything else. They have food storage underground to last decades, we have nothing but the supermarkets, and when that runs dry, all else begins. We should be very conscious of this back scene manipulation as it is still very hidden. It does not take rocket science to see what the ultimate outcome will be for their agenda, and ultimately this is the one to watch. ### https://www.ukcolumn.org/community/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/Execution-by-Hunger.pdf
  23. I HAVE NO IDEA WHY ITS SO DIFFICULT TO OPEN VIDEO LINKS HERE. https://youtu.be/Y7YU3neuMI0 https://youtu.be/ls_ZtM1Itzs https://youtu.be/9QbI5RPbHWo
  24. Aryan Bloodlines of Ancient Babylon ,WHO ARE THESE FKER’S. 29 min Its all here and you religion. Blue eyes were venerated in the ancient world, denoting nobility, as did blonde or fair hair. Virtually all the Gods of all European and Near Eastern myths are said to be blonde and have blue or gray-eyes (Greece, Rome, Egypt, Mesopotamia, etc) including India, where the Rig-Veda describes the main God Indra as yellow haired and blue-eyed. The vast majority of people have no idea about the esoteric origins of ancient religions, of which all major faiths stem from, including many of the modern religious leaders themselves. ###
×
×
  • Create New...